Chapter One

Druin Admiral Kreen watched with cold eyes as antimatter warheads detonated on the planet below. Massive mushroom clouds could be seen rising high into the atmosphere of what had once been a pristine planet. Spacecraft were trying to flee the stricken world but were being blasted apart by fusion energy beams from the orbiting Druin fleet of battleships and battlecruisers.

This was a world inhabited by the Visth. A humanoid species that refused to send the required raw materials to the Confederation. The Visth controlled eleven star systems and had been subjugated by the Confederation several thousand years in the past. They were required every year to send so many tons of a rare radioactive isotope to the Confederation for research. This year they had missed their quota by nearly 70 percent. The Visth had claimed they were running out of the needed materials to create the isotope and had requested the Confederation reduce the yearly quota. Admiral Kreen’s fleet had been the answer the Confederation sent.

“All cities with a population of over one hundred thousand have been eliminated,” reported the tactical officer in a cold voice. “Sufficient population remains that they should be able to repopulate their world over the next seventy-three years.”

Kreen nodded. This bombardment would serve as an example to the other Visth worlds to increase their production of the isotope.

On the viewscreens, four more Visth cargo ships lifted off from the planet in an attempt to escape the bombardment. Kreen watched without emotion as Druin fusion beams struck the ships, tearing them apart. The burning wreckage fell to the planet to add to the destruction.

Thick plumes of ash and smoke rose into the atmosphere, dimming the sunlight. In a few days the entire planet would fall into a nuclear winter. Large swaths of the planet had been burned off in the bombardment. The once-pristine world now looked devastated and nearly uninhabitable.

Finally Admiral Kreen was satisfied and ordered his fleet to return to the Human Empire to resume their patrols. For the last year he had sent Druin battlecruisers to patrol the edge of Human space, searching for the base where an unknown stealthed warship operated from. So far they had not found the base, and they had seen no further signs of the mysterious vessel. Admiral Kreen was beginning to consider that the base must be farther away than he had first believed.

For the time being he would place battlecruisers in various Human systems and wait for the strange ship to return. When it did, he would have it followed back to its base. A base he would destroy with his fleet. This unknown base represented a threat to the Confederation and could not be allowed to exist.

-

Admiral Dylan Cleemorl sat in his command chair in the Draxon Hauler, the new cargo ship built inside Pallas, designed to travel throughout the former Human Empire and to not attract the attention of the Druins.

The Draxon Hauler replicated the most modern cargo ships currently in use in the Empire. However, this ship had some special assets, which other cargo ships did not. Its space drives were all military standard; hatches on the outside hull of the ship disguised weapon turrets and missile tubes. Also a number of hidden compartments were scattered throughout.

The ship had been en route to the Empire for over four weeks. They had taken a course that ensured, if they were traced, the course would not lead back to Earth.

“Where to first?” asked Captain Fulmar. The ship sat on the edge of Empire space. The crew had trained hard for the past year so they could pass for a regular cargo vessel and not raise suspicions.

Much of the command crew of the Themis had transferred over to the Draxon Hauler, as they were more familiar with the current Empire than the Imperials living inside Pallas. The crew had rehearsed their roles in case they were boarded for inspections.

“Let’s go to Bratol Three. They know we’re coming, and, from them, we can learn where we need to go next.” Cleemorl would use the Draxon Hauler to inspect many of the inhabited systems of the Empire. He wished also to contact a number of the secret bases rumored to be hidden on some of the Human-inhabited worlds. By moving around the Empire in a cargo ship, Cleemorl could also keep track of what the Druins were doing.

“Course set,” reported Lieutenant Trisha Marks from Helm and Navigation.

Captain Fulmar nodded. “Take us into hyperspace. It’s time for us to take on the role of a real cargo vessel.”

None of the crew were in their military uniforms. They were dressed as expected for crews of cargo ships. Only Captain Fulmar wore a uniform, and that was to signify he was in charge of the vessel.

Dylan felt a slight wrenching in his gut as the Draxon Hauler made the transition into hyperspace. It would take them four days to reach Bratol Three, where hopefully some members of the Human Resistance groups would be waiting for them. Since leaving Lydol Four the previous year, after the Druins had bombed all the major cities of the planet in retaliation for violating rules of the Confederation, Cleemorl and his fleet had made no additional trips to the Empire. This would be the first one and, because of that, the most dangerous.

-

In Earth’s Solar System, Admiral Bract inspected one of their battlestations, formerly a Druin command station. He was on board the Titan with Rear Admiral Leeson.

“Let’s put some defensive satellites around all eight of the battlestations,” suggested Admiral Bract. “I would also like to increase the number of three-man attack interceptors assigned to each station to forty.”

Rear Admiral Leeson gazed at the viewscreen, displaying the two-thousand-meter diameter of the battlestation. It was covered with weapon turrets and hatches concealing missile tubes. “We would have to make some more modifications to the stations, but I believe it could be done.”

“I want to assign a battlecruiser to each station as well. The battlecruiser will act as the command ship for the attack interceptors, if we have to commit them to combat.”

Leeson shifted his gaze toward the admiral. “Do you want to bring more battlecruisers out of stasis?”

Admiral Bract nodded his head. “I think it would be wise. We have crews from Earth training regularly on Pallas now. We have to be prepared, in case the Druins show up earlier than expected. I think we need one hundred battlecruisers and ten dreadnoughts in service. That will allow us to patrol the entire Solar System, as well as assist any of the new colonies if they get into trouble.” Additional colonies were being established on Mars and on all four of Jupiter’s moons.

Leeson’s eyes widened. “We’ll need to train more crews from Earth.”

“I know, but we need those ships just to ensure the safety of the Solar System. Expansion to all areas of the system is getting ready to explode. We’re already building a civilian shipyard around Earth. The first keels for the first Imperial battlecruisers are even now taking form in Earth’s new military shipyard.”

As three sleek attack interceptors launched to assume patrol duty in this section of the Kuiper Belt, Bract and Leeson’s attention returned to the battlestation. Millions of small icy bodies of rock and nearly solid balls of ice floated in orbit around the Sun here in the Kuiper Belt, and these three-man attack interceptors were being used to map all such objects in close proximity to the battlestation.

“Let’s head back to Pallas,” ordered Admiral Bract. “I have a council meeting to attend later this afternoon. General Brier is requesting that we emplace defenses around Jupiter’s moons. He’s willing to have Earth build all the defense satellites, if we’ll help put them in place.”

“Sounds reasonable to me,” replied Rear Admiral Leeson. “We need to make the Solar System into a fortress if we plan on eventually engaging the Druins. No doubt, when we finally announce our presence, they’ll send a fleet to destroy Earth and everything else in this Solar System. We have to be ready.”

Leeson quickly ordered the navigation officer to set a course for Pallas. Rear Admiral Leeson didn’t mention one thing to the admiral. In recent months Leeson had been seriously considering going into cryo so he could take part in the future war against the Confederation.

-

The Draxon Hauler dropped out of hyperspace in the outskirts of the Bratol Three star system. Eight planets were in the system, the third from the star being inhabited.

“Contacts!” called out Lieutenant Casella. “Twenty-eight ships of various types, all Human. No sign of any Druin vessels.”

Dylan breathed out a sigh of relief. He had hoped no Druin vessels were present. It would make his job a lot easier. “Take us in and put us into orbit at ten thousand kilometers. Space Control should contact us shortly. When they do, tell them we’re delivering some special equipment ordered by Governor Rastell. Once we’re in orbit, I’ll send a coded signal to the governor.”

The hatch to the Command Center opened, and Cheryl stepped through. “Are we there?”

Dylan nodded. “We’re on the outskirts of the system and are preparing to go into orbit around Bratol Three.”

“Druins?”

“None,” replied Dylan.

Cheryl stepped closer to the command chair. “I have a few contacts on Bratol Three. I want to meet with them while I’m here to check on some of my assets.” Cheryl had once been a pirate and had assets hidden all over the Empire. She wanted to ensure they were being taken care of in her absence.

The Draxon Hauler made the transition back into hyperspace and, after a few seconds, dropped back out near Bratol Three.

“Bratol Three Space Control has contacted us,” reported Trent Newsome, the communications officer. “I informed them that we’re here to deliver a special cargo to the governor. We’ve been given permission to go into orbit.”

Dylan waited as the ship entered orbit, and then he approached Communications. He took a small communication chip from his pocket and handed it to Newsome. “Transmit the contents of this on the special frequency. Then let me know when you receive a response.”

Newsome took the small chip and inserted it in a slot in his communication console. “Transmitting.”

-

For nearly an hour the Draxon Hauler orbited Bratol Three, waiting for a response. During that time several shuttles from the surface flew close to the ship, scanning it. Finally a short message came in.

“A shuttle will rendezvous with us shortly,” reported Newsome. “An envoy from the governor will be on board.”

Dylan nodded. “Hopefully this will be somebody from this new council we were hoping they would form.” Dylan had asked General Creel the year before if the resistance bases could form a council to better coordinate activity against the Druins.

Jalen Gresth, a Pallas representative, stood nearby and turned toward the admiral. “How do we know who they really are?”

“That’s been taken care of. General Creel will give the envoy a code word so I’ll know he’s genuine. If he doesn’t have the code word, we’ll just toss him out the nearest airlock.”

Gresth turned pale. “Would we really do that?”

Dylan laughed. “No, but I just wanted to remind you how serious all this is.”

“Admiral, a shuttle is taking off from the main spaceport near the capital,” reported Lieutenant Casella at Sensors.

Captain Fulmar stepped to a communications panel. “Sergeant Drake, we have some visitors coming in a shuttle. Please meet me in the shuttle bay with an appropriate escort.” Fulmar then left the Command Center, heading to the shuttle bay.

Dylan stood and looked at Cheryl and Jalen Gresth. “We’ll go to conference room one and wait for our guests. This should be interesting.”

-

Captain Fulmar waited in the landing bay, as the shuttle from Bratol Three set down smoothly on the deck. Fulmar had Sergeant Drake with him, as well as four other Marines. All were in uniform, as the people exiting the shuttle should know a little about the true identity of the Draxon Hauler and why it was over their planet.

The shuttle’s hatch opened, and a ramp extended automatically down to the deck. From the open hatch two security personnel stepped out, followed by a woman. She paused at the top of the ramp and then descended it to stop in front of Captain Fulmar.

“I’m Lisa Strell. I’m a representative of the Human Resistance.”

“I’m Captain Fulmar. If you will follow me, Admiral Cleemorl is waiting for you in the conference room.”

As they walked through the corridors of the Draxon Hauler, Lisa observed everything. “This ship’s brand new, isn’t it?”

Fulmar nodded. “She was just commissioned a few months back.”

Lisa nodded. “I thought so. It doesn’t smell like a cargo ship that’s been in space for several years. I never understood how people could work on those vessels.”

Fulmar laughed. “I’ve been on some older cargo ships in the past. It’s something one gets used to after a while.”

After a few more minutes they reached the conference room and went in. Admiral Cleemorl and Cheryl were already seated, waiting.

Captain Fulmar quickly made the necessary introductions.

“Admiral Cleemorl,” said Ms. Strell, as she sat, “I’m a member of the resistance council that you requested we set up. You must understand that I have some questions I must ask before we go too much further.”

Dylan nodded. “I was expecting that. However, before we begin, I need the password to prove you are who you say you are.”

Lisa smiled. “A good precaution. The password is liberty.”

“Very good,” replied Dylan. “You may continue.”

Lisa took a deep breath and then began. “We know that you were in command of the fleet that tried to free Lydol Four from the Druins. We know the attempt failed, and Lydol Four was bombed. How much of your fleet escaped?”

“Two battlecruisers and three support ships,” answered Dylan.

Lisa shook her head. “That’s not much of a fleet to free the Empire with.”

“No,” replied Dylan. He turned around and gestured toward a large viewscreen showing a portion of space. The most important thing portrayed there were the four Imperial dreadnoughts and over twenty Imperial battlecruisers. “That video was shot less than six weeks ago. As you can see, I have much more than the fleet I left with.”

Lisa’s eyes widened. “How do I know those ships are real?”

“We’re willing to take one member of your council back with us to show you what our resources are. I promise you. They are considerable.”

Lisa slowly nodded her head. “We want to limit the number of people who know about your base to a minimum. The fewer who know, the less chance there is of the Druins finding out. I understand that General Creel and Governor Swen are aware of it, and both have vouched for you. I have been authorized to give you some basic information on our bases, but I’m restricted in telling you where they are for security reasons.”

“Sounds reasonable,” replied Dylan. “Of course our plan will take years to carry out. We’re probably looking at eighty to one hundred years before we are ready to move against the Druins and the Confederation.”

“Some hope is better than none,” replied Lisa. “Our bases have not moved against the Druins for fear of what the reprisals would be. The Druins have no compunction against using antimatter and fusion missiles against civilian populations. For years, since they conquered the Empire, they have bombed our planets for the slightest of reasons. The death toll from those bombardments is in the billions.”

“I’m well aware of that,” said Dylan. “I saw what they did to Lydol Four.”

A strange look passed over Lisa’s face. “I’m sorry. I had forgotten that Lydol Four is your home planet. What exactly do you want our council and our bases to do?”

Dylan gestured toward Jalen Gresth. “Jalen will be our representative to the council, if you are willing to accept him. Jalen has been in cryo sleep for over one thousand years. He was present in the Empire when the Druins first conquered it.”

Lisa turned toward Jalen, respect glowing in her eyes. “An Imperial from the old days. That will go a long way with the council.”

“We want to prepare the Human Empire for war,” explained Jalen. “We’re aware of the Confederation’s attempts to make the people of the Empire forget there ever was a Human Empire. We need all the bases to remind the people of their history and their heritage. The Human Empire must not be forgotten.”

“I can understand that,” replied Lisa. “We have discussed that among ourselves in our meetings. What else is required of us?”

Jalen took a deep breath. “Can you give us an idea of how many secret bases there are? If we’re going to fight a war to free the Empire, we need to know what our combined resources will be.”

Lisa looked into the eyes of everyone in the conference room. “I can’t give you the exact number. That’s highly classified. I can tell you that more than three hundred bases exist, and some of those are very large. A few are even capable of building warships. I also can’t reveal their locations.”

Jalen nodded in understanding. “We are willing to provide resources to your bases. We have this cargo ship, and, before the year is out, we’ll have two more. We can bring those supplies to Bratol Three or any other location you request.”

“That could be useful, particularly if you can provide weapons and some specialized parts for warships. The Druins have restricted certain technology, making it difficult to acquire some items.”

“We can do that,” replied Jalen. “If I stay and become a member of your council, I can request the necessary supplies and equipment when any of our cargo ships come by.”

Lisa looked around. “This is a very modern cargo ship. Is it armed?”

Jalen looked at Dylan.

Dylan smiled. “Yes, heavily. We could probably take out a Druin battlecruiser if necessary.”

“Your weapons are well hidden. We scanned your ship from the surface and could not detect anything. We also used several of our specialized shuttles to do scans.”

“All of our weapons are behind special shielding. Our ship should have no problem passing a routine inspection. We made sure that anything that might raise suspicion is well hidden and shielded.”

-

They spent another hour talking and asking questions. At the end of that time Lisa was satisfied with what she had heard. “I understand you’ll spend some time traveling around the Empire?”

Dylan nodded. “Yes, we want to get a good feel for what’s been going on and what the current status of the inhabited planets are. We would appreciate any information your council may furnish us. We also need some trade items that we can sell on some of the planets we’ll visit.”

“Will you be going to the surface?”

“Possibly, it depends on what the situation is on the ground.”

“Most planets won’t be a problem. However, a few have bent over backward to accommodate the Druins. It might be best for you to avoid those worlds initially. Bratol Three trades with over thirty Human worlds. What I would suggest is that we load cargos on your ship to deliver to those worlds. In return they’ll reload you with cargos for our world. Later, we can arrange for another council member to set you up on additional worlds. We should, in time, be able to send your cargo ships to nearly every world of the Empire.”

“That would be good,” replied Dylan. This was just what he wanted. “When we have all three cargo ships operating, we can set up some regular trade routes. It will enable us to monitor all the worlds, as well as the Druins. We want to keep track of their activity in the Empire.”

Lisa looked thoughtful. “We have some people who have traveled to many Human worlds. It might be a good idea to add several of them to your crew. You may find them extremely useful. I’ll vouch for them, as they’re in our secret military.”

Dylan was surprised but realized it was a good suggestion. He was familiar with a few worlds but much of the current Empire was still a mystery to him. “I accept your proposal. It’s a good one, and those people will come in useful.”

Looking at Jalen, Lisa continued. “If Mr. Gresth is willing to come with me to Bratol Three, I’ll introduce him to the rest of the council. When you are ready to return to your base, I’ll go with you to verify everything you have told me.”

“No problem,” replied Dylan. “We want to spend a few months traveling around the Empire before we return home.”

Lisa nodded. “I’ll make arrangements for your first cargo, as well as your new crewmembers.”

-

They talked for another two hours before Lisa and Jalen Gresth left for the surface. Jalen would spend some time briefing the Human Resistance Council on some of Earth’s future plans. Of course, for the time being, the location of Earth would remain a secret.

“What do you think?” asked Dylan, looking at Cheryl.

“Everything sounds believable. I’ll make arrangements to go to the surface to meet several of my contacts.”

“Do you want an escort?” Dylan knew many of the people Cheryl dealt with were unscrupulous.

Cheryl laughed. “Probably. Give me two of the larger Marines, and I should be fine.”

“I’ll have Corporal Mueller accompany you. He’s originally from Lydol Four and should have no problems in providing you with security.”

“My contacts should also be able to provide considerable information on the Empire.”

Dylan nodded. “I’ll make the necessary arrangements for you to go to the planet. Just be careful.”

-

For two days the Draxon Hauler stayed in orbit around Bratol Three. Admiral Cleemorl went to the surface and met briefly with the resistance council and Governor Rastell. All were disappointed they couldn’t move against the Druins immediately but understood the importance of long-range plans and being ready to make such a move.

Cargo was brought up to the Draxon Hauler and loaded. Four new crewmembers from the resistance arrived to be part of the crew, as well as to act as advisors on the worlds Admiral Cleemorl planned to do business with.

Governor Rastell and Lisa Strell compiled a working list of Human planets to visit for Admiral Cleemorl’s review. Several he had been to while he was still on Lydol Four.

Finally Admiral Cleemorl returned to the Draxon Hauler as the cargo had been loaded and the new crewmembers assigned to quarters.

“Ready to get underway,” reported Captain Fulmar.

Dylan sat in his command chair and nodded. “Set a course for Malor Two. We have a cargo to deliver there and another one to pick up.” Cheryl was still on Bratol Three. She had sent Dylan a message that she had some business to attend to and would be waiting for the ship to return.

Moments later the Draxon Hauler left orbit and soon afterward made the transition into hyperspace. The ship’s journey through the Empire was about to begin.

Chapter Two

Admiral Bract was in his office, listening to Rear Admiral Leeson explain why he wanted to go into cryo. In a way Bract had expected this. He had heard Leeson speak many times about his desire to fight the Druins.

“I’ll wait another year before I do,” Leeson said. “That way we’ll have all the ships we need activated and their crews trained. The civilian shipyard over Earth will be done, and we’ll have many of the defenses we need put in place.”

Bract took a deep breath and knew what Leeson was planning to do was what many would probably want in the future. The Druins were the big threat, and everyone wanted to play a part in taking them down. “I have to admit that I’ve considered it myself, but too much work needs to be done to get the Solar System ready. These next few years will be extremely important in preparing our Solar System for a possible Druin attack.”

“That’s why I’m waiting a year. By then we’ll have most of our projects well underway.”

“Do you have a suggestion for your replacement?” Bract hated the thought of losing Rear Admiral Leeson, but he understood the rear admiral’s reasoning.

“A young officer currently in training from Earth,” answered Leeson. “He’s got a good head on his shoulders and has flown circles around everyone else in an interceptor. I ran him through some battle scenarios, where he’s in charge of a fleet task group, and he has excelled. When I go into cryo, I will recommend he take my place.”

“What’s his name?”

“Johnathan Turner,” replied Leeson. “I’ll send his file over to you later.”

Bract nodded. “I’ll keep an eye on him. Now let’s discuss what we need to do over the next few months. Admiral Cleemorl is currently in the Empire with the Draxon Hauler. We have two more cargo ships that will be ready to deploy to the Empire in three more months. Of course we’ll wait until Admiral Cleemorl gets back, so he can give the other two crews some guidance. Hopefully, when he returns, he will have a representative of the resistance council with him.”

“You think someone will come?”

“I would if I were them. We’re asking them to commit to a war sometime in their future. I would want to see what we had to offer.”

“I’m taking the Titan to the Moon tomorrow. I’m supposed to observe some drills Luna City’s interceptors will be taking part in.”

Bract had considered going himself, but he had too much on his plate at the moment. “We have two hundred interceptors based on the Moon, all built at the new facilities in China, Taiwan, and Japan. That’s a pretty sizable force.”

“We’re making progress,” replied Leeson. “Earth is beginning to come around and will soon be out producing Pallas as far as war material goes.”

Admiral Bract picked up a sheet of paper off his desk. “Donovan Stewart of the space program wants to base some of the three-man interceptors on the moons of Jupiter, as well as put up defense grids around all four of the colonized moons.”

“It needs to be done,” replied Leeson, nodding his head. “Those moons will eventually be heavily colonized. Interceptors based there could patrol a major part of the outer Solar System.”

Admiral Bract leaned back in his chair. “What about Mars? In a few more years it will have a breathable atmosphere. By the time we go to war against the Druins, a billion people could be living there.”

“They’re voting for a governor on Mars next week. Once that’s finished, I suggest we go to Mars and discuss what defenses will be necessary.”

Bract stood and walked to the wall to gaze at a painting of the Imperial Palace on Golan Four. “Captain Masters said the Imperial Palace is falling into ruin. Several of its towers and arches have already collapsed.” Letting out a deep sigh, Bract turned around to face Leeson. “I’ve accepted that I’ll never see the palace in my lifetime, but, if you go into cryo, you may.”

“I wonder what it’ll be like for Captain Masters. He fled the Empire with the Princess over one thousand years ago. When he awakens, he will be fighting to free the Empire and to restore the Royal Family.”

Bract returned and sat down. “Captain Masters is a very resourceful man. I wish I could see how all of this turns out.”

-

In the former Human Empire, Admiral Cleemorl was visiting his third Human-inhabited planet. So far everything had gone according to plan. They would go to a world, deliver their cargo, pick up another cargo, all the while scanning and compiling data on the world they traded with. However, this next world would be different.

A Druin battleship was in orbit.

“What’s it doing?” asked Cheryl. She was back on board after spending several days on Bratol Three, checking on some of her hidden assets. She had also set a few things into motion to increase her holdings.

“Routine patrol,” said Corporal Hastings, who was one of the four Human Resistance crewmembers added at Bratol Three. “It’s very common for Druin battleships or battlecruisers to go into orbit.”

“Do they contact the planet’s government?” asked Captain Fulmar.

Hastings shook his head. “No, they go into orbit and do some routine scans. If they find nothing unusual, they leave. Very seldom do they ever send troops to the surface or attempt any contact. The only contact is when they come to pick up whatever a planet is required to produce for the Confederation.”

“Keep a good distance between us and that battleship,” ordered Admiral Cleemorl. “We won’t do anything suspicious. I suspect that many of the worlds we’ll go to will have Druin ships present. We need to get used to this.”

“What about our scans?” asked Lieutenant Casella. “Will it attract their attention?”

“Short-range only and aimed at the planet,” answered Dylan. “I don’t want any scans around that battleship.”

The tension increased in the Command Center as the Draxon Hauler eased into orbit and informed Space Control they had a cargo to deliver.

Suddenly two cargo ships accelerated from orbit and headed away from the planet. The Druin battleship turned to pursue.

“What’s going on?” asked Cheryl, a frown on her face. “Why are those two cargo ships running?”

“Contraband,” answered Hastings, shaking his head. “They must have contraband on board, and they don’t want to be caught.”

The two cargo ships suddenly made the transition into hyperspace and vanished from the system. The pursuing Druin battleship did the same.

“What will happen now?” asked Captain Fulmar.

“The Druins are very good at tracking a vessel. They know the direction the cargo ships were heading when they entered hyperspace. The ships are probably still showing on the Druins’ sensors. The Druins will follow until they catch up to the two vessels and then they’ll destroy them.”

Dylan looked at the tactical display. The other ships around the planet seemed to be ignoring what just happened. “Does this occur often?”

“More than you would think. The Druins don’t allow a large number of items to be traded. Some of that contraband cargo comes from nonhuman worlds just outside of the Empire. A black market has always existed since the fall of the Empire. There’s also a high demand for certain items on the contraband list. The Druins routinely scan cargo ships to see if any contraband items are on board. If there are, the ships are destroyed.”

“Admiral, we are to dock with the space station to unload our cargo. They have a return cargo for us as well,” reported Newsome.

Captain Fulmar looked at the admiral. “Do we dock?”

Dylan nodded. “Yes, I want to go on board the station. I’m supposed to meet a member of the resistance. I believe a hidden base is somewhere on this planet.”

Fulmar frowned but nodded. “I’ll arrange an escort.”

“I’ll go,” said Corporal Hastings. “I’ve been to this station several times, and I’ve gone to the planet before. I don’t perceive any problems.”

-

The cargo ship docked to the station, and the crew began unloading the cargo. This time they were delivering some agricultural products. It had been decided the Draxon Hauler would only be loaded with items that would not raise any suspicions. They did not want to draw the Druins’ attention to the ship. A simple scan would only show a cargo of special seeds for planting.

While the cargo was unloaded, Admiral Cleemorl and Corporal Hastings went on board the station. The station was quite large with a crew in the thousands. Much of the work of loading and unloading was done by specialized robots. The station even had a civilian shopping sector, as well as a large food court for visitors. It was at the food court Dylan would meet his contact from the secret base.

-

Dylan and Corporal Hastings were sitting at a table. Both wore regular ship uniforms normally associated with cargo ships. The food court was busy with hundreds of patrons sitting at tables. After a few minutes a server came over and took their orders. Dylan had been told to order a specific drink along with his meal. The drink was unusual and only one of the food court establishments carried it.

“This is a busy place,” commented Dylan, looking around.

Hastings nodded. “Many worlds are like this. They try to keep up a semblance of a normal civilization.”

Neither spoke about their reason for being here, just in case they were overheard. Instead they discussed their cargo and how much they expected to receive for it. Talk that would be expected from two people off a newly arrived cargo ship.

Their drinks and meals arrived, and they began to eat. They were nearly finished when a young man in a business suit approached them and sat down.

“Dylan Cleemorl?”

Dylan nodded. “That’s correct. Can I help you?”

“I believe you would like an inspection of our agricultural facility.”

“Yes, we have some certified seeds we brought that you might be interested in.” These two code phrases identified each other.

The man nodded. “I’m Arden Brale, and I’ll take you to the surface to see our plant. I’m sure you will be impressed with what we have to offer.”

“I hope so,” replied Dylan, as he put down his fork. “Let’s go.”

Dylan and Corporal Hastings followed their guide through the space station to a large spacedock. They were led to a small shuttle, sitting on a landing pad. Numerous shuttles were in the spacedock. Some with loaded cargoes on board, and others ready to take passengers to the planet.

It didn’t take long, and the shuttle was out of the station and on its way.

“We’re going to a food processing factory,” explained Brale. “From there you will be taken to see the facility you’re interested in.”

They discussed little for the rest of the short trip. It didn’t take long, and the shuttle landed at a small spaceport just outside a major city. They exited the shuttle and found an aircar waiting for them.

Looking around the spaceport, Dylan noted a few other shuttles were being unloaded.

“It’s only a short trip to the factory,” Brale informed them.

Dylan settled in and relaxed as the aircar lifted off and headed toward the outskirts of the city. Still looking around, Dylan thought everything seemed so normal. The fact that everything had stayed unchanged for the nearly one-thousand-year rule of the Druins pointed to the Confederation’s interference on a massive scale. Probably very little had changed in the city itself. The same technology and the exact same architecture were still being used. That was how it had been on Lydol Four as well.

“What does your world have to furnish the Confederation?” asked Dylan. All Human worlds had to furnish the Confederation some product.

“We have a crop the Confederation is highly interested in,” replied Brale. “They take 70 percent of that particular crop every year.”

“What if you can’t make the quota?” asked Hastings.

“We don’t dare risk that,” replied Brale. “We keep a hidden surplus just in case we have a crop failure. If we fail to make the quota, no doubt we would lose one or two of our cities.”

“Has that happened before?” asked Dylan. From orbit he had seen no signs of bombardment.

Brale nodded. “Yes, but it was over two hundred years ago. A terrible disease infected the crop, and we lost nearly 80 percent of it. When the Druins came for their share, we didn’t have it. They dropped a fusion missile on our second-largest city.”

Dylan took in a deep breath. While on Lydol Four he had heard of some of the atrocities committed by the Druins. It seemed it was pretty common throughout the Empire.

The aircar landed in the parking lot next to a very tall factory. Brale led them inside and down several hallways. He stopped before a bank of elevators. “This elevator will take us where we need to go.” He used a keycard to open the elevator, and all three of them entered.

Brale pressed one of the buttons, and the elevator immediately began its descent. Dylan noted they were going deep beneath the surface. He wondered what he would find when they got to where they were going.

The elevator finally stopped, and Dylan found a group of men and women waiting for them.

“Admiral Cleemorl,” said one of the men in a military uniform. “I’m General Clements, and I’m responsible for this base.”

Dylan shook his hand and then was introduced to the others.

“I’m not a member of the new resistance council, but I’ve been instructed to cooperate with you. I understand you have a secret base outside of the Empire with a large fleet of ships at your disposal.”

Dylan nodded. “That’s correct. However, we are not yet ready to move against the Druins or the Confederation. The people I represent want to get a general idea of what the Human Resistance bases have to offer and what they can do when we eventually launch our attack.”

General Clements nodded. “I can understand that. For many years we have looked to find some way to attack the Druins. We saw your own attempt at Lydol Four fail and what the consequences were. We need some hope to work for in the future. The new council believes you can furnish that hope.”

“We’ll do all we can to assist,” replied Dylan. “May I see your base?”

“Of course. I’ve been instructed to show you everything.”

General Clements took them down a long corridor to another bank of elevators. Entering one, they descended once more. “The base is located deep beneath the city. We’re going down over two kilometers. That deep beneath the city, it pretty well blocks any scans the Druins might attempt to take.”

The elevator eventually came to a stop, and they all stepped out. Dylan came to a halt, amazed at what was before him. A massive cavern stretched out for several kilometers. Across the floor of the cavern were numerous buildings and what looked like factories.

“We have nearly ten thousand people working here,” Clements informed Dylan. “This base was established just before the Druins attacked the Empire. Other bases were established at that time as well, and we have built more since then. In this base, we have the capability of building some spacecraft parts. When we have the parts finished, they are shipped out. I don’t know where their final destination is, but we do have several hidden bases capable of building battlecruisers and other support ships.”

Dylan nodded. He knew that both Bratol Three and Cleetus Three had that capability as that was where Dylan’s ships assigned to him to defend Lydol Four had come from. “What about military personnel?”

“Nearly half the people here are in the secret military. We have around eleven hundred soldiers, if we need them.”

“Where does everyone live?”

“We have living quarters here as well as in a section of the city. Great care is taken to ensure the existence of this base is not revealed.”

General Clements led them down to the floor of the cavern and through several of the factories and troop training centers and also a number of research labs, where scientists and engineers were busy working.

“While our science up above is limited, our research here is not,” explained the general. “We have made a number of discoveries that can greatly advance our civilization. Unfortunately, because of the Druins, those discoveries cannot be put into practice.”

Dylan was impressed by what he saw. “There is some concern about the people of the Empire forgetting there ever was a Human Empire.”

Clements let out a deep sigh. “Yes, the Druins have ordered all references to the Human Empire be removed from our history books. All media of any type is restricted from broadcasting or speaking of the Empire.”

“We can’t let the people forget,” said Dylan, concern in his voice. “Even if we have to send people around the planet to spread the word by mouth.”

Clements looked at Dylan in surprise. “We have spoken about that in some of our meetings here inside the base. We’re just not sure what we need to say.”

Dylan understood the dilemma. There was so much to tell, but they didn’t have the resources to do it. Anything put down on paper or broadcast could bring retaliation from the Druins. “I’ll speak to the council and see what we can come up with. We just need to keep the memory of the Empire alive, until we’re ready to move. Once we do, we’ll take care of the rest.”

-

For the next several hours General Clements showed Dylan around the base, explaining what many of the facilities were for. After a while it was evident that the base could easily hold twice as many people as it currently contained.

Clements let out a deep sigh. “We have to be careful in our recruitment. We decided long ago that the current size of the base and its workforce is best to keep it secret. However, once we know when an attack is scheduled to attempt to free the Empire, we can quickly take the base up to its full complement of personnel.”

“If you would provide the council with a list of any supplies or military equipment you need, we may be able to furnish it. I can set up a regular supply run of one of our cargo ships to bring whatever you require, particularly technical equipment that you might not be able to build.”

“We could use a number of items,” admitted Clements. “I imagine that’s true of many of our bases. Do you have the necessary resources to handle all the requests you’ll probably get?”

“Yes, resources will not be a problem.”

Clements nodded. “Numerous items could be useful in our research as well as building up our military.”

Admiral Cleemorl nodded. “Fine, that’s the reason for coming here to get a feel for what we can offer. You’ve been a great help, and I’m very impressed with your base. I think it’s time now for me to return to my ship.”

-

Later as Dylan flew in the aircar back to the spaceport, he couldn’t help but think about what he had learned today. The base had been impressive. If enough of these bases were around the Empire and if their activities could be coordinated by the new council, it opened up a multitude of possibilities.

-

Stepping back into the Command Center of the Draxon Hauler, Dylan noted everyone was busy at their stations.

“Cargo is unloaded, and the station is currently loading our return cargo,” reported Captain Fulmar. “The Druin battleship returned about an hour ago and is back in orbit. It did scan us, but I understand that’s routine.”

Dylan nodded and sat in his command chair. “How long will the loading take?”

“Not long,” replied Fulmar. “They’re pretty efficient. How was your visit to the surface?”

“Enlightening. I suspect the bases will offer far more than we expected. If we can provide them with some of the equipment they are short of and specialized electronic items, they can provide considerable assistance when we strike the Druins.”

Cheryl stepped through the hatch and motioned for Dylan to come with her.

Dylan frowned but followed her out the hatch to a small briefing room. “What is it?”

“While you were gone, I went on board the space station. I have a contact in the command staff, and we spent some time talking. There are rumors the Druins will be increasing the number of Humans they conscript for the Confederation. If that happens, there will be considerable unrest throughout all the Human worlds.”

Dylan leaned back and folded his arms across his chest. “It almost seems as if the Confederation is provoking a response. I wish I knew what the Confederation was doing with all the people they’re taking. We’re talking about millions of young people every year.”

Cheryl hesitated and then made a suggestion. “Since this ship has stealth capabilities, maybe we should make a detour and examine several Confederation worlds.”

This was not what Dylan had expected to hear. “It’s too dangerous. We have a vague idea of the technology the Druins possess, but the other Confederation races are a big unknown. Our stealth fields might be completely useless. Not only that but we’re not even sure how far actual Confederation space extends. We just don’t know enough about their worlds.”

“I understand,” replied Cheryl, disappointed. “When we return to Earth, we should speak to the council and to Admiral Bract. I think sometime soon we need to investigate the Confederation and see what is happening to the Humans they’re taking. We need to know more about the Confederation and its capabilities anyway.”

“It would be dangerous, but I agree. We need to find out more about the Confederation. I’ll go with you to speak to the council.”

“If the Druins continue to take Humans and continue to increase the number they are taking, someday it could cause the entire Empire to revolt.”

Dylan had to agree with Cheryl. He didn’t like the fact the Confederation was taking so many Humans from the Empire. Even more worrisome was the fact that, once they were taken, they were never heard from again. Also, if the Empire revolted, the Druins would cause tremendous damage in retaliation. They could conceivably destroy entire worlds. Something must be done, and Earth might not be able to wait eighty or one hundred years.

Chapter Three

Six Months Later

Druin Admiral Kreen was over the Human world of Xnea Two. The planet was supposed to have delivered four hundred thousand young Humans to be taken to the Confederation. Instead the planet had refused to hand over any of their quota.

“Pick out four of their larger cities,” ordered Kreen, as he gazed at the viewscreen showing the planet. “Exclude the capital as we will need to deal with them once the bombardment is over.”

This was the seventh planet to refuse to hand over their young Humans. Xnea Two would be taught the same lesson as the previous Human worlds. When the lesson was over, the Humans would gladly turn over their quota of young people. These primitive worlds would learn not to disobey the Confederation, or they would continue to pay a stiff penalty.

-

On the surface of the planet in the capital city, the governor was arguing with the planetary council. “We must turn over our young people. If we don’t, they will bomb our planet, killing millions.”

“They can’t bomb every planet,” argued the councilor from the southern region. “If enough of us resist, at some point, they will give in.” Several other councilors nodded in agreement. “We can’t keep turning over hundreds of thousands of our young people every year.”

The governor shook his head. “We are talking about the Druins. They care very little about Human life. They won’t hesitate to bomb our planet.”

“We disagree,” replied the southern councilor, irritated. “Inform the Druins we will no longer turn over our young people to them. They must find some other product to take instead.” Even as he spoke, the conference table shook. A loud rumbling could be heard.

“What’s that? An earthquake?” said one of the other councilors, as he stood, with a frightened look on his face.

The governor looked sadly at the gathered councilors. “Unless I’m mistaken, we have just lost one of our cities.”

The councilor from the southern region turned pale and could find nothing to say.

-

In orbit, Admiral Kreen watched as four mushroom clouds rose up from the surface of the planet. Beneath each cloud a firestorm of destruction spread. For twenty kilometers in every direction from the epicenter, all buildings and all life were being destroyed. Kreen knew he had just killed millions of Humans. However, what did it matter? The Humans had one thousand inhabited worlds with massive populations. What were a few million here and there?

Kreen continued to watch as the atmosphere above the stricken cities turned dark with ash and smoke. No doubt shortly a message would come from the Humans, agreeing to turn over their young.

-

Within the hour Admiral Kreen received a message from the planetary governor, stating the Human quota would be met. Admiral Kreen nodded in satisfaction. It was as it should be. All species were meant to serve the Confederation. However, sometimes the more primitive worlds had to be taught lessons in obedience, such as the one today.

“Inform the Human governor that, in one week, our ships will arrive to pick up their Human cargo. If they are one Human short, we will return and extract additional punishment upon their world.”

With that, Kreen ordered his fleet to leave orbit and to head to their next destination. Other worlds had refused to fill their quotas of young Humans. Those too would be punished.

A few minutes later the Druin fleet made the transition into hyperspace.

Three Years Later

Admiral Cleemorl and Cheryl Bannon stood in front of a pair of cryo chambers. Both had decided to go into cryo and to be a part of the future war against the Druins. Over the past few years they had spent much of their time traveling in the Empire, and, after seeing so many atrocities committed by the Druins, they decided they had to take a more active part. Cheryl had turned her business over to Captain Tucker, who had assured her that he would take good care of everything.

Dylan stood, holding Cheryl’s hand, waiting for the doctor and several medical technicians to finish the preparations for their cryo sleep. They had stayed up late the night before, discussing their plans and their feelings for each other, which had grown and had turned into something very special.

“It will be just like going to sleep,” explained the doctor, as he gave both of them a cup containing a liquid they were to drink. “You will close your eyes, and, when you awaken, the designated time will have passed.”

“It will be time for the war,” said Dylan, looking at Cheryl and squeezing her hand. “Are you ready for this?”

Cheryl nodded. “As long as I’m with you, I’m not afraid.”

The technicians came over and injected both of them in the arm. At the same time the lids to the two cryo chambers slid open.

“I’ll go first,” volunteered Cheryl.

Before she could enter her chamber, Dylan pulled her close and kissed her deeply. “I’ll see you soon, and I love you.”

“I love you too,” replied Cheryl softly. She then turned and lay down in the chamber, the lid sliding shut. She closed her eyes as the glass cover frosted over.

“She’s in cryo,” reported one of the technicians. “Everything’s working properly.”

Extremely drowsy, Dylan lay down in his chamber. As his eyes closed, he felt a slight chill, and then there was silence.

-

“They’re both in cryo,” reported one of the technicians, as she checked the cryo chambers.

The doctor nodded. “We’ve done over two hundred of these the past month. So many people, particularly in the military, want to fight the Druins. It’ll be interesting when we finally awaken them all.”

-

Admiral Bract was currently on board the Titan with Rear Admiral Johnathan Turner in orbit around the Moon, checking the defensive grid, which had just been finished. Also in orbit were four hundred small satellites, all armed with energy beams capable of taking out any inbound missiles.

In addition, there were fifty large missile platforms protected by their own energy turrets, and twenty large ODPs—Orbital Defense Platforms— armed with missile tubes as well as fusion energy beam turrets. On the surface of the Moon were fifty PDCs—Planetary Defense Centers—all armed with missile tubes and fusion weapons.

“I would say we’ve turned the Moon into a fortress,” commented Rear Admiral Turner, as he gazed at the defenses on the viewscreens. “When you add in the two hundred interceptors based at the Luna City spaceport, the Moon will be a hard nut to crack.”

Admiral Bract had to agree. “We’re still adding defenses to Earth. We have to do everything we can to ensure the Druins can’t reach the surface. Let’s set a course for Mars. I want to inspect the new space station that we finished last month.”

For the past four years the Imperials on Pallas and the Humans on Earth had worked frantically to set up defenses throughout the Solar System in case the Druins made a surprise appearance. The military shipyard around Earth now produced Imperial warships on a regular basis. Some of these were put into stasis for future use, while others were put into active service.

Expanded colonies now existed on the Moon, Mars, and all four of the moons of Jupiter. It had been decided to hold up the addition of colonies around Saturn until the established colonies were well defended.

“Over two million people are on the Moon,” commented Turner, as the Titan made the transition into hyperspace for the short trip to Mars. “Many of them are involved in the war effort and are running the factories, smelters, and ore-processing facilities that handle the cargoes coming in from the asteroids.”

Now a robust mining operation was ongoing in the asteroid field as well as on some of the smaller moons of Jupiter. Every day, cargo ships laden with mined minerals arrived at the space station and Luna City. All in preparation for war with the Druins and the other races of the Confederation.

-

The Titan emerged from hyperspace above Mars and near the new space station, which appeared on the ship’s main viewscreen. The station was nearly two kilometers across, with bays capable of holding nearly every cargo or passenger ship currently in service. Several external docking ports were set up to allow Imperial battlecruisers or dreadnoughts to dock as needed. Also two large bays were attached to the station that held forty attack interceptors in each one.

In addition, the station was heavily armed with forty missile tubes and eighty fusion energy beam turrets. Not only that, the station could be protected by a powerful energy shield if needed. A dreadnought and ten battlecruisers were in orbit to provide additional defense.

“You can already see an increase in the breathable atmosphere,” commented Turner, as he gazed at one of the other viewscreens. “In a few more years people will be walking about on the surface without the need for a spacesuit.”

Bract nodded. “We’re using some special mining ships to bring large pieces of water ice in from the Kuiper Belt. We then release them in the atmosphere at the right angles so friction will melt them before they hit the surface. The terraformers on the surface take care of the rest.”

Even as he spoke, a bright meteor-like object could be seen shooting through the lower atmosphere of the planet. The object completely disintegrated before it impacted the surface.

“I understand there will eventually be oceans, rivers, and lakes.”

“Yes, Mars will look as it once did millions of years ago. If you look closely, you can still see the dry lake beds and the courses of ancient rivers.”

The main viewscreen switched to a view of the largest colony on Mars. A series of massive domes were visible, all linked by connecting structures. The city of Marsonna had a population of nearly two million people. There were other cities scattered across Mars, where an additional six million people lived.

“How soon before the terraforming of Venus begins?” asked Turner.

“When Mars is finished,” answered Bract. “Go ahead and let’s dock at the shipyard. I want to go on board for an inspection.”

The Titan slowly maneuvered until it was securely docked to the space station. Once the airlocks were connected, Admiral Bract and Rear Admiral Turner went on board. It had been months since the last inspection, and Bract was curious to see how well the station was operating. A number of mining craft operated from the station, making routine trips between the station and mining outposts in the asteroids and the moons of Jupiter.

-

Far out in the Kuiper Belt a special mining craft was near a large fragment of water ice nearly half the size of the spacecraft. The ice fragment was jagged, and several crewmembers currently floated around the fragment, drilling anchors deep into the ice. The anchors would be used to securely attach the ice fragment to the ship. A few of the jagged areas were cut off, so there would be no damage to the ship when it was pulled up tight against it. A dozen mining ships were doing this full-time.

Captain Albert Canning sat in his control room, watching the activity outside. Several other crewmembers were there as well, monitoring each of the spacesuited crewmembers working on the water-ice fragment.

“This will bring us a pretty penny when we get it to Mars,” commented Joshua Mase, directing the placement of the anchors. “It reads as being 92 percent pure water.”

“Once it melts,” said Sandra. She was the medical officer on the mining ship. “Marvin, your heart rate is getting a little high. Take it easy for a minute.” She was monitoring the vitals on the two crewmembers who were outside.

“Two more anchors and we’re done,” answered Marvin. “I’ll stop for a minute before I do the last two.”

Mase leaned back and stretched. “This is definitely much easier than asteroid mining, and it pays well.”

“Attack interceptor coming up on us,” reported Donald Evans from his sensor console. “Just a routine patrol.”

This didn’t bother Captain Canning. It was a good feeling knowing the battlestations at the edge of the Kuiper Belt were keeping watch on the ice mining. If there was an accident, a ship could be sent to assist in a short matter of time. That was one of the reasons Canning always chose to mine in the area of one of the battlestations.

On the viewscreen, the sleek three-man interceptor flew past and made a wide circle around the ship. As it flew by, it waggled its wings and then continued on into the star-studded darkness.

“Man, I would like to fly one of those,” commented Evans, as he watched the interceptor vanish on the viewscreen.

“Not me,” replied Captain Canning. “They would be fun to fly around, but what if the Druins show up? Me? I’d rather stay safe in our ice-mining ship.”

Outside the last two anchors were drilled into the ice fragment and lines attached. With the crew watching carefully, the large ice fragment was pulled up tight against the reinforced bottom hull of the ship.

“Fragment attached and locked in place,” reported Mase. “We’re coming in.”

Canning nodded. It would take them nearly six days to reach Mars. One day of acceleration, four days of coasting, and then one day of deceleration. They would spend a few days at the space station, relaxing, and then head back out again. Canning tried to make two trips a month to the Kuiper Belt. It made for a nice paycheck and was relatively easy work for the crew.

-

Lieutenant Barkley smiled as he flew past the ice-mining ship. He loved being out in space in his interceptor. Today he was accompanied by his navigation officer, as this was a normal mission to inspect the mining ship and to ensure everything was normal. Quick scans had shown no problems, and now Barkley leaned back in his acceleration seat. A sensor screen indicated all the hazards in front of and around him. It was fun and exciting to zoom around the various chunks of rock and water-ice that were everywhere.

“Slow it down, hotshot,” cautioned Lieutenant Simmins, frowning deeply. “I want to get back to the battlestation in one piece. I have a hot date tonight.”

“With Michelle?” Michelle was a knockout computer technician Simmins had been seeing.

“Yeah, with Michelle.”

Barkley grinned. He had always dreamed of piloting a spaceship. As a kid he had dressed up as an astronaut, playacting flying into space. Now here he was, flying an attack interceptor armed with fusion energy cannons and small fusion missiles.

“Still thinking about going into cryo?” asked Simmins.

“Maybe,” replied Barkley. He had graduated in the top 10 percent of his class and had been offered that option. “I have another six months to make up my mind. How about you?”

“I don’t think so. Not if this thing with Michelle continues to develop.”

Barkley didn’t reply. Simmons considered himself a ladies’ man. In another few months he would move on to his next conquest. Someday he would get burned. Michelle might just be the one to put Simmons in his place.

A warning sounded on the sensor screen, and Barkley adjusted his course to go around a large rocky asteroid nearly two hundred kilometers in length and shaped like a potato. It was covered in craters with several towering mountains. He knew it was only a matter of time before the miners searching for minerals in the asteroid field eventually made it out here.

While the Kuiper Belt, for now, was a desolate region with few spacecraft, that was destined to change in a few more years. Industries on the Moon, Mars, and Earth were kicking in as the new technology introduced by the Imperials demanded more resources.

With a deep sigh, Barkley turned the interceptor toward the battlestation that was its base. It would take two hours at nearly full acceleration to reach it. Looking through the cockpit window, Barkley gazed at the stars. Someday he might be going there. A war was waiting to be fought, and the ships and equipment for that war were even now being forged. They just needed the people to crew the ships and to use the weapons. Barkley suspected someday he would be a part of that.

-

Admiral Bract was back at Pallas in his office, looking at the latest status of the repurposed Druin interdiction system. Half of the sensor satellites had been turned outward to detect any ships inbound toward the Solar System. The rest still monitored every cubic centimeter of space in Earth’s Solar System. All eight battlestations had been modified for Human crews and had been partially rebuilt to hold several squadrons of attack interceptors. In addition, at least one or two Imperial battlecruisers were assigned to each station to investigate any unknown contacts.

The stations periodically sent reports to the Confederation on the current status of the Solar System. Great effort had been taken to ensure the reports contained nothing to raise the Confederation’s suspicions. The reports informed the Confederation that a disaster involving an experimental FTL spacecraft had caused a cessation of all FTL research for the Humans for the immediate future.

Most of the advancements on Earth were not mentioned, so it would appear the planet was advancing at a very slow rate. The explanation for this was the multitude of countries refusing to cooperate with one another. So far the reports seemed to be working, as all the Confederation had done was acknowledge the receipt of the messages.

“How many cargo ships do we currently have operating in the Empire?” asked Councilor Prest. In a few months she would step down as the current head of the council.

“Five,” answered Bract. “All have been delivering needed war materials and equipment to the known secret bases in the Empire. We now believe over four hundred of them have been established, possibly more.”

“How is the Human Resistance Council doing?” In the past several years three of those council members had been brought to Earth. All in an effort to show them what the Earth would be capable of when the war against the Druins and the Confederation actually started.

Bract leaned back and folded his arms across his chest. “Fine. Their list of items and materials they need is constantly growing. We don’t know how many of their bases are capable of building warships, but, from what they are ordering, there are several.”

“What about contact with the Druins? How are our cargo ships doing there?”

“We don’t act suspicious. We do the same as all the other ships and pretty well just ignore them.”

Prest pursed her lips and asked her next question. “What about the number of worlds attacked when the Druins increased the tally of young Humans they wanted each year?”

Bract frowned. “The Druins took out thirty-two cities as an example for refusing to fill the increased quota demanded. Most of those cities are nearly rebuilt, and the others will be over the next few years.”

Councilor Prest’s eyes narrowed. “I still can’t believe the sheer brutality of the Druins. How can they be so cruel?”

“To them it’s not being cruel. They are a cold-blooded race and do things in a logical manner. To them what they have been doing makes perfect sense. Keep in mind they do not consider Humans as equals. We’re a barely intelligent species only meant to serve the Confederation. It’s as if the Humans in the Empire are herd animals, and that’s how they are treated. Sometimes the herd has to be culled to make it do what is needed.”

Councilor Prest shuddered. “Sometimes I’m tempted to go into cryo just to see the war. I hope we can teach the Druins and the other Confederation races that we are much more than just animals.”

“It may be a long and bloody war,” said Bract. “The Confederation will do everything in their power to stop us, as it will endanger their hold on a major portion of this galaxy.”

Councilor Prest gazed at the viewscreen behind Admiral Bract’s desk. It showed a field of stars from one of the Kuiper Belt battlestations focused on the region of space that held the captive Human worlds. “Can we win?”

Admiral Bract leaned forward, a serious look on his face. “If we have sufficient time to prepare, we just might. Fortunately we’re quite a distance from any Confederation world. If they come for us, they will be a long way from their lines of supply and any reinforcements. Already we’ve greatly fortified this star system, and we have much more we plan on doing.”

Councilor Prest stood. She had several more meetings she needed to attend. “How much time do we need?”

“Ten more years and this system will be nearly impossible for the Druins to conquer. Forty more years and we could potentially be ready to launch an attack. I would prefer to wait eighty or one hundred to ensure that we have the forces we need and that the secret bases established in the Empire are ready.”

“Will the Druins give us that much time?”

Bract let out a deep breath. “I guess that’s the big question. We’ll just have to wait and see.”

Bract knew a lot rode on keeping the Druins and the other Confederation races in the dark about Earth and the secret bases in the Empire. If the Confederation and the Druins sent in occupying forces to the surface and had more communication with the Humans, there was little doubt it would be nearly impossible to keep the bases secret. However, when the Druins just go into orbit and threaten bombardment to get what they wanted, it made it that much easier to keep the bases hidden and unknown to the Druins.

The admiral watched as Councilor Prest left his office. He activated a computer screen, as he had more work to do. Several requests had been made from Earth to establish colonies inside some of the larger asteroids. The Human Empire once had such colonies, though the Druins had forced them all to be shut down and evacuated.

What Bract needed to do was decide which asteroids would be acceptable and what he could do to defend them. The Human race was spreading throughout the Solar System and, in doing so, was building a massive mousetrap for the Druins. One the Druins would not care for if they ever discovered and attacked the Humans of this star system.

Chapter Four

Sixty Years Later

Druin Admiral Kreen was growing concerned. Despite all the efforts to remove all references of the former Human Empire, there were still mentions of it on nearly every Human world. He grew suspicious that a group of Humans were intent on not letting the old Empire die. He also wondered if that stealthed ship he had encountered years before had anything to do with it.

Over the years he had sent Druin battlecruisers deep into the Bacchus Region, but, other than a few scavengers, nothing had been found. Where that stealthed vessel had come from was still a mystery.

Recently Kreen had ordered all units of his fleet to take deep scans of all cargo and passenger ships traveling between the Human worlds. Over the last several months they had found five Class A cargo ships that seemed to have hidden spaces and mysterious energy readings. He had now given the order to close in on all five cargo ships, to seize them, and to inspect every cubic centimeter, particularly the hidden compartments, and to find out what was causing the mysterious energy readings.

Kreen’s own battleship was currently approaching one of those cargo ships, which was in the process of approaching the Human world of Doral. “Order the ship to come to a halt for an inspection,” ordered Kreen, as he leaned forward in his command chair. On the viewscreen, the cargo ship was clearly visible. Just looking at it, the vessel appeared to be a normal cargo vessel. “Have two shuttles of soldiers ready to board the vessel.” It was time to find out exactly what was going on with these five ships. If the Humans were smuggling contraband between their worlds, they would suffer some serious repercussions for violating Confederation laws.

-

Captain Elizabeth Johnson frowned upon seeing the Druin battleship approaching. Normally the Druins ignored all Human cargo ships, unless they thought something suspicious was going on.

“We’re being deep scanned,” reported Neal Strong from his sensor console. “They may have detected our hidden compartments.”

“Damn,” said Elizabeth, her eyes narrowing. “Take us to Condition One and have the Marines grab their combat gear.” She wouldn’t allow the Druins to board her ship.

“We’ve been ordered to come to a complete stop and to prepare to be boarded,” reported the communications officer.

Kirk Avery, the executive officer, turned toward the captain. “They’ve caught us. What do you want to do?”

“Communications, send out a Code Black message to our other cargo ships,” ordered Elizabeth.

The Code Black message would warn the other four cargo ships that their secret had been discovered and they were to head back to Earth immediately. The ships would take extra precautions on their way back to ensure they were not followed.

A few seconds later the communications officer reported the message had been sent and acknowledged by all. That was what Elizabeth had been waiting for. “Increase the fusion power plant to full and bring the energy shield online.” The fusion power plant was military grade and normally operated at a lower power level so as not to raise any suspicions.

“Power is increasing,” reported Avery. “Energy shield is online.”

Elizabeth nodded. “Open weapon ports. Tactical, hit that battleship with a spread of fusion missiles.” She would not wait to be attacked. She would hit them hard and then run. In the confusion, they might just get away.

-

Admiral Kreen was stunned when the cargo ship suddenly activated a military-strength energy shield and launched missiles at his battleship. The ship shook violently as fusion missiles detonated against the ship’s energy screen.

“Human ship is hitting us with fusion missiles. Shield is holding at 82 percent,” reported the tactical officer.

“Return fire,” ordered Kreen. He would destroy this fake cargo ship. Then he would find out where it had come from.

As his ship fired, the cargo ship turned and accelerated away. Suddenly it vanished from the tactical display.

“Can’t lock on to the target,” reported the tactical officer, as his hands played over his console.

“It’s no longer on the sensors,” added the officer, sitting in front of the sensor console.

Admiral Kreen stood and gazed coldly at the viewscreens and the tactical displays. The cargo ship had disappeared. He suddenly knew who his adversary was. The stealth capability the cargo ship displayed was similar to the warship they had encountered years in the past. Those mysterious Humans had not vanished as he had thought but had been present in the Empire all this time, using these cargo ships to travel from world to world. They had played the Druins for fools. No one could be allowed to show such disrespect for a race of the Confederation.

“Have our other ships locate and destroy the remaining four cargo ships,” Kreen ordered. However, he suspected they too had probably already vanished. “Set a course for the Confederation. I must meet with the council to discuss this new threat. Perhaps they will have an idea as to where this mysterious base is located and where these vessels are operating from.”

The central computer center on the primary world of the Confederation held all the known knowledge of the Confederation. He wondered if a Human world he did not know of existed somewhere.

-

Captain Johnson let out a deep breath. Her ship had been exposed briefly to Druin weapons fire, but their energy shield had held. Not only that but their stealth fields had successfully hidden them from the enemy. The flaw in the original stealth fields had been corrected so it was no longer possible to trace a ship using its sensors.

“Set a course for home,” ordered Elizabeth. “We must report to the Imperial Council.”

Avery looked at the captain. “What will happen now?”

“Before we leave Empire space, we will send a coded message to the Human Resistance Council, informing them that we have been discovered and to take precautions to keep the bases secret. I suspect the Druins will be scanning all the Human planets for anything suspicious. We have discussed this possible occurrence, so they know what to do.”

“What about the Druins?”

Elizabeth shook her head. “I imagine they will soon discover the secret about Earth. The war with the Confederation may soon be upon us.”

Elizabeth leaned back in her command chair. It would take them over four weeks to reach Earth. She would send a directional message before then, informing the Imperial Council of what had happened. It would give them time to prepare.

-

On Bratol Three, the Human Resistance Council had already received word of the attack on the cargo ship. They were meeting to discuss what precautions they needed to implement.

“All bases must reduce their power signatures to a minimum,” suggested Councilor Therron. “We must do everything we can to mask their existence.”

“I would suggest we begin awakening everyone we have in cryo,” added Councilor Lynox. “If this begins the war, we will need them shortly.”

Councilor Mystol shook his head. “It’s too soon. Earth is not ready.”

“They’re ready,” said Lead Councilor Windom. “They would have liked more time, but the fleets are ready, and the people are trained. I agree. We should start bringing our people out of cryo.”

The council spent some more time discussing what needed to be done. In the end, they came up with a series of recommendations that would be transmitted to all the bases. It was time to prepare for all-out war with the Druins.

-

Four days passed, and Captain Johnson watched as her ship left Human space. A message had been sent to the Human Resistance Council and acknowledged. Now they needed to get home and to find out what actions the Imperial Council would take.

-

Across Human space, Druin warships spread out, scanning each world for any abnormalities. None were found.

The secret bases had spent over one thousand years hiding from the Druins and were very good at it.

Inside the bases, doctors and technicians busily brought people out of cryo. In some bases, a surprisingly large number of warships were brought out of stasis and prepped for war. All this was done under the noses of the Druins, who never suspected what was hidden deep beneath the surface of many of the Human worlds they ruled over.

-

Several days later Pallas Admiral Reynolds stared in dismay at the message he had just received. He had succeeded Admiral Turner as overall fleet admiral. He was currently in the Pallas Command Center, being briefed on ship movements and patrol routes. The message from Captain Johnson had just been handed to him.

“Well, that tears it,” said Colonel Evelyn Bryson. “If the Druins know about the cargo ships, they’ll eventually figure out where they came from.”

Admiral Reynolds leaned back in his command chair, gazing at the numerous viewscreens and tactical displays. “You’re probably right. The Druins may decide to pay us a visit, just to confirm we’re not a threat.”

“All they’ll need to do is scan the system. Once they do, they will realize the AIs in the battlestations have been lying to them for decades. So what will we do?”

Reynolds took in a deep breath. “We can’t risk the safety of the Solar System. I’ll speak to the Imperial Council. While we would like to have another twenty or forty years to prepare for war, we are actually ready. The shipyards around Earth, the Moon, and Mars have been producing a tremendous number of ships. From what the Imperials have told me, we’re far ahead of what they believed possible in this time frame.”

“Are you recommending we bring everyone out of cryo and our warships out of stasis?”

Admiral Reynolds nodded. “Yes, I think we have to. What if the Druins show up in another month with a massive fleet? We have to assume that our secret is out or soon will be.”

A serious look spread across Evelyn’s face. “What about the High Princess?” Evelyn knew the Royal Princess would be the rallying point around which the former Human Empire would need to bring them all together.

“That too will be up to the council. I suspect she will be awakened but probably not immediately.”

Colonel Bryson stepped over to a console and then turned toward Admiral Reynolds. “Captain Johnson will be back in another three weeks, same for the rest of the cargo ships.”

Nodding, Admiral Reynolds considered what to do with those crews. “We may transfer all those crews to battlecruisers. Their knowledge of the Human Empire will be useful if we do launch our attack.”

Colonel Bryson nodded in agreement. “I’ll make sure ships are ready for them.”

Admiral Reynolds leaned back in his command chair, his eyes studying the tactical displays and the myriad of friendly green icons spread across the Solar System. He wondered how much that would change in the coming months.

-

Several hours later Admiral Reynolds was in front of the Imperial Council, explaining what had happened.

“So you think they’ll deduce it had to be us who launched those cargo ships?” said Councilor Aldon, who was in the middle of his five-year term.

“The risk is there,” answered Reynolds. “While the immediate danger may not be real high yet, we dare not take the chance.”

Councilor Lorell asked the next question. “If the Druins do figure out it’s us, how soon before we can expect an attack?”

Reynolds had expected this question. “Six to ten weeks.”

“They might not attack at all,” pointed out Councilor Damon.

“We can’t take the risk,” said Head Councilor Drew Tristan. “Admiral Reynolds, what’s the current status of our fleet?”

Reynolds drew in a deep breath. “We’re ready. Between the shipyards we have here and those around Earth, the Moon, and Mars, we’re ready for war.”

“How many ships do we currently have active?”

“Two hundred and seventeen battlecruisers and twenty dreadnoughts.”

Councilor Lorell looked at the admiral. “We still know very little about the Confederation. Before we throw ourselves into a full-scale war, I would like to know more. Is it possible for us to send a mission to the Confederation to gather that information?” Several other council members nodded in agreement.

“I would like to know what has happened to all the young Humans the Druins deliver to the Confederation every year,” added Councilor Stewart. “Over all this time, we’re talking about billions. There should be Humans on every world of the Confederation.”

Admiral Reynolds leaned back and thought over the recommendation. “I can awaken the crew of the light cruiser Destiny. It’s a modern stealth ship and should be able to sneak into the Confederation undetected.”

“The Destiny? The vessel that brought the Princess and her cousin to Pallas?” said Damon. “Do we want to risk that particular crew?”

“They’re the best crew we have. If we want to send a ship into the Confederation and hope it returns, it has to be the Destiny.”

“Very well,” replied Head Councilor Tristan. “Have the crew brought out of cryo.”

-

Captain Masters suddenly felt very cold. Forcing his eyes open, he quickly shut them due to the bright light.

“The light’s not that bright,” a friendly voice said. “It’ll take a few moments for your eyes to adjust. Lay there, and you should start feeling much better soon. When you feel strong enough, sit up. I have some stimulants for you.”

Derrick took in several deep breaths. He recognized where he was, as he had experienced this before. He was awakening from cryo. His next thought was, How much time had passed. “How long?” he managed to croak out.

“A little over sixty-four years, Captain.”

Derrick managed to sit up and to open his eyes. A doctor and several med techs stood next to his cryo capsule. One of the techs handed him a cup that was warm to the touch. It contained a broth full of stimulants and other needed vitamins.

“Drink it slowly, Captain,” said the med tech.

The liquid broth tasted delicious. “Has something happened? I wasn’t to be awakened so soon.”

“There have been some complications,” answered the doctor. “As soon as you’re ready, Admiral Reynolds will brief you.”

“Admiral Reynolds?”

The doctor nodded. “The current Pallas fleet admiral. He’s from Earth and has been in the position for nearly six years.”

Derrick felt much better and, with the aid of one of the med techs, climbed out of his cryo capsule. He felt a little unsteady, and his vision blurred briefly. Then everything steadied, and he began to feel normal. “Where’s my uniform?” Derrick wore a loose hospital gown. Fortunately this one was closed in the back.

“In the next room,” answered the doctor. “One of my med techs will take you there. If you need anything else, let her know. There should be no ill effects from the cryo sleep.”

Heading toward the door, Derrick paused and turned around. “What about the rest of my crew?”

“They’re being brought out of cryo as well. From my understanding, the admiral has a mission for you. He’ll explain when you see him.”

-

Derrick had time to clean up, to put on a new uniform, and to eat a light meal before his meeting with Admiral Reynolds. As Derrick walked through the base, he noticed many more people were around than the last time he was awake. It appeared the base was finally staffed with its full complement of people.

He was nearly to the admiral’s office when Lieutenant Commander Audrey Banora came up behind him.

“I guess we’re both supposed to see the new admiral,” she said, smiling. “How was your sleep?”

“No dreams,” replied Derrick. “It seemed as if I closed my eyes and then opened them again.”

Audrey laughed. “It’s like that every time. What do you think is going on?”

Derrick shook his head. “No idea. Since they’re waking up the entire crew, it must be a special mission.”

“Over sixty-four years, I bet a lot has changed since we were last awake.”

“Probably, maybe we’ll have some time to find out what all has happened in the Solar System.” They arrived at the door to the admiral’s office, where two heavily armed Marines stood guard.

“This is different,” commented Audrey, as they were allowed admittance. Last time she was awake, few Marines were stationed anywhere, except in highly sensitive areas.

Inside, they saw a man who appeared to be in his early forties in an admiral’s uniform. Both stopped and saluted.

“At ease,” replied Admiral Reynolds. “Have a seat, and we’ll get this briefing underway.” The admiral gestured toward two empty plush chairs in front of his desk. “How was your cryo sleep?”

“Uneventful,” replied Derrick. He looked around the office, which was once Admiral Bract’s. Other than a few minor changes, everything was the same, even the desk. “I assume there is a reason we were awoken so early?”

Admiral Reynolds nodded his head. “Yes, our cargo ships working in the Empire were discovered by the Druins. We believe there is a remote chance they may figure out it was us.”

Derrick and Audrey exchanged looks. “Are we ready for them, if they come here?”

“Yes, I don’t believe they can take this star system. It’s heavily fortified, and we’re bringing more fleet units out of stasis as a precaution.”

Derrick looked at the viewscreen behind the admiral’s desk. Admiral Bract used to keep it focused on the region of space that held the Human Empire. He noticed now it was focused toward Earth. As a matter of fact Earth and the Moon were both visible. “So, what’s been happening since we went into cryo?”

“Quite a bit,” replied Admiral Reynolds, then proceeded to explain what developments had occurred in the Solar System, as well as the conquered Human Empire. Reynolds spent considerable time explaining what the cargo ships had been doing and about the secret bases.

Derrick was impressed by what he heard. “So we’re ready for war, if it comes?”

Reynolds nodded. “We hope it doesn’t, but, if it does, we aren’t defenseless.”

“So, why were we awoken?” asked Audrey.

“We need to know more about the Confederation and what is happening to all the Humans they take every year. We estimate by now easily ten billion Humans could be in the Confederation, if not more. It just depends if they have allowed their captives to marry and to have children.”

Derrick understood what the admiral was getting at. “You need more information in case this is the start of the war.”

Reynolds nodded. “Yes, the Destiny is fully updated and, on this mission, will be equipped with antimatter missiles. If you have to fight the Druins, we want you to have a good chance of winning. The same with the mines the ship normally carries. You will be carrying an equal load of fusion and antimatter.”

“How long will my crew have to familiarize themselves with the ship?” If changes had been made to the Destiny, then the crew needed to understand them. Of course they would have the entire trip to the Confederation to become familiar with any major changes.

“One week. We want the mission launched as soon as possible, just in case the Druins figure out it’s Earth that sent those cargo ships.”

Audrey slowly nodded her head. “A week should be long enough. We have a pretty solid crew.”

“So I’ve been told,” replied the admiral. “All of your crew should be awake by tomorrow morning. The Destiny is already being taken out of stasis, and the technicians will shortly be checking her over. You may go aboard if you wish.”

“I think we will. If we can check out the changes first, it will make it much easier when we explain them to the crew. What about the stealth fields? Have we found out what was allowing the Druins to track us last time?”

Reynolds nodded. “A defect in one of the field frequencies was allowing the sensors to register on the Druins’ scanners. That defect has been corrected.”

This made Derrick feel better. He asked the admiral a few more questions about the mission, as did Audrey. When they both felt all their questions had been answered, they left the admiral’s office, heading toward the docking bay that held the Destiny.

“What do you think?” asked Audrey.

“It’ll be dangerous. Even back in the prime of the Empire, we never sent a ship to any of the worlds where the seven races lived. We did trade with some worlds on the periphery of Confederation space, but that was about it.”

“They won’t be expecting us.”

Derrick knew Audrey was right about that. “They won’t be, but, in order to get the kind of information the Imperial Council wants, we’ll have to get very close to some of their main planets. We may even have to send some missions to the surface of some of the Confederation worlds to make contact with the Humans who are there.”

“Our shuttles are not stealthed.”

“I’ll see if we can change that. We have a week, and that should be sufficient time to convert both of our shuttles to stealth.”

“Anything else?”

Derrick nodded. “I want a task group waiting for us just outside of Confederation space. If we have to make a run for it, I want somewhere safe we can go. I believe Rear Admiral Leeson was thinking about going into cryo. If he did, I’ll speak to Admiral Reynolds about waking him and putting him in charge of the task group.”

Audrey shook her head and looked worried. “If the war hasn’t started by the time we return, what we’re doing could certainly make sure it does.”

“You saw what all has been done here in the Solar System. They’re way ahead of what we expected in much less than one hundred years. The fleet is even larger than the one we originally planned on having if we had slept for one hundred years. We’re ready for the war.”

The two continued on through the base until they finally reached the docking bay where the Destiny was berthed. Stepping inside, they saw the ship was out of stasis, and a number of technicians entering the vessel through its open hatches.

Derrick felt he was at home when he saw his light cruiser. While it wasn’t a heavy warship, it was now perfectly capable of defending itself, if needed. As they walked up the ramp, Derrick couldn’t help but wonder when the Princess Layla and Princess Krista would be brought out of cryo. He hoped he was here for that. For, with the awakening of the Princess Layla, it would be time for war.

Chapter Five

The Destiny had left Pallas and was on its way to the edge of the former Human Empire. From there they would alter their course for the Confederation. The crew had used the time since being awakened to familiarize themselves with the changes made to the light cruiser. The fusion power plant was more efficient, making more energy available for the weapon systems as well as the energy shield. Other changes had been made as well, but they were considered just minor adjustments that fine-tuned many of the systems on the ship.

Captain Masters sat in his command chair, watching the viewscreens. They showed a sea of stars, some familiar and some not so familiar.

“We’ll be on the edge of the Empire in three weeks,” said Lieutenant Commander Banora. Audrey stood next to the captain. “Do you think the war is about to start?” There had been a lot of discussion about that the last few days.

Derrick leaned back in his chair and looked at his second in command. “Maybe, we’ll know more when we get back. It seems to me there is a good possibility. The council thinks so, or they wouldn’t be bringing so many people out of cryo and ships out of stasis.”

“At least we’re not alone,” commented Audrey, looking at the main tactical display. On the display, seventeen friendly green icons kept pace with the Destiny. It was Rear Admiral Leeson’s task group, consisting of the Titan and sixteen Imperial battlecruisers. It was comforting knowing they had considerable firepower available, if they needed it.

“I spoke at length with the rear admiral,” said Derrick. “He’s ready for the war to start. He took a tour of what all has been done in the last sixty years with Admiral Reynolds. From what I understand, Leeson was really impressed.”

Audrey nodded. “I spoke to him briefly. He told me about going to Mars and seeing the oceans. The planet now resembles Earth in many ways.”

“It has a population of nearly two hundred million,” said Derrick. “Colonies are on the moons of Jupiter and Saturn, as well as on a number of the larger asteroids. Terraforming of Venus has also begun, though they expect that to take over forty years to complete. Even then they feel the climate will be more tropical with considerable rain. A special energy field is being developed to put around the planet to reduce the amount of radiation from the sun.”

“I wish we would have had more time to visit some of the new colonies and even Earth,” replied Audrey. “I would have liked to see some of the changes that have been made.”

“We’ll take the time when we get back,” promised Derrick. “They say Earth now resembles what a world in the Human Empire was once like.”

Derrick himself would like to visit the shipyard and the space station he had helped to design and build. However, first they had a mission to complete. Derrick was extremely curious about what they would find in the Confederation. While the seven races that controlled the Confederation were well documented, not a lot was known about the number of planets each race lived on. Hopefully this mission would reveal some of that.

-

Several weeks later Admiral Kreen finally arrived at the world of Bator Prime. The planet was a desert world, but it held the master computer archives for the entire Confederation. He had already sent a message to the council, outlining his concerns about the strange cargo ships recently found in the former Human Empire. He had stressed that he believed a large secret base was hidden somewhere within Human space or just outside of it. There was also a slight possibly of another Human world that the Confederation did not know about. Though Kreen did not see how that could be possible.

The council had given him permission to check the archives on Bator Prime for any records of such a base or world. He was determined to find the origin of that strange warship from years ago, as well as the five cargo ships, which had traveled throughout the former Human Empire for who knows how long.

“Make my shuttle ready,” he ordered. “I’ll go to the surface to speak with the head curator of the archives.” Kreen was not certain how long this would take, but he was determined to get to the bottom of where these mysterious ships were coming from.

-

As the shuttle Kreen was in flew low above Bator Prime, he gazed at the landscape. It was a harsh and dry world, with only the occasional sandstorm marring the reddish color of the surface. In the distance, he could see the massive city that held the archives for the Confederation. Over twelve million members of the seven Confederation races lived in the city. The archives themselves were deep underground, buried in bedrock, where they would be secure for as long as the Confederation existed.

As they approached the city, Kreen gazed at the massive defenses that surrounded it. Fusion energy projectors and missile tubes pointed upward. While the Confederation had never been invaded, the archives were heavily defended just because of what they contained.

The shuttle landed at a small spaceport next to the city where an aircar waited for Admiral Kreen. The aircar took him into the city and to a large squareish building near its heart. After exiting the aircar, Kreen entered the building, where a Lormallian waited for him. The Lormallians were the oldest race in the Confederation and acted as custodians for the archives.

The Lormallians were a warm-blooded species and stood nearly seven feet tall. They were humanoid in form with a bone crest on the top of their head instead of hair. They had large eyes, and their arms ended in hands with six digits. The Lormallians were a very old race, and all their decisions were based upon logic.

“I am Marlon, the head curator of the archives. I understand you have some questions for me?”

Kreen nodded his head. “I have encountered some mysterious Human ships, and I have some questions for the archives. Is it possible there is a large Human base we know nothing about or even a forgotten Human world?”

“Unlikely,” replied Marlon. “The Humans have been under Confederation control for over one thousand years. Follow me, and I will access the archives to see what we can learn.” Marlon had been told earlier why Admiral Kreen was coming.

Marlon led Kreen to a nearby room full of computer terminals. Marlon stopped and sat down in front of one. He placed his hands upon the terminal, and a small wire snaked out and attached itself to the base of Marlon’s neck, where a small data port was located.

“I am making my inquiries now,” said Marlon, as the wire glowed and as data flowed across the computer screen.

For several minutes Marlon sat here, reading the data with his mind. Then the wire disconnected itself, and the terminal shut down.

“There are two possible answers to your question. The first is that, before we conquered the Human Empire, they had already established a hidden base, anticipating what we would do. It is from this base these mysterious ships have come from. If this base exists, it is most likely in close proximity to Highland Station. There is a 92 percent probability the base is hidden in an asteroid in that system. With the illegal activity that goes on at that station, it would be easy for such a base to buy supplies and what is needed for it to function undetected.”

Admiral Kreen considered this. He had been to Highland Station several times already. The renegade ships from rebelling Lydol Four had fled to Highland Station before vanishing. The mysterious stealth ship was possibly detected there as well. What Marlon told him made sense. When he returned to the Human worlds, he would send a battlefleet to thoroughly scan the system. “What is the second possibility?”

Marlon looked directly into Kreen’s eyes. “When the Human Empire was brought under control of the Confederation, a large number of its Royal Family and top military leaders were banished.”

“Banished?” uttered Kreen, surprised. Why had he never heard of this? “Where to?”

“They were taken to a primitive world of Humans in the Bacchus Region. They were not allowed to take any modern tools or equipment with them. They were watched for a number of years and seemed to settle down into a primitive agricultural society. To ensure this world never developed into a threat, an interdiction system was put around the star system to monitor the planet. That system has been active for the past one thousand years. I checked with the archives, and, while the planet has advanced, it has not developed interstellar travel. The world is embroiled in constant conflicts, due to having hundreds of different societies, which constantly try to take advantage of the others. The latest report from the interdiction system is only a few weeks old, and it confirms there have been no changes.”

An unknown Human world, thought Admiral Kreen. “Who is in charge of the interdiction system?”

Marlon looked with surprise at Admiral Kreen. “Why, your own people are. The Druins are the ones who banished the Humans to this primitive planet, built the interdiction system, and are responsible for monitoring it.”

Admiral Kreen blinked his eyes. He knew why he had never been informed. Since the primitive planet was deemed not a threat, it had never been brought to his attention. “What is the location of this planet?”

Marlon touched the terminal, and a computer card printed out. “This card has the stellar coordinates. However, I can assure you nothing is amiss there. I’ve checked the latest reports from the interdiction system, and the Human planet is still quite primitive by our standards.”

“What is this planet’s name?”

“Earth,” replied Marlon. “The planet is called Earth.”

-

Several hours later Admiral Kreen was back on board his flagship. He had two possible locations where the cargo ships and the stealthed warship could have originated from. He intended to check both out thoroughly. “Set a course for the Human worlds.”

Settling back in his command chair, Kreen watched as his battleship and its escorts entered hyperspace for the trip back. In his mind he was strategizing what he would do when he reached the former Human Empire. First, he would send a large task group to search the Highland Station System. At the same time he would send a smaller task group to check on Earth and to confirm it was not the source of the cargo ships. He felt the most likely explanation was a hidden base in the Highland Station System. However, he would be thorough, so Earth had to be checked out as well. Either way, he would soon know where this problem base was located. When he found it, the base would be destroyed.

-

The Destiny and its escorts dropped from hyperspace in a yellow-dwarf star system. The system, while it had six planets, had no habitable planets and was out of the way of normal space travel in this region of space.

As soon as Captain Masters was satisfied no other ships were in the system, he contacted Rear Admiral Leeson.

“Captain,” said Leeson, “are you ready to begin your mission?”

“We’re ready, Admiral,” replied Derrick. “It’s four days from here to the boundaries of the Confederation. I don’t believe it’s safe for your fleet to go any closer.” Derrick wanted to keep the risk of discovery down to a minimum.

“I agree,” replied Leeson. “We’ll stay in the outskirts of this system near its comet belt. That should shield us from possible detection. If you need help, send a message, and we’ll be on our way. How long do you think your mission will take?”

Derrick looked at Audrey. “Probably three or four weeks. We want to gather as much tactical information on the Confederation as possible.”

“We’ll wait here for six weeks,” Leeson informed Derrick. “At that point, I’ll have to assume your mission has failed and the Destiny has either been captured or destroyed.”

“Destroyed,” replied Derrick. “I will not allow the ship to fall into Confederation hands.”

Leeson was silent for a moment and then finally spoke. “Good luck, Captain. I hope you succeed.”

“So do I,” replied Derrick. The communication ended, and Derrick looked around at his command crew. “Well, this is it. It’s time to set out for the Confederation. Our escorts will be staying here, so we’ll be on our own. Lieutenant Viktor, set a course for Confederation space. It’s time we learn what they’ve been hiding from us for all these years.”

Moments later the Destiny made the transition into hyperspace, leaving Rear Admiral Leeson and the yellow-dwarf system behind. They were on their way to worlds where no Human ship had ever traveled before.

-

Admiral Kreen was back in Human space. He had already sent a large task group to the Highland Station System and another to where Earth supposedly was. Either way he felt confident his problem with this mysterious base of Humans would soon be solved.

“Set a course for the Mall Star Cluster. I want to make a show of force over all the Human core worlds. They must have known about these mysterious Human cargo ships. It’s time they were reminded who rules all their worlds.” Kreen did not know if it would be necessary to destroy any cities as an example or not. If he deemed it was, he would have no problem in dropping a few antimatter missiles on various worlds.

-

Andrew and Kala sat in the commons area on board the Destiny. For the next few days there was little for either of them to do.

“Any regrets?” asked Andrew, reaching out and taking Kala’s hand. She was sitting across the table from him.

Kala laughed. “No, none. I even spoke to my father the other day. He’s been taking the life-extension drugs the Imperials made available. He’s been very busy working on various expeditions and digs on Earth.”

Andrew nodded. “My parents are still alive as well. My mother was very pleased to hear from me. I promised both of them that I’d visit once this mission is over.” The life-extension drugs were now in general use throughout the Solar System.

Numerous Imperials he knew had gone into stasis in the years after he did. Loren Henderson and Brett Newcomb had both gone into cryo for a few years. Henderson was now in permanent charge of the space station, and Brett led the Imperial Council on Earth. Over the coming months, as more people were brought out of cryo, even more people both of them knew would awake.

Kala squeezed Andrew’s hand. “I was afraid I would be lonely when I woke up. I’m glad to find I was wrong.”

“When we get to the Confederation, I suspect you’ll be quite busy.” Andrew knew Kala was excited about being the ship’s science officer. It was a position she took quite seriously.

Kala nodded. “I’ve downloaded everything I could about the Confederation worlds to the ship’s computer. I was amazed how little is actually known. The seven races keep their space locked down, not allowing any outside races admittance. All trade ships entering or leaving their star systems are operated by crews of the seven races.”

“What about the races that live inside the Confederation?” Andrew knew the Confederation covered thousands of light-years of space, and there were bound to be a few civilized races in that region.

“Not a lot is known,” replied Kala. “The Confederation has extended their influence across nearly one-third of the known galaxy. Their fleets ensure that all the civilized worlds they control obey their demands. The Human Empire did trade with some of the alien worlds on the periphery of the Confederation, but no trade was ever allowed with worlds deeper into Confederation space.”

“What about conflicts with other races?”

Kala shook her head. “They’re handled much like the conflicts with the Human Empire. The Confederation uses overwhelming force to ensure there is little or no resistance.”

Andrew frowned. “We’re just one world. What can we do against the Confederation? Are we facing an immovable object?”

“I don’t think the Confederation has ever faced a star system that’s actually ready for war. You saw some of the defenses that have been put up in the Solar System. We’re also a long way from Confederation space. Not only that, if and when the war starts, we’ll be freeing Human worlds in the Empire who will join us in our fight.”

Andrew stood and walked to a refreshment unit on the wall and got himself some iced tea. He got a second glass for Kala and then returned to sit at the table. “What do you say that, when we return to Pallas, we take a few weeks off and go to Earth, assuming we’re not at war?”

Smiling, Kala nodded her head. “I would like that. I wouldn’t mind getting a cabin in the Rockies. I’ve always enjoyed watching the snow come down. Just make sure the cabin has a nice warm fireplace.”

“Snow it is,” replied Andrew. Spending a couple weeks in a secluded cabin in the Rockies with Kala sounded like fun. If this mission worked out, and the war hadn’t arrived yet when they got home, he was determined to make that happen.

-

Several more days passed as the Destiny steadily neared Confederation space. As they traveled through hyperspace, Captain Masters made sure that the ship avoided all known civilized worlds. This region of the galaxy had numerous civilizations, all of them under the Confederation’s control. Some of these worlds the former Human Empire had once traded with. Trade back then had been permissible, as long as the Empire’s ships did not encroach deep into Confederation space and stayed away from any of the worlds of the seven races.

Finally the Destiny exited hyperspace in a blue-giant star system awash in radiation. Only the powerful energy shield surrounding the Destiny allowed the light cruiser to stay in the system unharmed.

“Radiation alarms have been triggered all over the ship,” reported Kala nervously. “The levels are barely within permissible limits.”

“Increase the power to the energy shield,” ordered Derrick, leaning forward in his command chair. It was risky coming out of hyperspace in this system, but he knew this was a system the Confederation was probably not monitoring.

“Radiation levels are dropping,” confirmed Kala, relief in her voice.

Derrick looked at Audrey. “Are we ready to make our jump into the Confederation?”

Audrey nodded. “We know where a number of Confederation controlled worlds are located. We need to find a civilized planet that is not a world of the seven Confederation races. Perhaps there we can learn more about the Confederation, as well as where more of their worlds are located.”

“Lieutenant Viktor, take us into Confederation space. Lieutenant Nower, keep our long-range sensors active. I want to know where ships in this region of space are coming from and where they are going. We need to find some civilized planets.” Derrick knew they were about to embark on the most dangerous part of their mission. No one had ever attempted what they were getting ready to do. “Audrey, make sure our stealth fields are active at all times. We must not be detected.”

“Fields are active and working as specified.”

“Then it’s time for us to go. Lieutenant Viktor, take us into hyperspace.”

Moments later Derrick felt the familiar wrench in his gut as the Destiny made the transition into hyperspace. For better or for worse, they were on their way into Confederation space.

-

In the star system that contained Highland Station, 112 Druin warships appeared. The ships spread out and began searching every asteroid in the system. As soon as they dropped out of hyperspace, hundreds of starships jumped from the system. The small destroyers responsible for keeping peace in the system kept a wide berth around the deadly battleships and battlecruisers moving toward the numerous inhabited asteroids. Frantic messages were sent, promising no resistance and asking what the Druins sought. No reply came from any of the Druin vessels.

-

For hours the Druin warships scanned the various asteroids. In some cases, assault shuttles were sent down for more detailed scans and searches. In a few instances, Druin soldiers went into the colonies for a more in-depth inspection. Asteroid after asteroid was inspected, as the Druins searched for the location of the Humans’ hidden base. All they found was nothing. Each search resulted in failure after failure.

When the search was over, the Druin commander in charge had everything searched a second time. No asteroid was skipped, not even the smallest. If the base were here, it would be found. Finally the last asteroid had once again yielded no results. The commander of the Druin fleet sent a message to Admiral Kreen. “The base is not here.”

-

Admiral Kreen received the message and gazed at it in surprise. He had been certain the base was hidden somewhere in the Highland Station System. Now it left only one possibility. The base had to be located in the system containing the planet Earth. That brought up some worrisome thoughts. If the base was there, why hadn’t the Druin interdiction system detected it?

Admiral Kreen had requested the results from the latest scans of Earth’s star system, and nothing seemed out of sorts. This worried Kreen even more. Either the base was not in the Earth system or the interdiction system was not reporting the truth.

For many long minutes Admiral Kreen sat in his command chair, contemplating the problem. If the base was in the Earth star system, that would seem to indicate the interdiction system had been tampered with some time in the past and was no longer under Druin control.

Already a task group of nearly one hundred vessels was on its way to the Human system. Suddenly Admiral Kreen had a sinking feeling. That fleet would not be enough. Without hesitation, he contacted the Druin admiral above him and informed him of his suspicions.

-

Several hours later Admiral Kreen and his entire fleet were on their way to Earth. Another fleet would be sent to watch the Human worlds. If what Admiral Kreen suspected was true, he was on his way to destroy a planet. If the secret base he sought was on the planet Earth, he would wipe the base and the planet out of existence. No world could be allowed to defy the Druins, as Kreen suspected this planet had.

Chapter Six

The Destiny had traveled through Confederation space for nearly a day, using its long-range sensors to track the courses of as many ships as possible. The ship traffic was much lighter than what Captain Masters had expected. This was the Confederation, and he thought to see heavy ship traffic on the sensors. Why wasn’t there? Even back in the days before the Confederation attacked the Empire, there had been much more traffic.

“Where are the ships?” asked Lieutenant Commander Banora. Audrey stood next to the captain, gazing at the tactical display, showing the results of the long-range sensors—only two ships, where there should have been dozens. They could only locate ships when they dropped from hyperspace.

“I don’t know,” replied Derrick, confused. “I certainly expected the ship traffic to be much heavier. Maybe the Confederation is restricting ship travel in their region of space.”

Kala turned to face the captain. “From analysis of the ships we’ve detected, I have the possible location of four Confederation worlds.”

“How close is the nearest?”

Kala turned back to her science console and touched an icon. “About seven light-years.”

“Andrew, what are you picking up on the communication frequencies?”

“A lot of chatter between worlds. Most of it involves Confederation ship schedules to pick up raw materials from worlds under Confederation control. If there are any communications between the planets of the seven Confederation races, I’m not picking it up. They may be using a hyperlight frequency we’re not familiar with. I’ve been scanning the different frequencies, but there are millions of them. It’s like looking for a needle in a haystack. I’ve currently got a computer program going through the frequencies, analyzing each one, but it’ll take several days for it to go through them all.”

Derrick nodded. He had known from the beginning this wouldn’t be an easy mission. “Keep scanning, and let me know if you pick up anything useful. Kala, send Lieutenant Viktor the coordinates of that world seven light-years distant. I think we’ll pay it a visit and just see what’s there.” They were already far deeper into Confederation space than Human Empire trading ships had been allowed to go in the distant past.

A few minutes later the Destiny adjusted its course toward the indicated system.

“Audrey, take the ship to Condition One. Lieutenant Breen, stand by on weapons, but I don’t want to engage any Confederation ship unless the Destiny is in danger. I want to slip into this system under stealth and take as many scans as possible and then slip back out.”

-

The minutes passed, and finally the Destiny dropped from hyperspace in the distant outskirts of the target system. Almost immediately sensor alarms sounded.

“Druin battlecruiser detected,” reported Lieutenant Nower apprehensively. “It’s in orbit around the fourth planet which appears to be inhabited.”

“I’m picking up communications between the Druin ship and the surface of the planet,” added Andrew. “They’re making arrangements for several Confederation cargo ships to pick up loads of grain and some exotic wood. There seems to be some haggling over the wood, as the Druins are demanding an increase.”

Andrew listened for several minutes and then slowly nodded his head. “They’ve agreed to a 22 percent increase in the wood for next year. The people on the planet don’t seem too pleased about the increase but have accepted it.”

“The Druin battlecruiser is breaking orbit and accelerating away from the planet,” reported Nower. “It’s made the transition into hyperspace.” On the tactical display, the lone red threat icon vanished.

Derrick was relieved the Druin vessel had departed. “Lieutenant Viktor, take us in closer to the inhabited planet. Bring the Destiny to a stop two million kilometers distant. We’ll take what scans we can from there and then determine if we need to move any closer.”

The Destiny made the transition back into hyperspace and moments later exited closer to the planet.

“Stealth fields are active,” reported Audrey.

“Picking up six vessels in orbit around the planet,” reported Nower. “I believe they’re cargo ships and intersystem haulers. Several mining operations are being detected on one of the smaller moons in the system.”

“Not a lot going on,” commented Audrey, as she studied the sensor scans. “The planet seems pretty advanced. You would think they would have more cargo ships and a more robust mining industry in the system.”

Derrick looked at Nower. “Are you detecting any Humans on the planet?”

Nower shook her head. “No, just the locals.”

“What about communications?” Derrick looked at Andrew.

“Not as many as you would expect. Very few hyperlight transmissions are being sent, and, even on the regular frequencies, I don’t find a lot coming across.”

“What do the locals look like?” asked Audrey, as she gazed at the main viewscreen, focused on the planet.

The view instantly changed to a close-up of a being that resembled a large bumblebee. Even antennae were on its head and small wings on its back.

“An insectoid species,” said Lieutenant Nower in surprise.

“Not an unusual occurrence in this part of the galaxy,” said Derrick. Numerous nonhuman species in the galaxy existed, with some being much stranger than these. “Is their language coming through?” The ship was equipped with a universal translator tied into the communications system.

Andrew nodded. “Yes, there have been no problems with the translations.”

“Is there any reason not to move closer to the planet and take some short-range scans?” Those would be much more detailed.

“I don’t see any,” replied Audrey. “The Druins are gone, and not many ships are in the system.”

“Very well. Lieutenant Viktor, take us in closer. Put us in orbit at twenty thousand kilometers.”

-

The entire command crew watched expectantly as the Destiny moved closer to the planet and went into orbit. Once in orbit, Lieutenant Nower used the ship’s short-range sensors to thoroughly scan the entire planet.

After about an hour she turned toward the captain with a look of confusion on her face. “For an insectoid species, their population is quite low. I’m only showing about two billion of them on the planet. Similar planets I’ve studied in the past have had ten billion or more. There are also signs of orbital bombardment in the distant past.”

“How long in the distant past?” asked Derrick.

“Five to seven thousand years.”

“How advanced are they?”

Nower glanced at her sensors and then answered. “Slightly behind the Empire at the time the Druins attacked.”

“Put one of their cities up on the viewscreen.”

On the screen a massive city appeared. In some ways it resembled a huge hive, as the buildings were close together and all connected in some way. The center building was the largest and also the highest by far.

Derrick knew that most insectoid races had queens, sometimes multiple queens. Looking at more cities, Derrick noted they were all similarly constructed. No doubt the tall center building was where the queens lived. “I think we’ve learned all we can here. Let’s find another world and see what it looks like.”

Moments later the Destiny left orbit and accelerated away from the planet. It then made the transition into hyperspace, vanishing from the system.

“What do you think?” asked Derrick, looking at Audrey. In the past the Confederation had told the Human Empire which worlds it could trade with. Derrick wanted to see worlds the Empire had never had contact with.

“We may be looking at population control,” she replied. “It will be interesting to see what we find on other planets.”

Derrick looked at Kala. “Any more suggestions?”

Kala nodded. “I may have a planet in a star system about twelve light-years distant. Some of the hyperlight communications I picked up earlier were aimed at that system. I’ll send the coordinates to Lieutenant Viktor.”

A few moments later the Destiny altered course and set out for the next star system. With every passing hour the light cruiser flew deeper and deeper into Confederation space.

-

Back in the Solar System, Admiral Reynolds was speaking to Admiral Cleemorl, who had just been brought out of cryo. “We’re expecting a possible attack by the Druins in the next few weeks. You’ve had experience with the Druins in the past. Think you can handle a fleet battle?”

Dylan smiled. After what had happened at his home planet of Lydol Four, he would like nothing more than to take on the Druins with a modern warfleet equipped with fusion and antimatter weapons. “I would love the opportunity. The Druins have never fought against anyone with modern weapons on the same level as theirs.”

Admiral Reynolds smiled and nodded his head. “I will be directing everything from here.” They were currently in the Command Center, deep within Pallas. “You’ll command a fleet of 212 battlecruisers and 20 dreadnoughts. Depending on where you meet the Druin fleet, you will also have a large number of attack interceptors at your disposal as well.”

“I accept command of the fleet,” replied Dylan formally.

“I have one more surprise for you,” said Admiral Reynolds. “I had a special dreadnought built, expecting to put you in command. We named it the Themis after your old battlecruiser. I imagine you will want to transfer your entire command crew to the new ship. I understand nearly all of them went into cryo with you.”

Dylan nodded. “Yes, they did. I’ll make sure they are all brought out of cryo today and tomorrow. Is the ship docked here at Pallas?”

“Yes, it’s in bay forty-seven. It’s been flight tested and is ready for combat. Get your crew on board as soon as possible. The technicians on board will help familiarize your crew with the ship. Some of them will also be staying on board, in case they’re needed.”

“Sounds good. Will any other fleets be available in case the Druins attack in force?” Dylan knew the Druins believed in using overwhelming force to ensure their victories.

“Two more fleets are in reserve. One will be in orbit near Earth and a second one out near Mars. Other task groups will be here at Pallas, at the moons of Jupiter and Saturn, as well as at each of the eight battlestations. If the Druins come, I want them taught a lesson they won’t soon forget. We’ll be fighting this battle on our terms and not theirs.”

Dylan grinned. “I’ll make sure the Druins regret ever coming to this star system. I assume if they do attack, it will signal the beginning of the war to free the Empire?”

Admiral Reynolds nodded. “Yes, the Destiny is already in Confederation space, trying to learn more about the seven Confederation races. We need to know exactly what we’re up against and if they have any weaknesses.”

Dylan blinked his eyes in surprise. “You sent the Destiny into Confederation space, seeking out the seven races? Even the Empire dared not do something like that. It was considered far too dangerous.”

“I understand your concern. The Destiny is equipped with both fusion and antimatter weapons. I also sent a task group under command of Rear Admiral Leeson as support. The task group is to wait outside of Confederation space and only respond if the Destiny gets into trouble. With a little luck, the stealth fields that hide the ship will allow the vessel to complete its mission without ever being discovered.”

Dylan laughed. “If it is discovered, the entire Confederation will go into shock. As far as I know, there is no record of any outside race ever entering a system of the seven races.”

-

Later Pallas Admiral Reynolds was busily working on ship deployments and ensuring all the different military commands in the Solar System were ready, in case the Druins showed up.

“Do you think they’re coming?” asked Colonel Bryson.

Reynolds looked at Evelyn. “Yes, I do. Once the Druins realize the cargo ships did not come from any of the Human worlds in the Empire, they’ll come to check on us. I expect to see a powerful Druin battle fleet.”

Colonel Bryson looked at the tactical displays. They showed the disposition of all the fleet assets across the entire Solar System. “I hope we’re ready for this.”

“So do I,” replied Reynolds. He knew the Druins were coming here for one reason and one reason only. To destroy the Earth, once they found out it was responsible for the cargo ships. Reynolds knew that, as soon as the Druins scanned the system, they would know the truth.

-

The Destiny dropped out of hyperspace in the next star system they would search. As soon as they exited, they began picking up ships.

“Forty-three ships,” reported Lieutenant Nower. “A large mining operation is in this system. Many of the ships I’m picking up are ore carriers.”

“Any Druin vessels?”

“No, not a single one.”

“Lieutenant Viktor, put us into orbit at ten thousand kilometers. Lieutenant Banora, prepare a shuttle and a team of Marines. I’m going to the surface.”

“Sir, I must protest,” said Audrey, frowning deeply. “You should stay on the ship. Let me lead the away mission.”

Derrick shook his head. “No, I’ll go. You’re perfectly capable of commanding the ship in my absence.” Derrick felt the Destiny come back out of hyperspace. On the viewscreen, a blue-white world was visible.

“Short-range scans activated,” reported Nower.

“I’m detecting a lot of communication signals,” added Andrew. “Some in the hyperlight frequencies as well.”

“What do the inhabitants look like?” asked Derrick.

“Humanoid,” answered Nower. “They’re not Human, but they do walk on two legs and have two arms. Their heads are a little large, and their bodies are covered in a fine layer of fur. Also a few other species are on the planet, so they must allow interstellar visitors. I am not detecting any Humans. The total population is about one and a half billion. There is also evidence of orbital bombardment in the five-thousand-year to seven-thousand-year range.”

“May I make a suggestion?” asked Lieutenant Nower. “Instead of going to the planet, a small interstellar vessel is in orbit near us. I’ve scanned it, and it appears its entire crew has gone to the surface. Why don’t you board it? If we can access its computer systems, we may find much of the information we’re searching for.”

Derrick blinked his eyes and slowly nodded. “Good idea. Have Sergeant Bright meet me at the shuttles. Let’s go see what we can find out.”

-

A few minutes later Derrick left the Destiny in one of the small shuttles. He had Sergeant Bright and a full squad of Marines on board—as well as Kala, who would attempt to hack into the ship’s computers. Particularly the navigation computer.

-

Kala felt extremely nervous, her heart beating rapidly. This was the first time she had ever gone on this type of a mission. The danger was further highlighted by the energy pistol strapped to her waist.

“Is everyone as scared as I am?” she asked Private Jenkins, who sat next to her.”

“Nah,” he replied. “Some of us are scared even worse.” Then he smiled. “Don’t worry about it. Everyone has fears and worries the first time they do something like this.”

“Does it ever get better?” Kala hoped her voice wasn’t quivering.

“Some. I guess you just get better at hiding it. Don’t worry. I’ll keep an eye on you. The ship we’re boarding is supposedly empty, so this should be a piece of cake.”

“Piece of cake?” said Kala, looking confused.

“An old Earth saying,” replied Jenkins. “Just relax and try not to worry. The less you think about it, the better off you will be.”

-

A few minutes later Corporal Bower docked the shuttle to the small cargo ship that was their destination. “Atmosphere is within acceptable limits.”

“Let’s go people,” ordered Sergeant Bright, as he stood and opened the hatch.

All the Marines went first, followed by Kala and Captain Masters. In moments they stood in a dimly lit corridor.

“The Command Center should be this way,” said the sergeant, as he motioned two Marines to take the lead.

“Why is the lighting so dim?” asked Kala, as she stared ahead.

Derrick looked at his science officer. “They probably come from a star system where the light hitting their planet is partially restricted. It could be due to the distance their planet is from their sun or even the type of star their planet orbits. I’ve seen planets like that in the past.”

It didn’t take them long to reach the Command Center.

Kala found the main computer terminal and, using her laptop, was soon plugged into the computer’s hard drive. She quickly downloaded all the information available, including the ship’s library. Once she was finished, she moved on to navigation and did the same thing there.

Done, she turned to the captain. “I’ve got everything.”

Derrick nodded. So far this had been easy. He hoped it stayed that way. “Let’s head back to the Destiny. We’ve already taken more risks than we should have.”

-

The Destiny had moved to the outer edge of the star system, while Kala used the ship’s computers to analyze the data they had taken from the computers on the small cargo ship. While they waited on that analysis, Derrick and Audrey discussed what to do next.

“It appears the Confederation is keeping the populations of the worlds inside their space low,” said Audrey. “Perhaps low enough so they don’t rebel.”

“Maybe,” replied Derrick. “Keep in mind some of these worlds have been under Confederation rule for thousands of years. It’s all they know.”

Audrey frowned and then asked her next question. “Where do we go next?”

Derrick let out a deep breath. “I think we need to scan some actual Confederation worlds. That’s where the captive Humans most likely are.”

“Do we send a mission to the surface?”

Derrick nodded. “We may want to talk to these Humans and find out exactly what’s being done with them and how they’re being treated.”

“Captain, I have something,” interrupted Kala. “I have the locations of 27 Confederation worlds and 112 inhabited planets the Confederation controls.”

Derrick and Audrey shared looks, and then Derrick spoke. “How far away is the nearest Confederation world?”

“Eighty-seven light-years,” replied Kala. “It’s inhabited by the Zynth.”

Derrick frowned. The Zynth were a reptilian race that resembled an ancient Earth raptor, only slimmer, with actual arms and hands instead of claws. He had never personally seen one but had seen some videos. The Zynth were the second-most aggressive Confederation race after the Druins.

“Let’s take our time getting there,” suggested Audrey. “This could be very dangerous.”

“I agree. Lieutenant Viktor, set a course for the Zynths’ planet. I want to take about a day to get there.”

That would give the crew time to rest. It would also give Kala time to analyze more of the data they had taken from the small cargo ship.

Moments later Derrick felt the slight wrenching sensation that indicated the Destiny had made the transition into hyperspace. Leaning back in his command chair, he wondered what awaited them in the system of the Zynth.

-

Andrew was in the commons, eating a light lunch, when Ensign Allert came in. Seeing Andrew sitting alone, she got her lunch and came over and sat down across from him. She knew how Kala felt about Andrew and knew it was better if she sat across from him rather than next to him. She liked both of them, and she and Kala were becoming good friends.

“Exciting enough for you?” she asked, as she took a sip of her strawberry-flavored water.

Andrew nodded. “What do you think about us going to this world of the Confederation?”

“Scary,” replied Brenda. “I don’t care for any of the seven races. How is your program coming that’s been searching for their comm frequencies?”

“Found them early this morning. However, they’re all encrypted. I’m running another program now to try to break the encryption.”

Brenda was confused. “Why would they have all their hyperlight communications encrypted?”

“I don’t know. Unless they’re hiding something.”

All of Brenda’s life she had heard stories about the seven races of the Confederation. Now they were on their way to one of their worlds. “What could they be hiding?”

Andrew shook his head. “I have no idea. I’m recording all the hyperlight messages we’re intercepting, but we may have to wait until we get back to the Solar System to break the encryption. The computers on the Destiny might not be able to.”

Brenda took a bite of her chicken sandwich, as she thought over what Andrew had just said. “The seven races have always been a mystery. This only adds to it.”

Andrew leaned back and looked at Brenda. She was a nice-looking woman. “What was your life like on Golan Four?”

Brenda closed her eyes briefly, as she thought about her parents and those she had left behind. “It was wonderful. Golan Four back then was like a garden world. The sky was clear, with absolutely no pollution of any type. Parties were held at the Royal Court, where, if you were in the military, you could occasionally attend. I was at a Royal Ball once and actually saw Prince Starguard. He was a handsome man and extremely polite. I was hoping to get to dance with him, but the line was just too long.”

“What’s the Princess like?”

Brenda smiled. “A lot like her brother. She has a good head on her shoulders and has the love of the people of the Empire in her heart. She’s also very beautiful. I think the captain has a thing for her, but he’s been doing a good job of hiding it.”

-

Andrew nodded. He had noticed anytime he mentioned the Princess that the captain got a faraway look in his eyes. “I understand the stories being spread around the Empire speak of the Princess.”

“It was a decision made by the Imperial Council on Pallas. They have been spreading the rumor that the Princess did not die in an aircar crash, as believed. That she’s been hiding in cryo, waiting to return to the Empire and reclaim the throne. Pictures of her have been passed around and even some videos posted of the days back before the Druins invaded, all showing what life in the Imperial Palace was like.”

“I guess if this is the beginning of the war, she’ll be coming out of cryo shortly.”

“Yes, she is the symbol the Human Empire will rally around. Once the word gets out that Princess Layla Starguard and Princess Krista Starguard survived, we hope the Humans of the Empire will come out fully against the Druins and the Confederation. I understand the Imperial Council is already preparing videos to be shown across all the worlds of the Empire when the war begins.”

Andrew grinned. “Propaganda. Earth has used that for years in their wars and even in their politics. I guess Humans are the same, no matter where they’re from.”

“Do you and Kala enjoy being together on this ship?”

Andrew laughed. “This is a warship, so there are some rules for associating with members of the opposite sex. Both of us are looking forward to getting back to Pallas.”

Brenda grinned. “The rules are there for a reason. It helps keep ship morale up and prevents problems. I’m sure the two of you will survive until we get back to Pallas.”

“We will,” replied Andrew. He didn’t mention that it gave both him and Kala something to look forward to. He still hoped to arrange a trip to the mountains when they got back.

Suddenly Lieutenant Commander Banora’s voice came over the ship’s comm. “Everyone, report to your stations. We will be dropping out of hyperspace within the hour in a system of the Confederation.”

Brenda stood and took a deep drink of her flavored water. “Well, here we go.”

“Yes, I’m curious to see what we find in this system.”

Brenda paused as a serious look crossed her face. “Let’s just hope the Zynth don’t realize we’re in their system. We have no idea what science advancements some of the seven races possess.”

Andrew well understood what Brenda was saying. This next part of their mission would be the most dangerous by far. Andrew just hoped they made it through it. He really wanted to go to the mountains with Kala.

Chapter Seven

The Destiny dropped from hyperspace in the system of the Zynth. Instantly alarms began sounding, and red lights started flashing.

“What’s going on?” asked Captain Masters, leaning forward in his command chair.

“Our general area is being scanned, but I don’t think they’re picking up anything,” replied Lieutenant Nower.

“Stealth fields are active,” confirmed Lieutenant Commander Banora, as she checked her console.

Derrick’s gaze shifted to the tactical display. Dozens of red threat icons appeared. Most of them around the fifth planet of the system. “What’s our distance from the fifth planet?”

“Two billion kilometers,” answered Nower. “The entire system is covered with a sensor web designed to pick up ships. It may also detect the release of radiation from a hyperspace jump. We may want to move away from our current position.”

Derrick’s eyes widened. “Lieutenant Viktor, take us deeper into the system. Lieutenant Nower, let me know if there’s any reaction to our hyperspace exit.”

The Destiny accelerated away from their dropout point, heading deeper into the system and closer toward the fifth planet. On the tactical display, more red threat icons appeared with every passing second.

“There has been a response,” called out Nower. “Four ships of an unknown design have jumped to our former location.”

“Audrey, can you put them up on the viewscreen?”

Audrey made some adjustments on her console, and instantly four wedge-shaped vessels appeared. They were about the size of a normal battlecruiser. The ships were covered in weapon turrets and had numerous hatches, which probably concealed missile tubes.

“Definitely warships,” said Derrick, his eyes narrowing. “Can they detect us?” If they could, he would order an immediate jump back into hyperspace.

“No indication they can detect us,” answered Nower. “They are scanning the area we just left intensely.”

“Lieutenant Viktor, keep putting distance between them and us.” Derrick leaned back in his command chair, deep in thought. The Zynth had just demonstrated a technology the Empire never possessed. The ability to detect the limited radiation from a hyperspace jump could be an invaluable tactical advantage.

“How close do you want to come to the planet?” asked Audrey. “There’s a chance the Zynth may have sensors powerful enough to burn through our stealth fields.”

Derrick knew Audrey was right. They had no idea what some of the Confederation races were capable of. He was taking a big risk bringing the Destiny into this system. “Make it four million kilometers. We’ll take scans from there before going any closer.”

Lieutenant Viktor looked at Derrick. “Do you want to risk a hyperspace jump or continue with our subspace drive?”

“The subspace drive,” replied Derrick. “It’s too dangerous to try a hyperspace jump if they can detect it.” It would take nearly four and a half hours to reach the fifth planet from their current location. However, Derrick would rather err on the side of caution than risk detection.

-

Time seemed to pass slowly as they journeyed deeper into the enemy system. They were taking scans constantly, adding to the growing mountain of information they were compiling. Finally the Destiny reached their targeted region of space and came to a stop.

-

“What do we have as far as enemy ships?” Derrick needed to know what he would be up against, if they had to fight their way out of the system.

“Counting the four battlecruisers from earlier, I still count thirty-eight more in orbit around the planet and what appears to be seven battleships. Sixteen other battlecruisers are on patrol in different regions of the system.”

“Any cargo or passenger ships?”

“Two large space stations are in orbit around the planet. Numerous cargo and possibly some passenger vessels are docked to both of them.”

Audrey stepped closer to Lieutenant Nower. “Can you tell if any Humans are on the planet?”

“Not from this range.”

Derrick frowned as he knew what had to be done next. “Take us to two hundred thousand kilometers. Slow approach to limit the chance of detection.” The closer they got to the planet, the more danger there was of being spotted. No Human ship that he was aware of had ever been in a system inhabited by one of the seven races of the Confederation.

-

The tension in the Command Center mounted as the Destiny moved closer to the Confederation planet. Its sensors were constantly recording data, as it might prove invaluable in the coming war. Several times they detected vessels exiting hyperspace close to the planet. Sensors indicated the newly arrived vessels were all cargo ships. Finally the Destiny eased into orbit around the planet at two hundred thousand kilometers.

“Initiate short-range scans,” ordered Derrick. “Lieutenant Nower, let me know if there is a reaction from any of those warships.”

“Scanning,” replied Nower.

-

Several minutes passed as the Destiny’s powerful sensors scanned the surface of the planet. Finally Lieutenant Nower turned toward the captain. “I have confirmed a population estimate of 320 million Zynths on the planet. There are no Humans.”

Derrick looked surprised. “No Humans? Where the hell are they?” He had expected a large number of Humans to be on this world.

“Perhaps on some of the other Confederation worlds?” suggested Audrey.

Derrick was confused. As many Humans as the Confederation took every year, he had expected to find them on every Confederation world. “Lieutenant Viktor, take us back into hyperspace and set a course for the next nearest Confederation planet.” Derrick was now more determined than ever to discover where the missing Humans were.

-

The Destiny made the transition into hyperspace and headed for the next Confederation world. Over the next week the ship would drop out of hyperspace in seven different Confederation systems with the same results in each one. In none of the systems were there any signs of any Humans.

-

“Captain,” said Lieutenant Nower, a trace of excitement in her voice. “I’m detecting a cargo ship, and my scans indicate over seven hundred Humans are on board. It dropped out of hyperspace in a system two light-years distant.”

“Finally,” said Audrey, as she stepped over to the sensor console. As she examined the readings, the cargo ship made the transition back into hyperspace.

Derrick leaned forward. Perhaps finally they would have the answers to some of their questions. “Do we know where it’s going?”

Nower spent a few moments checking the course and the probable speed of the ship and then sent the information to Lieutenant Viktor. Viktor then checked his navigation computer.

“They’re headed toward a system nearly 220 light-years distant.”

Derrick would not miss this opportunity. “Follow them.”

-

On board the Lamothian cargo ship, the Humans were being kept in crowded cargo holds that stunk of sweat and excrement. In one corner of one of the holds was a husband and wife, the wife holding an infant.

“Where are they taking us?” asked Anna, fear in her voice. She gently rocked her daughter to keep her quiet.

Kalar looked at his wife and child. “I don’t know. When they loaded us up, they didn’t tell us anything.” For seven years he and Anna had worked on the core worlds of the Confederation. One thing Kalar had quickly noticed when they had first arrived was that no older Humans were anywhere. There were many rumors as to what had happened to them, but no one knew for certain.

The internal hatch to the cargo hold opened, and four of the sluglike Lamothians entered. Instantly the Humans nearest the hatch tried to move away. But the cargo hold was so crowded there was nowhere to go. The Lamothians were easily double the size of a full-grown Human and very powerful. They stood upright on four legs and had six appendages that served as arms with three protuberances on their hands that allowed them to manipulate equipment. Their skin was pale and glistened with an oily sheen. One of them grabbed the nearest Human, and then all four of them left through the hatch, shutting it behind them.

“They took another one,” uttered Anna, tears in her eyes. “What are they doing to them? They never bring them back.”

“Maybe they’re taking them to another cargo hold,” suggested Kalar. At least Kalar hoped so. Some of the other possibilities were too frightening to even think about.

Twice a day they were fed a tasteless gruel and given water. They didn’t have any extra clothes and no way to clean up. Kalar knew, if this voyage lasted much longer, people would begin to sicken and die. He bowed his head and shook it. Never had he been in such a hopeless situation.

-

For two days the Destiny followed the slow-moving cargo vessel. Finally the ship dropped out of hyperspace into a white-dwarf star system.

“What do the long-range scans show?” asked Derrick. Maybe now they could get some answers.

“Twelve planets in the star system. It looks as if planets four and five are inhabited.”

“Lieutenant Viktor, drop us out of hyperspace twenty million kilometers from planet five. Lieutenant Nower, can you tell which planet the cargo ship is heading toward?”

Nower nodded. “Yes, Captain, toward planet five. I’m also detecting other cargo ships in the system. I’m detecting Humans on some of them as well.”

“Keep scanning and let me know what else you find.”

Derrick had an unnerving feeling that something was amiss in this star system. He felt a cold chill run down his back. Maybe in a few more hours they would know what was happening to the Humans who were being brought to the Confederation.

The Destiny dropped out of hyperspace and immediately scanned the planet. The cargo ship dropped out of hyperspace closer to the planet and headed toward a large space station. Several other similar cargo ships were already docked.

-

Kalar felt the cargo ship dock and wondered where they were. It took only a few minutes for the hatch to open, and several heavily armed Lamothians entered.

“Humans, you will proceed down the corridor and enter the space station. Once there you will be cleaned up, fed, and sorted.”

“Sorted?” said Anna, looking worriedly at Kalar. “Are they going to separate us?” She held her infant daughter tightly to her bosom.

Kalar shook his head. “Don’t worry. I won’t let them.”

Putting his hand on Anna’s arm to comfort her, he said, “We better go along with the rest. Those Lamothians are armed with energy rifles.”

They followed the rest of the Humans through the hatch and down a long corridor, which led to an airlock connected to the space station. Other Humans from other cargo holds joined them.

When they entered the station, they found themselves in a large staging area, filling with other Humans. Kalar realized other ships had docked that held more Humans. As he looked around, he spotted someone he knew, Razam, his supervisor on Falton Two. Razam spotted Kalar and quickly made his way over to him.

“Do you know what’s going on?” asked Kalar. Razam had connections and was very knowledgeable about things that went on in the Confederation.

Razam looked extremely pale. “Yes, let’s move over next to the wall.”

They moved to the wall and then Razam indicated for Kalar to leave Anna for a few moments so they could hold a private conversation. “Don’t worry,” Razam reassured Anna. “We’ll be close by, so we can keep an eye on you and the baby.”

They moved off a few meters and then stopped.

“So, what’s going on?” asked Kalar.

“It’s bad,” answered Razam. “I have heard rumors for years. I managed to call in a few favors, and what I found out is frightening. Have you ever wondered why we never see older Humans on any of the Confederation worlds we’ve worked on?”

“Sometimes,” admitted Kalar. “I always assumed they were on other planets.”

Razam shook his head. “No, they’re not. They’re all dead.”

Kalar’s eyes widened in shock. “What do you mean, they’re all dead? What happened to them?”

Razam blinked his eyes and then answered. “When Humans reach a certain age, they are gathered up and sent to a world of the Lamothians.”

“So, you’re saying they are all on the Lamothian planets?”

“No, we’ll be taken down to the surface to the food auctions and auctioned off to the highest bidder.”

Kalar could barely speak. “What do you mean, food auctions?”

Taking a deep breath, Razam explained. “To the Lamothians, we are an exotic food animal. They will buy us and then eat us alive in a massive feast.”

Kalar shook his head in disbelief. “I don’t believe that. That would be barbaric.”

“Not to the Lamothians. On your ship, were some Humans taken from your cargo hold?”

Kalar nodded. “Yes, several.”

“Did they ever return?”

“No, we just assumed they were taken to another cargo hold.”

“Why would they do that? No, the cargo crews are allowed to eat their fill of Humans. It’s a reward for operating the ships that bring the Humans to the Lamothian worlds.”

Kalar felt his heart pounding in his chest. He looked at his wife and infant daughter. “Is there anything we can do?”

“Maybe,” replied Razam. “I’ve spoken to a few others. Once we’ve cleaned up and eaten, we need to make a break for it.”

“Where too? Where can we possibly go?”

“We take one of the cargo ships and leave. I have some experience flying spacecraft, and several of the others I’ve spoken to have as well.”

Kalar took a deep breath. “How do we do this?”

“We cause a big-enough commotion so that we can sneak back on board a ship and leave.”

“How many will be going with us?”

“Probably not many. We have to get onboard, undock, and get away from the station before the Lamothians realize what we’re doing. I don’t believe they’ll even consider that we might steal one of their cargo ships.”

“Which cargo ship?”

“The one you arrived on. Just be ready for my signal. When you see it, head for the cargo ship with your wife and child. I’ll take care of the rest.”

-

On board the Destiny, the first short-range scans were being analyzed. Some of the data was confusing.

“I was expecting to find a large number of Humans on the planet,” said Lieutenant Commander Banora. “Instead, if I’m reading these scans correctly, only a few thousand are here.”

“How many on the space station?” asked Derrick. The space station was centered on the main viewscreen, and it was massive.

“Four thousand. They seem to be in four large holding areas.”

“Andrew, are you picking up any communications from the planet?”

“Some, I do have several visuals if you want to see them.”

Derrick nodded. “Put one up on the screen.”

Instantly the screen showed a naked Human male with a chain tied around his ankle, standing on a small upraised dais that was slowly rotating.

“That man looks scared to death,” commented Kala, as she used her console to analyze better what they were looking at.

“Is it a slave market of some kind?” asked Lieutenant Nower.

Derrick slowly nodded his head. “I would guess that’s what we’re looking at.”

They watched for a few more minutes, until they heard a gasp from Kala. Everyone looked at her to see what was going on.

“It’s not a slave auction,” she said in a strained voice. “It’s a food auction. Those Humans are being auctioned off to the highest bidder to be eaten.”

There was shocked silence in the Command Center. On the viewscreen, a woman was now on the dais. She looked as if she were about to faint.

“Is this what has happened to all the young Humans the Druins have taken for over a thousand years?” asked Audrey, her eyes narrowing sharply.

“We don’t know,” replied Derrick, fearing the worst. “We need to gather more information.” If what they now suspected was true, over the years, billions of Humans had been eaten by the Lamothians. It was all Derrick could do to contain his growing disgust and rage.

“How?”

Derrick gestured toward the space station, now on another viewscreen. “We need to take some Humans off that space station.”

Audrey looked stunned. “That’ll be difficult. They’re bound to be heavily guarded, and a number of warships are in orbit.”

“True, but we have two stealth shuttles on board. I propose that Sergeant Bright take both his squads of Marines, dock to the station, and seize some of those Humans and bring them back to the Destiny. Once they’re back on board, we leave.”

“That’ll be dangerous,” repeated Audrey, frowning. “If those warships detect the shuttles or find out what’s going on, things could get rough around here.”

Derrick nodded. “I know, but I think it’s a risk we must take. If we can get some of those Humans off that space station, the knowledge they have of the Confederation could be tremendous. If what we now suspect is true, we have to get that knowledge back to Earth.”

“You’re right. However, the likelihood of us being discovered will increase substantially once we launch those shuttles and our Marines storm that station. The Lamothians will know almost instantly that something is going on and that a stealthed ship is in their system.”

Derrick knew Audrey was right. “It’s a risk we need to take.”

“I’ll get the Marines ready and the two shuttles prepped.”

“We’ll launch the mission in one hour.” Derrick hoped he was doing the right thing. What he was doing could easily endanger the ship. However, they needed concrete evidence of what they now believed was happening to the Humans being brought to the Confederation.

-

Kalar watched as Razam moved around the room, talking to other Humans. A short time ago, they had been allowed to take a shower and to clean up. Even fresh clothes had been provided. After that they had been fed their first decent meal in days. Now they were back in the room used as a staging area for the Humans. A dozen heavily armed Lamothians stood guard, each with an energy rifle.

Suddenly Razam shouted, “They’re going to kill us all! We’re here to become food for the Lamothians. Kill them!”

Dozens of men that Razam had already spoken to rushed the Lamothian guards. A large number of other Humans followed suit as Razam’s words stirred them into action. Energy rifles discharged into the onrushing Humans, killing several. Alarms sounded, and all the hatches leading into the station slammed shut.

Kalar and Anna eased themselves toward the still-open hatch that led to the cargo ship. Kalar noticed they were not the only ones. Other women with children were doing the same. They just reached the hatch when Razam appeared in front of them, holding an energy rifle. Several other men with rifles were with him.

“We’ll go first and clear out any of the Lamothian crew that may still be on board. Once we have the ship secure, we’re leaving.”

“What about everyone else?” asked Kalar, gesturing toward the other Humans in the staging room. Many of them cowered against the far wall, away from where the fighting had occurred.

Razam turned and shouted. “We’re leaving. If anyone wants to come with us, you had better get on board this ship. No one will be coming back for you!” With that, Razam and two of the other men entered the hatch, heading into the ship. Three other men with energy rifles took up guard duty near the hatch.

In the room, a scattering of people moved toward the ship. Others stood where they were, unsure of what to do.

“Get on board!” shouted Kalar, as he led Anna and their infant child through the hatch. Looking behind him, he saw a few others move toward the hatch to the cargo ship.

Kalar quickly led Anna through the ship. Occasionally they came upon a Lamothian who had been killed by energy rifle fire. It didn’t take Kalar long to make his way to the Control Center for the cargo ship. Upon entering the hatch, he saw three more dead Lamothians. Razam and another of the men with him sat at several consoles, flipping switches and pressing icons on the computer screens.

“We’re getting ready to disconnect from the station,” said Razam upon seeing Kalar.

“Closing the hatch,” replied the other man, sitting at the other console. “Hatch is closed and sealed.”

Razam nodded. “Moving us away from the station.”

-

On board the Destiny, Lieutenant Nower had detected the weapons fire inside the station. She had quickly reported it to the captain. “It appears from my scans that some of the Humans have gone back on board the cargo ship. I’m also showing fewer Lamothian life signs on board. They must be killing them.”

“They’re trying to escape,” gasped Audrey, her eyes growing wide. “We need to help them.”

“Hold the launch of the shuttles,” ordered Derrick. “Lieutenant Breen, prepare to fire antimatter missiles. Target any of the Lamothian warships that come too close to us or that cargo ship.”

On the main viewscreen, the cargo ship could be seen pulling away from the space station. It turned and accelerated away.

“It’s not moving real fast,” reported Nower. “Whoever is flying that ship may not be quite sure of what they’re doing.”

“Can we contact it?”

“They may not know how to turn on the communications console,” answered Andrew. “I would also recommend we put some distance between us and those warships before we attempt contact. This close and the Lamothians might pick up our transmission.”

“Two Lamothian battlecruisers are breaking orbit and are pursuing the cargo ship,” reported Nower. “If the cargo ship doesn’t increase speed, the battlecruisers will easily catch up to it.”

“Locking on targets,” reported Lieutenant Breen. “Captain, my targeting systems indicate the Lamothians have not raised their energy shields.”

Audrey looked at the captain. “Why should they? They’re in one of their own systems, and the cargo ship isn’t armed.”

“They’re firing on the cargo ship!” called out Nower. “They’re targeting the engines.”

Derrick drew in a deep breath. “Destroy those two warships. Launch missiles!”

From the Destiny two sublight antimatter-armed missiles left the missile tubes. In just a few scant seconds they struck the unprepared Lamothian battlecruisers. Both battlecruisers vanished in deadly fireballs of antimatter energy.

“Try to contact that cargo ship. Lieutenant Viktor, if the cargo ship goes into hyperspace, follow it. Lieutenant Breen, you are cleared to fire on any Lamothian warship.”

A wolfish grin spread over Lieutenant Breen’s face as he launched a full spread of antimatter missiles. He had already targeted six more Lamothian vessels.

“Captain, what about the space station?” asked Audrey.

“It has Humans on it,” answered Derrick. “We can’t destroy it.”

“I disagree, Captain. Those Humans will become food for the Lamothians. We can give them a pain-free death.”

On the viewscreens, massive explosions rocked six more Lamothian battlecruisers. Two of them vanished in massive fireballs of energy. The other four survived as their energy screens snapped into place.

Derrick’s gaze shifted to the space station. He took in a deep breath and gave his next order. “Target that station with two antimatter missiles.”

-

On the cargo ship, several more of the consoles were now manned. There was tension in the air as they struggled to set a course and activate the hyperdrive.

“Someone is targeting the Lamothian warships,” the woman in front of the sensor console reported. “They’ve managed to destroy four of them.”

“Where are they?” asked Razam. He had never heard of anyone attacking an actual Confederation world.

“They’re not showing up on the sensors,” the woman replied.

“We have minor damage to the hyperdrive,” reported the man sitting in front of the helm and navigation console. “If we want to transition into hyperspace, we need to do it now.”

The ship’s primary viewscreen was focused on the space station. In a sudden blast of light, the station exploded.

“They destroyed the station,” gasped Anna. “All those people on board are dead. How could they do such a thing?” Tears welled up in her eyes at the terrible loss of Human life.

“It was merciful,” replied Razam. “Those people were doomed to die anyway. I’d rather die in an explosion than be eaten in some perverted ceremony.”

“Ready to activate hyperdrive.”

“Do it,” ordered Razam. “Let’s get out of here.”

-

On the Destiny, they watched as the cargo ship vanished into hyperspace.

“Follow them,” ordered Derrick.

“We have seven more Lamothian battlecruisers breaking orbit,” reported Nower. “All of them have their energy shields up.”

“Lieutenant Breen, drop a few mines, and let’s get out of here.”

“Mines deployed.”

“Activating hyperdrive,” added Lieutenant Viktor.

“I have a firm track on the cargo ship,” reported Nower. It could be tracked in hyperspace if it was close enough to the Destiny.

Derrick felt the hyperdrive activate, and then the ship was safely in hyperspace. Now he just needed to figure out a way to stop the cargo ship and transfer the Humans on board to the Destiny.

Chapter Eight

Kalar had found some suitable quarters for his family. He had tossed out all the Lamothian furniture and other items and replaced them with some blankets and a makeshift mattress. Unfortunately the only food they had was the same gruel they had been fed earlier. There was plenty of water, so at least they could bathe and drink their fill.

“What’ll happen to us?” asked Anna. She was breastfeeding their daughter.

“I don’t know,” replied Kalar. He needed to talk to Razam and see what his plans were.

“Who destroyed those Lamothian ships and the station? They must be very powerful to attack a Confederation system.”

Kalar shook his head. “We don’t know. The ship didn’t show up on the sensors, and, from the size of the explosions, they possess antimatter weapons.”

Anna’s face turned pale. “Antimatter? Could it have been another Confederation world? No one outside the Confederation has antimatter weapons.”

“There’s no way to know. We’ve left the Lamothian system far behind.”

“Where are we going?”

“Back to Human space. We’ll try to hide on one of our own worlds.”

“Do you think we’ll be safe there?”

“Maybe, we’ll just have to be careful which world we choose to hide on.”

“We need to tell our people what’s happening to the Humans being sent to the Confederation. We must bring this horrible travesty to a stop. I can’t believe the Lamothians consider Humans to be a food source.”

Kalar nodded. “We’ll spread the word once we get back. I’m afraid it’ll cause a lot of problems.”

Kalar was uncertain what would happen. That resistance to turning young people over to the Druins would intensify was certain. What was uncertain was what the Druin reaction would be. The Druins seemed to enjoy dropping fusion and antimatter weapons on Human cities when they were disobeyed.

-

The Destiny followed the fleeing cargo ship. They were not the only ones, as the ship’s sensors detected six Lamothian battlecruisers and a battleship in pursuit as well. They were right behind the Destiny, or they wouldn’t have been able to detect them.

“How will we do this?” asked Lieutenant Commander Banora. Audrey sat at her console, monitoring the situation.

Derrick took a few moments to study the tactical display. “The cargo ship seems to be heading out of the Confederation and toward Human space. It did take some weapons fire in its escape, and we don’t know how badly it’s damaged. As for those Lamothian ships, we don’t have the firepower to take them on in a head-to-head battle.”

“Then what can we do?”

“We call in our reinforcements. Once we clear Confederation space, we’ll send a message to Rear Admiral Leeson to bring his task group. His ships should be able to handle the Lamothian warships following us.”

Audrey looked back at the tactical display. “It’ll take us days to clear Confederation space. I hope that cargo ship can stay together for that length of time.”

“So do I,” replied Derrick. If the cargo ship looked as if it would not make it, he would take the risk and call in Rear Admiral Leeson earlier.

Derrick looked at the tactical display again and the small green icon they followed. He wondered what the conditions on that cargo ship were like. They couldn’t be good. He just hoped he could rescue those Humans. After what they had been through, they deserved to escape and to be taken where they would be safe. That safe place would be Pallas or Earth.

-

The Great Council of the Confederation was meeting. Disturbing information had been received from one of the Lamothian worlds. A cargo ship of Humans had escaped, and, even more worrisome, Lamothian warships had been destroyed by an unknown enemy armed with antimatter weapons.

“What do we know of this new enemy?” asked the Lormallian representative. “Where do they come from?”

“Unknown,” answered the Druin representative. “We know of no other race that possesses antimatter weapons and such stealth systems as this ship demonstrated.”

“Did not Admiral Kreen report that he encountered such a ship in years past?”

The Druin slowly nodded his head. “Yes, as well as five strange cargo ships that had the same stealth ability. He believes these Humans have a base just outside of Human space or possibly on Earth.”

“What is Earth?” asked the Zynth representative. “I have never heard of it.”

The Druin drew himself up to his full height. “When we first conquered the Human Empire, we banished some of the Royal Court, as well as some military officers, to Earth. Earth is a primitive Human world in the far reaches of the Bacchus Region.”

“The Druins emplaced an interdiction system around the system as well as constructed eight AI battlestations equipped with attack drones,” explained the Lormallian. “The AIs send yearly reports on the condition of the system and its Humans. There is no indication of any threat. They do not have a viable FTL system.”

“This ship came from somewhere,” said the Lamothian. “We lost a number of our warships, as well as one of our primary space stations. Thousands of Humans to be feasted on were lost as well.”

“The Humans can be replaced,” replied the Druin representative. “I will order it done immediately. Admiral Kreen is currently on his way to Earth with his fleet. If it is the source of this threat, he will eliminate it.”

“I would suggest we double the number of warships we have currently assigned to patrol Human space,” said the Zynth representative. “We must find the base this warship came from, if it is not Earth. We must also find the missing cargo ship.”

“We have warships following the cargo ship,” replied the Lamothian. “As soon as it drops from hyperspace, we will disable it and take it back under our control.”

“This is a worrisome development,” said the Morphene representative. The Morphenes resembled giant amoebas and had no true form. Their form was constantly shifting. “We must stay on top of this. Never have we faced a race with antimatter weapons. I would suggest we increase the alert level throughout the Confederation.”

-

After another few hours of debate, the Great Council meeting came to an end. Several decisions had been reached. The number of ships patrolling Human space would be doubled. All Confederation worlds would keep a more vigilant watch for any more of these mysterious ships. The Druin representative would report back to the council as soon as Admiral Kreen reported what he found at Earth.

-

Time passed on board the cargo ship. The Humans on board were learning more and more about how to operate the vessel. Of great concern was the fact the hyperspace drive seemed to be out of sync and was making a louder humming noise every day. Also a slight vibration could be felt throughout the ship.

Kalar was in the Control Center when he saw a light flashing on one of the consoles. “What’s that?”

Razam frowned. “The communications console. We’ve left it alone. We have no desire to speak to any of the Confederation races.”

Kalar stepped closer to the console. “Have you considered that whoever is trying to contact us is from the ship that attacked the Lamothians?”

“What if it isn’t?”

Kalar shrugged his shoulders. “We don’t have to respond. All we have to do is listen.”

“We’re nearly out of the Confederation,” commented Andar, who was navigating the ship. “We’ll be clear in another few hours.”

“Press that third button from the right,” instructed Kalar. “That will put whoever is trying to contact us on the speakers.”

Andar shook his head. “I think you will be disappointed. It’s probably the Lamothians, demanding we return.”

Kalar pressed the button and was surprised when a male Human voice spoke. “This is Andrew Wilcox aboard the Destiny. We are the warship that helped you in the Lamothian system. We are Humans, like you. We would like to set up a rendezvous to move your people from the cargo ship to ours. We have a place of safety you can be taken to.” The message paused and then repeated itself.

“The message is on a loop,” said Razam, with shocked surprise on his face.

Kalar looked at Razam. “Should we respond?”

“What if it’s a trick by the Lamothians to get us to drop out of hyperspace?”

“We’ll shortly drop out anyway,” replied the woman sitting in front of the engineering console. “The ship’s drive system is just barely keeping us in hyperspace. We won’t make Human space before it kicks us out.”

Razam let out a deep breath. “Press that smaller green button and hold it down. That will allow you to send a short-range message.”

Kalar did as Razam instructed and spoke into the microphone built into the console. “This is Kalar Arden aboard the cargo ship. Can you hear me?”

Almost instantly an excited voice came back. “This is Andrew Wilcox on board the Destiny. We have been trying to contact you for days.”

Kalar looked at Razam and then answered. “We were afraid it was the Lamothians. How do we know that you’re really Human and this isn’t a trick to get us to drop out of hyperspace?”

There was silence for a moment, and then Andrew replied. “Our sensors indicate your hyperspace drive is about to fail. Our engineer believes it will function for another eight to ten hours. At that time you will be out of Confederation space. However, you are being pursued by six Lamothian battlecruisers and a battleship.”

Kalar felt as if he had been punched in the gut. “Can you destroy them?”

“No, they will have their energy shields up. In a head-to-head battle we would lose.”

“Then what are we to do?”

“I’ll give you the coordinates of a star system about seven hours from our current location. Your ship and mine will drop out of hyperspace and we’ll begin transferring your people to the Destiny.”

“What if the Lamothian warships show up?”

“We’re almost certain they will before we can finish the crew transfer. However, we have summoned some help. If they can arrive in time, they should be able to handle the Lamothians.”

Kalar looked at Razam. “What do you want to do?”

“I don’t think we have any choice. Either they are who they say they are or we’re finished. Get the coordinates, and tell them we’ll meet them there.”

“What if they are the Lamothians?”

“Then I’ll crash the ship into a planet. I’m not going back to be eaten.” Everyone else in the Control Center nodded their heads in agreement.

Kalar spoke into the comm and soon had the coordinates. Now all they could do was wait and see what would happen.

-

Seven hours later the cargo ship dropped from hyperspace. When it did so, the hyperdrive glowed brightly, and sparks flew. The low hum normally associated with the drive rose to a fevered pitch and then faded away completely. The smell of burned wiring and components pervaded Engineering.

“Hyperdrive is down,” reported Caria, in front of the engineering console. “It’s not coming back up. Wherever we are is where we’re staying.”

Kalar and Razam looked at one another.

“Let’s hope we made the right decision,” said Razam. “Are we detecting anything on the sensors?”

The sensor operator shook his head. “No, nothing.”

“Then we wait,” said Razam, leaning back in his command chair and hoping for the best.

-

The Destiny dropped from hyperspace a few thousand kilometers from the cargo ship. The system they were in held a K class star with three planets in close orbit. The Destiny and the cargo ship were well out past the orbit of the third planet.

“Drop the stealth fields so they can see us,” ordered Derrick. “Andrew, see if you can raise them on the comm.”

-

“This is the Destiny to the cargo ship. We’re two thousand kilometers from you and will be arriving shortly.”

“This is the cargo ship,” answered Kalar.

“I’m picking them up on the sensors now,” reported the sensor operator. “I’m putting up a visual on the viewscreen.”

“That ship can’t exist,” said Razam, staring at the single large viewscreen. “It’s an Imperial warship, and none still survive.”

Andar shook his head. “Well, that looks like one to me. I say we take our chances.”

Razam knew they had no other choice. “Kalar, inform that ship we’ll hold our position and will wait for them to dock with us. Tell them we have sixty-eight Human refugees on board.”

Kalar did as told and then turned back toward Razam. “They’ll be alongside shortly. We’re to be ready to disembark the ship, as they are expecting Lamothian warships to appear at any time.”

“Let’s get everyone gathered up and to the main airlock. Make sure they know that getting quickly on board the other ship is a priority. I’ll stay here and watch the Control Center until the last minute.”

As Kalar turned to go get Anna and their daughter, Razam had one more thing to say. “Don’t leave without me.”

-

The Destiny moved closer to the cargo ship and then carefully maneuvered until the docking ports were lined up.

“Ready to dock,” reported Lieutenant Viktor.

“Our Marines are standing by at the airlock,” reported Audrey. “We’ll be crowded with sixty-eight more people on board.”

Derrick was aware of that. “We will transfer most of them to one of our battlecruisers once Rear Admiral Leeson arrives.”

“How soon will that be?”

Derrick quickly checked the time. “In another thirty minutes or so.”

“What about the Lamothians?”

“Ten to fifteen minutes,” answered Nower. “I have them on the short-range sensors, and they’re coming fast. I’m certain they are now detecting the cargo ship and the Destiny.”

“We have a secure dock,” reported Lieutenant Viktor. “We can start loading the refugees anytime.”

This was what Derrick had waited for. “Open the hatch and inform Sergeant Bright to get then on board as quickly as possible. Andrew, see if you can raise Rear Admiral Leeson.”

-

“Message coming in from the Destiny,” the communications officer on the Titan reported. “They have dropped out of hyperspace and are loading the Human refugees from the cargo ship. They have Lamothian warships showing on their short-range sensors.”

“Damn!” uttered Leeson with a steep frown. “Can we get there before the Lamothians do?”

“No,” answered the navigation officer. “They’ll beat us by a good fifteen minutes.”

The task group was going as fast as it could through hyperspace. Nothing else could be done. “Inform Captain Masters we’ll be there in thirty minutes. That’s the best we can do.”

Rear Admiral Leeson leaned back in his command chair. He gazed at the tactical display, which now showed their target star system. Two small green icons were revealed there. He just hoped his fleet reached them in time.

-

The loading was nearly complete. The Marines showed the newcomers where to go. All of the guest quarters were filled to overflowing, and the corridors had people in them as well.

“Just a few more,” reported Audrey. Her gaze was glued to the tactical display. The Lamothian ships were almost on top of them. They would be coming out of hyperspace at any moment.

“Lieutenant Breen, target the Lamothians as soon as they drop out of hyperspace,” ordered Derrick. “Maybe, with a little luck, we’ll get a couple of them.”

The door to the Command Center opened, and one of the Marines entered, escorting two Humans. Just from their clothes alone, it was obvious these two men were some of the refugees.

“I’m Razam, and this is Kalar,” announced the taller one. “We’re the two you have been talking to over the comm.”

“I’m Captain Masters. Welcome to the Imperial light cruiser Destiny.”

Razam and Kalar both looked confused. “Where did you get an actual Imperial vessel from?” asked Razam.

Derrick grinned. “It’s a long story. Right now we need to figure out how to survive until our other ships get here.”

“Other ships?”

Derrick nodded. “Yes, a task force is close by that’s nearly here. The only problem is, the Lamothians will get here first.”

An alarm suddenly sounded on the tactical console.

“They’re here,” announced Lieutenant Nower. “They’re twenty-three thousand kilometers distant and closing fast.” On the tactical display, seven glaring red threat icons appeared, all heading toward the Destiny and the cargo ship. They were out of weapons range, so taking a few of them out before their systems fully stabilized was now no longer a possibility.

“Sergeant Bright, how soon before the transfer of the refugees is complete?”

“It’s done. We’re shutting the hatches now.”

“Lieutenant Viktor, as soon as the hatch indicator shows closed, disconnect us from the cargo ship and make the transition into hyperspace.” Just maybe they could get away before the Lamothians reached weapons range.

“Captain, they’re nearly within weapons range,” warned Audrey.

As the Destiny pulling away from the cargo ship, an energy beam shot out from the Lamothian battleship, striking near Engineering. The ship shook violently, throwing many of the refugees to the deck. Alarms began sounding, and red lights began flashing.

“Energy shield is coming up,” reported Lieutenant Breen. The shield had been down while they were docked to the cargo ship.

“We took a hit near Engineering,” reported Audrey, as she listened to her comm. “The Chief Engineer is reporting the hyperdrive is down.”

“Damn!” uttered Derrick. “Lieutenant Breen, return fire. Use all weapons available. We need to buy time for Rear Admiral Leeson to get here. Audrey, how bad is the damage?”

“We have a ten-meter hole in our hull, and it goes through six decks. All of the affected compartments have been sealed off. We have crewmembers trapped in some areas.”

On the viewscreens, the Lamothian battleship was suddenly covered in massive explosions. Antimatter and fusion missiles detonated against its energy screen. However, nothing penetrated. Its shield was too powerful.

“Run for it,” ordered Derrick, as an antimatter missile detonated against the ship’s energy screen, shaking the Destiny violently. Several alarms sounded, and more red lights appeared on the damage control console. “Try to put some distance between us and those warships.”

-

The Destiny suddenly accelerated and headed away from the Lamothian vessels. At nearly the same time the cargo ship exploded as a fusion missile tore it apart, sending glowing debris flying across space.

Seeing the Destiny attempting to elude them, the Lamothian warships set out in pursuit. For several long minutes the chase continued with the Destiny slowly pulling away. Then the ship shook violently, as the sublight drive shut down.

-

“Now what?” Derrick asked Audrey. Looking at the tactical display, he saw the Lamothians were nearly in weapons range again.

“The drive overheated. The heat sinks for the drive were damaged when Engineering was hit with that energy beam. The Chief Engineer says it will be twenty minutes or longer before the drive is back online.”

Derrick’s eyes widened. “We don’t have twenty minutes.”

On the tactical display, the Lamothian warships were now rapidly closing the distance. The Destiny was still traveling forward but at a slower rate.

“They’re launching missiles,” called out Lieutenant Nower.

“All power to the shields!” ordered Derrick, gripping the armrests of his command chair.

Missiles began striking the energy shield, flaring up brightly.

“Energy shield is at 32 percent and dropping,” reported Lieutenant Breen, as he fired more missiles at the Lamothian ships.

Space was lit up from the ferocity of the powerful explosions. The energy screen of the Destiny now glowed constantly under the bombardment from the Lamothians.

“Put all the energy we have into the shield, including life support!” ordered Derrick. He just needed to buy another minute or two, and Rear Admiral Leeson should be here.

The lights in the Command Center dimmed as all power was diverted to the energy shield. Even the steady hum of the air-ventilation system died down to nothing. Everyone’s gaze were glued to the viewscreen, hoping to see the appearance of Rear Admiral Leeson’s ships.

-

Rear Admiral Leeson leaned forward in his command chair. “Drop us out right on top of those enemy vessels. All ships are weapons free. I want those Confederation ships blown to pieces!” Leeson just hoped Captain Masters could hold out for a few more seconds. Help was almost there.

-

Derrick drew in a sharp breath as the Destiny shook violently. If he listened hard enough, he could hear the hull being ripped open. The ship seemed to be groaning with pain. Looking over at the damage control console, he saw it covered with glaring red lights. Numerous ruptures were in the hull, and fires burned out of control in several of the cargo holds. They had lost communication with several sections of the ship.

“We won’t last much longer,” said Audrey in a low voice.

“Energy screen is failing. Down to 12 percent,” reported Lieutenant Breen in a steady voice. “We’re losing power from the fusion power plant.”

“It’s shutting down,” confirmed Audrey, her voice hinting at her hidden fear.

Suddenly on the tactical display, seventeen green icons dropped from hyperspace right on top of the Lamothian ships. Instantly huge explosions lit up space as the sixteen Imperial battlecruisers and the single dreadnought poured all their firepower into the enemy vessels.

“Those ships can’t exist,” said Razam in disbelief. “Those are Imperial warships.”

Derrick smiled in relief. “They’re real, and they are Imperial. I believe the Lamothians are about to be taught a lesson.”

-

In space, the battle quickly intensified. The Lamothians were stunned when a fleet of Imperial warships dropped in, right on top of their formation. Even more disconcerting was the fact the ships were armed with antimatter weapons and fusion energy beams.

In just a few seconds the first Lamothian battlecruiser blew apart, as numerous antimatter explosions knocked its energy shield down and the next missile destroyed the ship. Another Lamothian battlecruiser’s shield was weakened to the point that Imperial fusion energy beams penetrated and riddled the ship until it exploded.

-

On the Destiny Razam looked on in awe. “We’re actually winning!”

Derrick grinned. They were all watching the battle on the viewscreens. Even as they watched, another Lamothian battlecruiser was blown in two, and then the two parts were riddled with fusion energy beam fire.

“Well, if we weren’t at war before, we are now,” commented Audrey. “We’re witnessing the first fleet battle between the Human Empire and the Confederation in over one thousand years.”

“Yes,” replied Derrick, “but this time we’re winning.”

“Lamothian ships are jumping into hyperspace,” reported Lieutenant Nower.

“We destroyed four of their battlecruisers,” said Audrey, impressed. “This is a good beginning to the war.”

Derrick had to agree. “Let’s see what kind of shape the Destiny is in. We also need to make arrangements with Rear Admiral Leeson to take our refugees on board one of his battlecruisers.”

-

For the next hour, repair crews went through the Destiny, freeing crewmembers trapped in cut-off compartments. Rear Admiral Leeson had all the refugees loaded onto the Titan. Unfortunately, in the battle, eighteen of the refugees had been killed, as well as twenty members of Destiny’s crew.

Finally Derrick had all the ship’s files downloaded to the Titan. After inspecting his ship, he had come to the conclusion the Destiny was too badly damaged to be salvaged. It was best to set her self-destruct charges and let the Imperial light cruiser die where she had fought her last battle.

-

Twenty minutes later Derrick stood in the Command Center of the Titan, along with Lieutenant Commander Banora and Rear Admiral Leeson. They watched the main viewscreen as two antimatter warheads detonated, obliterating the light cruiser. When the twin fireballs died down, the ship was gone.

“I’m sorry, Captain,” said Admiral Leeson. “I know how much the Destiny meant to you.”

Derrick turned slowly toward the admiral. “She served her purpose. She transported the Princess safely to Pallas, and now she completed her mission to the Confederation.”

“She was a good ship,” said Audrey, with the hint of a tear in her eyes. “We’ll miss her.”

Admiral Leeson nodded. “When we get back to Pallas, I’m sure your crew will be assigned a new ship. Either a battlecruiser or a dreadnought.”

Derrick nodded. He would miss the Destiny. It had served him well over the years. But the war against the Confederation would not be fought with light cruisers. If he wanted to be part of the war, eventually he would have had to transfer to a heavier warship. At least this way the Destiny went out in a blaze of glory with a mission well done.

“What now?” Derrick asked Rear Admiral Leeson.

“We head back to Earth. The data you gathered, plus what the refugees know, will be invaluable to the war effort.”

Derrick nodded. For better or for worse, Earth was now at war with the Confederation.

-

Kalar was in the quarters assigned to him and Anna. He couldn’t believe what had just occurred. “They have actual Imperial warships. I saw battlecruisers and even a dreadnought. I don’t know where these people come from, but they have an impressive fleet. They destroyed four Lamothian battlecruisers and forced the rest to flee.”

“Will we be safe?” asked Anna, gently rocking their daughter.

Kalar sat beside Anna on the bunk. “Yes, for the first time in a long while, I believe we’ll be safe.”

Anna smiled. That was all she wanted. A place to raise their daughter without fearing what might happen the next day.

For Anna and Kalar their nightmare was finally over. Now they would raise their daughter in peace and hope for a bright future. From what they had seen on this ship, that future seemed like a very good possibility.

Chapter Nine

Admiral Kreen stood in the Command Center of his flagship, the Avenging Light. He had recalled the task force he had originally sent to investigate the system that contained Earth so his fleet would be at maximum strength. He felt it prudent that he combine all his forces into one large fleet to ensure victory, if it came down to a battle. He had recently received word from the Great Council of an actual attack in the Confederation itself. Confederation warships had been destroyed, and confirmed reports of the existence of Imperial warships had shaken the council to its core. This was the first actual attack in Confederation space in over twenty thousand years.

First Officer Falorr approached Admiral Kreen with the latest reports. “The Confederation is doubling the size of the fleets patrolling the former Human Empire. They are greatly concerned about the existence of Human warships. Even more worrisome is the fact these warships were armed with fusion energy beams and antimatter weapons.”

“A mere base could never have constructed so many warships and made the weapons advancements that have been seen,” replied Admiral Kreen, as he thought over the possibilities. “The resources of an entire planet would be required to field the fleet the Lamothians encountered.”

“Earth,” suggested Falorr.

Admiral Kreen nodded. “It has to be Earth. Logic dictates no other answer.”

“That would mean the interdiction system has been tampered with.”

“Not only tampered with but taken over. The interdiction system must be under control of the Earth Humans.”

Falorr was silent for several moments as he contemplated the ramifications. “For how long?”

“That is what is so worrisome. It could be for the last ten years or the last one hundred. We have no way of knowing.”

Falorr glanced at the tactical display, showing the Druin fleet. Hundreds of green icons represented some of the most powerful warships the Confederation possessed. The fleet formation consisted of 217 battleships and 412 battlecruisers. “It’s only one world. We defeated the Human Empire that consisted of over one thousand worlds. One world cannot be a threat to the Confederation. We will destroy their fleet and annihilate their world.”

Admiral Kreen nodded in agreement. One world could not be a threat to the Confederation. However, he did feel uneasy about this mission. Humans had dared to enter Confederation territory. They had even attacked a world inhabited by one of the seven races. They had destroyed a large space station and a number of Lamothian warships.

Worse than that, the Humans now knew what the fate was for many of the young Humans taken to the Confederation. Once word of that spread throughout the Human worlds, everything would become much more difficult. Admiral Kreen had always believed the Lamothians and their perverse desire for civilized food would someday come to haunt the Confederation. That day was now here.

The problems with the Human worlds would now be multiplied tenfold. Many more Human cities would have to be destroyed to keep them in line. As far as collecting Humans for the Lamothians and to use as labor on the Confederation core worlds, that might now be impossible.

“We’ll be arriving in the Earth star system in twelve hours,” reported Falorr. “We have detected nothing unusual so far on the long-range sensors.”

Admiral Kreen nodded. “We’ll check out the interdiction system first and then proceed deeper into the system.”

“Do you expect a battle?”

“Yes, if the fleet the Lamothians fought against is an example of the power of their warships, we will, indeed, be faced with a battle.”

Admiral Kreen sat his massive form down in his command chair. He felt a slight stir of excitement about fighting a real fleet battle. In most engagements he had ever fought in, his fleet had held a massive advantage in numbers and in technology. That might be tested in the Human star system.

-

Inside Pallas, in the underground Command Center, Colonel Evelyn Bryson approached Admiral Reynolds. “We have intercepted several hyperlight messages. They confirm a large Druin fleet is headed toward us. The Druins are aware of what happened with Captain Masters and the Destiny, as well as what ships Rear Admiral Leeson possesses.”

Admiral Reynolds nodded his head. “That’s one of the bad things about hyperlight communications. Unless it’s very directional, everyone can listen in.” He had already received reports from Captain Masters, as well as Rear Admiral Leeson. He was sad to hear the fate of the Destiny, but the stealth light cruiser had served its purpose and had completed a dangerous mission.

They were currently on their way back to the Solar System, but it would be several weeks before they arrived. Everyone had been shocked to the core when they had learned of the fate of the young Humans the Druins took every year back to the Confederation. It had further served to enforce the determination of every Human in the Solar System to extract revenge against the Confederation for the despicable act of using Humans for an exotic food source. The Solar System was now more committed to the coming war than ever before.

“We have managed to triangulate the current location of the inbound Druin fleet by placing several battlecruisers in nearby star systems,” added Colonel Bryson. “We estimate they are ten to fourteen hours out.”

Admiral Reynolds nodded. “About what we expected. Let’s go ahead and put the entire Solar System at Condition Three. I want all civilian shipping to take precautionary measures. Preferably they need to go into low orbit around either Earth or Mars, where we can protect them. We’ll go to Condition Two in six more hours and Condition One as soon as the interdiction system detects the first Druin vessel.”

“What about the civilians?”

“We’ll advise them to stay in their homes. Any large-scale evacuations of major cities will result in more deaths than an actual Druin bombardment. Military forces throughout the system will be activated shortly. If the Druins are coming for a battle, we’ll give them one.”

-

Aboard the Themis, Captain Fulmar turned toward the admiral. “Condition Three has been officially set throughout the Solar System. The Druin fleet is expected in ten to fourteen hours. Size of the fleet is still unknown at this time.”

“The Druins don’t do anything in a small way,” commented Admiral Cleemorl. “Take the fleet to Condition Three and prepare to make a hyperspace jump.”

“Where too?”

“The Druins will want to check out the interdiction system first, so they will send ships to investigate one of the eight battlestations. We know the general direction they’ll be coming from, so we can pretty well guess which ones are in danger. We’ll engage the Druins at the battlestation. That will give us its firepower and its attack interceptors to use against the Druins.”

“If we see we can’t win, we can fall back into the Solar System and call up more fleet units. One way or another, this Druin fleet will not return to the Human Empire or the Confederation intact. Put us in the middle of the Kuiper Belt. That should help to shield us from detection. Once we know which battlestation the Druins are heading for, we’ll jump in and engage them.” Admiral Cleemorl was glad that Cheryl was safe in their yacht, which was docked inside Pallas. It was one less thing he had to worry about.

A few minutes later the Themis and its fleet made the transition into hyperspace and exited deep within the Kuiper Belt. Instantly the tactical display lit up with hundreds of small planetoids, ice fragments, and rocky asteroids. Now they would wait for the Druins.

-

At the LaGrange Point space station, between the Earth and the Moon, Colonel Loren Henderson was in the Command Center, along with his second in command Major Patricia Marcus. Henderson was an Earth Imperial and had spent time in cryo sleep and had only recently been awakened. Patricia was a Pallas Imperial and had been in command of the station until Henderson had been brought out of cryo.

“We’re at Condition Three,” reported Major Marcus. “Reports indicate we have ten or more hours before the Druins arrive.”

“How’s the situation on Earth?” Loren knew the announcement of the setting of Condition Three had been broadcast on all Earth media channels. People were encouraged to stay in their homes, as the military would need the roads and the highways to get to where they were needed. A worldwide curfew had also been established.

“A little panicky,” answered Major Marcus. “Most of the big cities are pretty calm. Law enforcement is out, as well as the military. Media stations are steadily broadcasting what the civilians need to do.”

So far everything was going smoother than Loren had expected. “What about our attack interceptors?”

“All pilots have reported to the interceptor facility. We currently have six interceptors out on patrol.”

“How many warships in our vicinity?”

“A full fleet is in orbit near Earth. We have four battlecruisers and a dreadnought nearby, which we can call upon for support. Also twenty battlecruisers and four dreadnoughts are in orbit around the Moon.”

Colonel Henderson nodded. They were as ready as they could be. “How about civilian shipping?”

“Heading to Mars and to Earth. They’ll go into orbit beneath the defensive grids. Hopefully they’ll be safe there.”

“We better get some rest and something to eat. In a few hours we’ll be too busy to leave the Command Center.” Henderson glanced at a viewscreen showing Earth. They had prepared for this moment, and, in some ways, Henderson was glad that it was finally here. They were about to go to war with the Confederation.

-

Admiral Kreen’s fleet was now near enough to Earth’s star system to scan it with the long-range sensors. One of the first disconcerting things Kreen noticed were the Imperial battlecruisers near all the Druin battlestations. A clear indication that the interdiction system was no longer under Druin control. Scans also showed large numbers of ships in the system, although they could not tell whether they were warships or just civilian vessels.

“Definitely Imperial vessels near the stations,” commented First Officer Falorr. “This system must be classified as Imperial and a threat to the Confederation.”

“Send a message to the council, informing them what our scans show. We will see if we can take control of one of our former battlestations. The station AI may be able to furnish us with valuable information.”

Admiral Kreen watched the tactical display as it steadily filled with additional information. He could now see the shipyards and space stations around the third and fourth planet. He began to feel uneasy about what he found. Evidently this buildup of defenses had taken decades to accomplish, meaning the Humans of this system had had control over the interdiction system for a very long time.

-

Time passed, and the Druin fleet neared the battlestation, and then they dropped from hyperspace. Almost instantly the battlestation fired upon the Druin fleet, and small attack drones launched. Only these were not Druin drones, but some modified interceptors designed by the Humans. Also two Imperial battlecruisers covered the battlestation as well.

“We’re being fired upon by fusion energy beams, and those missiles have powerful antimatter warheads,” reported the Druin at the sensor console.

Suddenly one of the Druin battlecruisers nearest the battlestation blew apart, as its shield was battered down, and then several of the small interceptors hit it with small fusion missiles.

“Target those small vessels,” ordered Kreen. “They’re armed with fusion missiles.” At that moment alarms sounded on the sensor console.

“Inbound Imperial warships,” warned the sensor officer.

“Where are they?” asked Admiral Kreen, shifting his gaze to the tactical display. He was not surprised that the Humans were committing a fleet. It was the same thing he would do in their position.

“They’re here,” answered the sensor officer.

Suddenly on the tactical display, several hundred red threat icons appeared around the Druin fleet. Kreen knew that now the real battle would begin. “What are we facing?”

“Two hundred and twelve Imperial battlecruisers and twenty dreadnoughts.”

First Officer Falorr looked at the admiral. “That’s more dreadnoughts than the Human Empire had when we conquered it. How could they build so many?”

“What concerns me even more is, how many warships do these Humans have? The long-range sensors still show hundreds of ships around the third and fourth planets. While some of those are obviously cargo and passenger ships, many of them may be warships.”

The Avenging Light suddenly shook violently, nearly throwing Admiral Kreen from his command chair. One of the consoles exploded, sending hot showers of sparks across the Command Center. A large structural beam broke loose from the ceiling and came crashing to the deck, pinning one of the Druin officers.

“Status.” Admiral Kreen was too logical to be angry. His cold-blooded nature allowed him to control his emotions most of the time.

“Fusion beam penetrated our energy screen where it had been weakened by several antimatter strikes,” reported First Officer Falorr. “Repairs will be underway shortly. Our fighting capability is not diminished.”

“All ships are to focus their fire on the battlestation,” ordered Kreen. “It poses the most danger. Once it’s destroyed, we will focus on the Imperial ships attacking us. Communications, send a hyperlight message to the council that we’re encountering major resistance from numerous Imperial warships.” Kreen would keep the council informed of what was happening.

-

Admiral Cleemorl nodded in satisfaction as another Druin battlecruiser blew apart under the fire of the Themis. It seemed as if his fleet had taken the Druins by surprise and had managed to get off a few broadsides of missiles before the Druins could respond.

“Concentrate our fire on the battlecruisers,” ordered Dylan, leaning forward in his command chair. “We’ll worry about the battleships later.”

“They’re hammering the hell out of the battlestation,” Captain Fulmar pointed out. “Almost all their weapons fire is targeting the station.”

Dylan looked at one of the viewscreens focused on the station. It’s energy screen was glowing brightly as it was awash in antimatter energy from dozens of massive detonations every few seconds.

“They won’t last long under that bombardment.”

“Communications, order the battlestation to place their weapons on automatic and evacuate. We’ll try to cover them.” Dylan glanced at the tactical display, showing the disposition of his fleet. “We need to move our fleet between the Druins and the battlestation to give them time to escape.”

-

The Human fleet quickly adjusted its position and formed a flattened disk formation between the Druins and the battlestation, cutting off most of the weapons fire. Now the battle changed to ship-to-ship fighting. Powerful fusion and antimatter detonations occurred in both fleets. Fusion energy beams played across energy screens, searching for a weakness. Occasionally a beam would penetrate, blasting huge rips in the hulls of both Druin and Human vessels.

-

Druin Admiral Kreen had a nearly three-to-one ship advantage as well as 217 of his warships were battleships. The battle had now settled down to one of attrition, and his fleet was destroying two Human ships for every vessel the Druin fleet lost.

“Those ships are nearly as powerful as ours,” commented First Officer Falorr.

Admiral Kreen looked at the masses of warships farther in the system. He knew there was no way his fleet could come away victorious against those odds. However, he needed to gather additional data for the Confederation. It was growing rapidly evident a larger fleet would be needed to conquer and to eliminate the Human threat in this star system.

“Take the fleet back into hyperspace. Put us in between the third planet and its satellite. We need to see what defenses these Humans have around their world.” Admiral Kreen no longer believed he could win this battle. For the first time in Confederation history, a Druin battlefleet faced defeat.

-

“Druins are bugging out,” reported Lieutenant Casella in surprise. “They’re entering hyperspace.”

“Hold the evacuation of the battlestation. Lieutenant, where are they going?” Dylan couldn’t believe they would give up this easily. They still had most of their fleet intact.

“They’re heading in system toward Earth.”

Dylan’s eyes widened. The Druins could not be allowed to bombard Earth. Of course, with the defenses Earth had built and one of the reserve fleets in orbit, it was doubtful that was even possible. “As soon as they drop from hyperspace, we’ll follow and drop out ten thousand kilometers behind them. We’ll try to pin them between us and Rear Admiral Collison.”

“We have four heavily damaged battlecruisers,” Lieutenant Commander Banora informed Dylan. “They are barely combat capable.”

“Have them stay here at the battlestation.”

On the tactical display, the Druin fleet appeared midway between Earth and the Moon.

“Take the fleet into hyperspace,” ordered Dylan.

The fleet vanished from the vicinity of the battlestation to reappear moments later between the Earth and the Moon and near the Druin fleet.

-

Colonel Henderson flinched when he saw the Druin fleet appear between the space station and Earth. “How far away are they?” Hundreds of Druin warships were visible on the multiple viewscreens in the Command Center.

“Fifty-two thousand kilometers,” reported Ensign Wilson.

Henderson was relieved they were outside of weapons range. “Launch all interceptors. Contact Rear Admiral Collison and inform him that we’re launching.” Rear Admiral Collison was in command of the reserve fleet protecting Earth.

“What about the energy shield?” asked Major Marcus. “It’s still down.”

“Activate it,” ordered Henderson. “It would be easy for the Druins to make a short hyperspace jump and hit us with a missile. No point in taking a chance, even though they’re currently out of weapons range.”

In moments the energy shield was activated around the space station and around the attack interceptor launch facility.

Colonel Henderson shifted his gaze to one of the viewscreens, showing the attack interceptor launch facility. Attack interceptors were launching in waves and forming up into squadrons. Sixty of the deadly interceptors were based in the facility. Each was armed with fusion cannons and four small missiles on their wings with moderate-size fusion warheads.

-

Inside the interceptor launch facility, Captain Mathew Barkley waited for his turn to launch. He was in command of a squadron of twenty attack interceptors, and his squadron would be the last one to launch.

“Druins,” muttered Lieutenant Rod Simmins. “I thought this would be a relaxing assignment.”

Mathew laughed. “This is what we went into cryo for. Besides Michelle went into cryo and is on the space station. You see her nearly every day. What else do you want?”

“He wants to impress her,” commented Lieutenant Linda Kline, the interceptor’s weapons officer. She was a cute blonde and extremely talented.

“Afraid of some competition?” teased Mathew.

“No, we’re tight.”

Mathew looked around the small cockpit. There was just enough room for the three of them to sit comfortably and to reach all the controls. Mathew was in the front pilot’s seat, and the other two were in seats behind him. A small hatch led to another small compartment, a hold area, if needed for a lengthy stay in space.

“Our turn,” reported Rod, as a green light lit up on his console.

Moments later the interceptor hurtled from the launching tube and joined the other interceptors that belonged to the squadron. Rod quickly placed them in a wedge formation circling the space station and the interceptor launch facility. He knew it was only a matter of a few moments before the orders would be sent to attack. Looking out the cockpit windows at the other interceptors, he wondered how many would survive to return to base.

-

On board the main shipyard, General Weston had just given the orders to activate the energy shield and launch all the interceptors.

“Rear Admiral Collison is moving his fleet toward the Druins,” reported Lieutenant Brenda Willis. “The space station has launched their interceptors. Admiral Cleemorl’s fleet is dropping out of hyperspace between the space station and the Druins.”

“Earth’s defense grid has been activated. They are also launching the first squadrons of interceptors from the ground bases,” reported Colonel Julie Everett, General Weston’s second in command. “Luna City military command is activating the defense grid around the Moon as well. They’re launching all their interceptors but holding them in orbit around the Moon until needed.”

“The Druins are out of range of all our weapons,” added Major Glen Alexander, the tactical officer. “Weapons are online and ready to fire when needed.”

General Weston nodded. The Druins didn’t know it yet, but they had just jumped into the middle of a very nasty hornet’s nest.

-

Admiral Kreen’s gaze went back and forth from the tactical display to the viewscreens. Never had he seen such defenses.

“A second fleet of Imperial warships detected,” reported First Officer Falorr. “Fleet composition is 40 dreadnoughts and 230 battlecruisers.”

“We’re also detecting powerful energy shields around all their shipyards and space stations,” added the sensor officer. “Power readings indicate the use of very efficient and advanced fusion power plants.”

Admiral Kreen shifted in his command chair. This was the Confederation’s greatest fear. Finding an advanced world, heavily defended, and possessing fusion and antimatter weapons. Adding to the threat was the fact this was a world of Humans, and the Druins had been responsible for billions of Human deaths. That did not include the young Humans taken to the Confederation every year to work and then, as they aged, to be fed to the Lamothians.

“Estimate on the number of warships in the system?”

“Nearly one thousand,” replied the sensor officer. “Another large fleet is near the fourth planet, and other smaller task groups are scattered throughout the system. It also appears the fourth planet has been heavily colonized, as well as some of the moons of the fifth and sixth planets. There are also indications of mining in the system’s asteroid field.”

“How advanced is this system compared to the Human worlds of the former Human Empire?”

“At least on the same level or slightly above,” replied First Officer Falorr, studying some sensor readings of the planet and the shipyards and space stations.

“They’re so far from the Confederation,” commented Admiral Kreen, as he thought of the logistics of a major attack on this star system. “It’ll make destroying this system difficult.”

“Human fleets are nearly in engagement range,” the sensor officer informed Admiral Kreen.

Admiral Kreen nodded. “We will engage them.” Kreen wanted more data on what the Confederation faced in this star system. The loss of Druin warships was immaterial as long as the data was gathered. “Move toward the planet. I would like to attempt to bombard the surface to test the planetary defenses.” This would be invaluable information for future attacks.

-

The Druin fleet surged forward, putting some distance between them and Admiral Cleemorl’s fleet. Weapons fire quickly broke out between the Druins and Rear Admiral Collison’s ships. Fusion energy beams, antimatter, and fusion missiles slammed into energy shields on both sides.

The battle was intense, as the Druins tried to break through the Human lines to attack the planet, and the Humans were doing everything they could to stop them.

-

Admiral Cleemorl had ordered his fleet to speed up so they could strike the rear of the Druin fleet. The attack interceptors from the space station were on their way and would arrive shortly. Cleemorl had ordered the interceptors to concentrate their fire on damaged Druin vessels.

“The Druins are trying to break through Rear Admiral Collison’s lines,” Captain Fulmar pointed out.

“I can see that,” replied Dylan. “Concentrate our fire on the rearmost Druin vessels. We’ll see if we can weaken their fleet to the point they have to withdraw or face total destruction.”

There was no doubt in Dylan’s mind they now had the tactical advantage. The Druins were trapped between two Imperial fleets. Human reinforcements were close by, and thousands of attack interceptors could be called upon from dozens of Earth bases if needed. Not only that but the Earth was protected by a massive defensive grid, the likes of which had never been built before, not even in the former Human Empire.

The Themis vibrated slightly from weapons fire striking its energy shield. However, most of the Druin weapons fire was directed ahead toward Rear Admiral Collison’s fleet.

Even as Dylan watched, the squadrons of attack interceptors swept by, heading toward the rear of the Druin fleet. He was curious to see their effect on the Druins.

On the viewscreens, the front and rear of the Druin fleet formation was lit up by massive explosions. The same was true of the front of Rear Admiral Collison’s fleet. Even as Dylan watched, a dreadnought in the front line of Collison’s fleet was hammered by dozens of Druin antimatter missiles, causing its shield to fail. The ship tried to withdraw, but three antimatter missiles struck the hull, and the ship vanished in a brilliant explosion of antimatter energy. When the explosion died down, there was no trace of the ship, other than a few wisps of glowing gas and plasma.

-

Captain Barkley stared ahead at the Druin warship his squadron was approaching. The disabled Druin battlecruiser was drifting away from the battle. Its energy shield was nearly down, and several large rents were visible in its hull. “Alright, squadron,” said Barkley into his comm. “This is what we trained for. We’ll attack in groups of four. Each interceptor will fire two missiles until the target is destroyed. Use formation A2 to go in.” This formation required the interceptors to fly a ragged path, constantly swerving and changing course to avoid incoming weapons fire. “Lieutenant Stephens, take your group in first. Lieutenant Mallory, your group will be second. The rest of us will stand off to see the effects of your attacks.”

“Let’s go, group,” said Lieutenant Stephens over the comm. “Follow me in, and don’t fly straight!”

Captain Barkley watched as Stephens’s interceptor flew past his, followed by the other three interceptors in Stephens’ group.

The interceptors were constantly swerving and changing their vectors as they approached the Druin battlecruiser. Suddenly several fusion energy batteries fired at the interceptors. Several beams passed close by, but the Druin weapons were not designed to stop small vessels like the interceptors.

Lieutenant Stephens made his run, releasing his missiles and then pulling up and away from the battlecruiser. The two brilliant explosions caused the energy screen to flare and to show failure in a few spots.

The second interceptor released its missiles, with one impacting the screen and the second striking the hull of the battlecruiser. The blast caused the ship to break in two, with the pieces slowly drifting away from each other.

“No more missiles,” ordered Captain Barkley over his comm. “Use your energy cannons.”

For the next several minutes the squadron made several passes, riddling the two sections of the Druin battlecruiser with weapons fire. When they were done, both sections were lifeless hulks.

Captain Barkley nodded in satisfaction. “Alright, everyone. Form back up, and let’s go find our next target.”

-

In the Pallas Command Center, Admiral Reynolds was keeping track of the battle. He would not interfere unless it became absolutely necessary. He wanted his admirals and captains able to make decisions on their own.

“So far, so good,” commented Colonel Bryson. “We’ve destroyed nearly one-third of the Druin fleet.”

Reynolds nodded. “Yes, we have, but we’ve suffered losses as well.”

“Sixty-two battlecruisers and seven dreadnoughts,” replied Bryson. “We also have a number of ships reporting heavy damage that have been forced to withdraw from the battle.”

“We have repair facilities. The Druins do not,” pointed out Reynolds. “That’s something we need to think about when we attack the Druins in the former Human Empire. We need a way to repair our ships.”

“A mobile spacedock,” suggested Bryson with a nod. “Maybe several of them.”

Admiral Reynolds watched a large tactical display of the battle near Earth. Even as he watched, three more Druin red threat icons vanished, as well as two green icons. Reynolds let out a deep sigh. “We’ll win, but we’ll need to replace our losses before we launch our attack to free the Empire.”

“We still have a lot of ships in stasis,” Colonel Bryson reminded the admiral.

Reynolds leaned back in his command chair. “We’ll need to study all the data from this battle. We also need to investigate the wreckage of any Druin ships that we can. We’ll have a lot to do in the coming days.” Reynolds turned his attention back to the tactical display. The battle still had a way to go.

-

Rear Admiral Collison winced as another of his dreadnoughts was blown apart. It was obvious the Druins were targeting them. Even the Mercury, his flagship, had been shaken a number of times. Fortunately, with Admiral Cleemorl’s fleet coming up on the rear of the Druins’ formation, the battle was rapidly turning against the Druins. Latest data indicated the Druins were now losing three ships for every Human ship they destroyed.

“I don’t understand their strategy,” commented Captain Bryant, confused. “They’ve put themselves in a bad tactical situation with our fleet in front and Admiral Cleemorl’s behind them.”

Collison studied the tactical display. The Druin fleet was nearly to the front units of his own fleet. “They’re trying to push through to Earth to test its defenses. It’s the only explanation.”

“That’s suicide!”

“They’re Druins,” explained Collison. “They must feel the strategic data they’ll gain will be worth sacrificing most of their fleet.”

“Cold-blooded monsters,” muttered Bryant, shaking his head. “They have no regard for life, not even their own.”

“That’s something we need to remember. Because of them being a cold-blooded and a logical-thinking race with limited emotions, they will not fight a battle like we would.”

On the main viewscreen, a Druin battleship came apart. It had been the victim of multiple antimatter missiles and fusion energy beams.

-

Admiral Kreen gazed unfazed at the viewscreens as Druin ships around his flagship were being annihilated. Something he had never expected to see. “Order all ships to push through the Human fleet in front of us and attack the Humans’ world. We must see how powerful their orbital defenses are.”

“We will lose most of our fleet in the attempt,” pointed out First Officer Falorr.

“It does not matter as long as one vessel survives to take all the data we have gathered back to the Confederation.” Kreen was not fearful of dying. Logic dictated that he do what must be done for the Confederation. His emotions, while there, were buried deep within his mind. Very seldom did they reach the surface.

-

The Druin fleet began to push through the Human ships. Several times vessels collided, destroying both in titanic explosions that sent glowing debris flying across space. The pursuing Human fleet took advantage of the situation and decimated the Druin ships in the rear of its now shattered formation.

-

“They’re pushing through Rear Admiral Collison’s fleet,” Captain Fulmar was quick to point out.

“Order Rear Admiral Collison to reverse his fleet and stay in contact with the Druins. We’ll join up with his fleet shortly.”

“What about Earth?”

“I’m not worried about Earth. The defense grid should be able to handle what’s left of the Druin fleet. Any missiles the Druins launch, the grid and the attack interceptors should handle. Don’t forget the PDCs on the ground can take out ships as well as missiles.”

On the viewscreen, a damaged Druin battlecruiser was taken out by the attack interceptors from the space station. Dylan watched as they made their attack runs, which eventually led to the battlecruisers’ destruction.

“Those interceptors are doing a better job than expected. We may need to consider building some type of space carrier so we can deploy them in the Empire.”

“I agree,” replied Fulmar. “They’ve been impressive.”

Dylan turned his attention to the tactical display. Fewer than one hundred Druin warships were left, many of them damaged. “Let’s finish this.” With that, the Themis and its fleet darted forward, joining Rear Admiral Collison’s fleet. The final part of the battle was about to begin.

-

In the Pallas Command Center, Admiral Reynolds watched as the battle unfolded on the viewscreens and the tactical displays. The viewscreens showed views from the space station and the main shipyard. From their perspective, space was full of bright explosions and flashes of light from fusion energy beams.

“It’s almost over,” said Colonel Bryson. On the main viewscreen, the wreckage of destroyed warships, both Human and Druin, was visible.

“Nearly,” replied Reynolds in agreement. “The Druins seem intent on reaching Earth and testing its defenses.”

Bryson nodded. “We designed Earth’s defenses just for this. They should easily handle any Druin ships that get through.”

Reynolds looked at Colonel Bryson. She was standing next to him. “When this is over, I’ll be curious to hear what recommendations Admiral Cleemorl and Rear Admiral Collison have.”

“I’m sure they’ll have some,” replied Bryson. She pointed to one of the tactical displays. “Look. Some of the Druin ships have managed to make it through Rear Admiral Collison’s fleet.”

On the tactical display, several red threat icons were now through the defending fleet and heading toward Earth.

-

The orbital defense grid protecting Earth was fully activated. It consisted of two thousand small satellites armed with energy beams capable of taking out any inbound missile. In addition, two hundred large missile platforms were protected by their own energy turrets. Also forty large ODPs—Orbital Defense Platforms—were armed with missile tubes as well as fusion energy beam turrets.

On Earth’s surface were seventy PDCs—Planetary Defense Centers—all armed with missile tubes and fusion weapons. Not only that but over four thousand attack interceptors were based on the planet. One thousand of them were currently deployed just below the defense grid to take out any missiles that might get through.

-

General Weston watched intently as the survivors of the Druin fleet neared. Some were coming perilously close to the shipyard. “Major Alexander, fire as soon as any of those Druin warships come within range. I want them to know this shipyard is not something they want to tangle with.”

“Eighty-seven Druin warships have broken through Rear Admiral Collison’s lines,” reported Colonel Julie Everett, sounding concerned.

“The defensive grid will handle them. Those ODPs have the firepower of four dreadnoughts each,” Major Alexander informed them from tactical. “When you add in the missile platforms and the energy beam satellites, those Druin ships have as good of a chance of reaching Earth as a snowball does in hell.”

Even as Alexander spoke, the first ODPs fired while at the same time hundreds of missiles launched from the missile platforms. In only a matter of a few seconds the Druin ships were covered in massive explosions of energy. It was as if they had run into a stone wall in space.

-

Admiral Kreen stared unabashed at the viewscreens as his warships were obliterated around him. He had found out what was necessary. This was the most heavily defended world the Confederation had ever encountered by far. It was so heavily defended that Kreen was doubtful if the Confederation could successfully assault it without taking massive and crippling losses to the Confederations’ fleets.

“Turn us around and take us back into hyperspace,” ordered Admiral Kreen. He had seen enough. “All surviving ships are to do the same.”

“What about our missiles?” asked First Officer Falorr. “We haven’t launched any at the planet.”

“Do you see those defenses?” said Admiral Kreen, gesturing toward the tactical display. “None of our missiles would survive long enough to even reach the planet’s atmosphere.”

Falorr nodded in acceptance and gave the order to reverse course and to make the transition into hyperspace. Time to return to the Confederation and report.

-

Admiral Cleemorl watched as most of the surviving Druin warships made the transition back into hyperspace, escaping the battle. A few with damaged hyperdrives remained. “I want to attempt to capture those ships. We could gain some valuable tactical data. Inform Rear Admiral Collison to destroy all the working weapons on those battlecruisers and that one battleship. Then we’ll send the Marines to board.”

Cleemorl leaned back, satisfied. Only thirty-seven Druin warships had escaped. They had taught the Druins and hopefully the Confederation that the Earth Solar System was off-limits. To come here was death!

-

At Pallas in the Command Center, Admiral Reynolds finally allowed himself to relax. They had won a resounding victory against the Druins. Something that had never occurred before in the long history of the Confederation. “What were our final losses?”

“We lost 212 battlecruisers, 14 dreadnoughts, and 23 attack interceptors,” answered Colonel Bryson.

Reynolds winced at hearing the losses. A large number of crews had been lost. “What about the Druins?”

“They lost 197 battleships and 395 battlecruisers.”

Reynolds nodded. The human fleet had lost one ship for nearly every three Druin vessels they had destroyed. That was far better than what Reynolds had expected. Of course part of that was due to the Druin tactics they had employed. By testing Earth’s defenses, they had lost many of their warships, forcing themselves through Rear Admiral Collison’s fleet with Admiral Cleemorl’s forces hammering their undefended rear had been nearly suicidal.

“Admiral Cleemorl and Rear Admiral Collison are attempting to capture three heavily damaged Druin battlecruisers and one battleship that have all been disabled. Marines are currently storming the ships.”

Reynolds’s eyes widened in surprise. Leave it to Cleemorl to attempt to capture some Druin vessels. “Keep me informed of the progress. The information we can get from the Druins’ computers could be invaluable.”

“Should we lower the alert status?”

For the first time in several hours Admiral Reynolds smiled. “Yes, take the entire system to Condition Three. If nothing else shows up, we’ll go to Condition Five in the morning.”

Leaning back in his command chair, Reynolds knew the first major engagement of the new war against the Confederation was over. He also knew many more battles awaited them in the future.

Chapter Ten

In the Confederation, the Great Council was meeting in an emergency session. They had just received the full report from Admiral Kreen as to what had occurred in the Human star system containing Earth.

Ardon Reull was the current head of the council. He was a Lormallian, and his brother, Marlon, was the head curator of the archives on Bator Prime.

“This report from Admiral Kreen is very worrisome,” began Ardon, looking at the other six councilors. “It seems Earth is now a fully developed Imperial world. Indications are the planet may be even more advanced than the worlds of the former Human Empire.”

“How did this happen?” demanded Ralor Corr, the Zynth representative. His yellow reptilian eyes swept over the council. “Is this world a threat to us?”

“Undoubtedly,” answered Ardon. “The Humans of Earth have discovered what is happening to the Humans we are bringing to the Confederation. Word of that is bound to leak out to all the former Imperial worlds shortly. When it does we could be facing a massive rebellion.”

“Nothing must reduce our supply of Humans,” said the Lamothian representative. His name was unpronounceable. His name was more of a symbol than an actual word. “As a matter of fact, we would like to see a sizable increase in the near future. After all, the Humans have a population of over two trillion.”

Ardon shook his head. “Such an increase would result in a mass revolt on most of the Human worlds. Don’t forget what happened the last time we increased the Human quota. We had to drop antimatter missiles on over eleven of their worlds before they agreed to the increase.”

“Nevertheless, I request the council consider it,” responded the Lamothian stubbornly.

“We will consider it, but first we must decide what to do about Earth and the Humans there.”

“Allow us to send a warfleet,” suggested the Lamothian. “We will destroy their warships and then harvest the system. We will take all the Humans as food. It will be the greatest feast Lamothians have ever partaken in.”

Ardon considered the request. It would solve the problem of this Human world. “Admiral Kreen has informed us that it might take well over two thousand warships to conquer the system.”

“We have the ships,” replied the Lamothian. “Let us have the honor of taking these Humans. If the council agrees to that, then I see no reason to increase the quota of Humans we take from their worlds.”

A vote was taken, and it was agreed upon unanimously. The Lamothians would send their warfleet to Earth. The fleet would leave sometime in the next two months or as soon as it was ready. The council then turned to other business as the situation with Earth had been dealt with.

-

On Pallas, Linda Martin had been brought out of cryo sleep and was currently working with several other Humans and Imperials. “I tell you it can be done! You’ve seen the computers from the captured Druin warships. They have only minimal firewalls. I’m sure I can build a virus that can disrupt their systems.”

“Even so, we may only be able to use this virus once or twice,” commented Alicia, the female Imperial who was part of the group. “The seven races do possess very extensive firewalls on their computers inside the Confederation. Once they realize what we’ve done, they’ll place those firewalls in all their warships.”

“Even so, if we could use the virus in just one major battle, it could make a huge difference in the war,” persisted Linda. She gazed at the others in the group. “This is war, and we have to look at it one battle at a time. What do we need to do to win the next major battle? This virus could easily win us the next one.”

The others looked at each other and slowly nodded.

“Very well,” said Alicia, acting as the facilitator for the group. “Let’s design your virus. It will be up to the military as to how they use it.”

-

Admiral Reynolds was meeting with his admirals. Present were Admiral Cleemorl, Rear Admiral Leeson, Rear Admiral Collison, and Rear Admiral Stella Barnes, who was in charge of the Mars fleet. Admiral Leeson had only arrived the day before.

“Is everyone in agreement?” asked Admiral Reynolds.

“Captain Masters is definitely admiral material,” replied Admiral Cleemorl. “If not for the time he has spent in cryo, I’m certain he would have already received a promotion to that rank.”

“Very well,” replied Reynolds. “Effective immediately Captain Masters it elevated to the rank of rear admiral.”

“He should also be the one to lead the attack on freeing the Human Empire from the Druins,” said Cleemorl. “He knows more about the Empire and the worlds of the Empire than anyone else here.”

Admiral Reynolds shuffled through a stack of papers in front of him. Finding the one he wanted, he read part of it and then looked at the others. “I’ll be meeting with the Pallas Imperial Council later today. It’s time for us to decide upon waking the High Princess and her cousin, the Princess Krista. Does everyone agree the war has now started, and soon we will attempt to free the Human Empire?”

Everyone nodded.

This satisfied Admiral Reynolds. “Very well, I’ll inform the council of that. I also believe it would be wise to have Rear Admiral Masters there, as he knows the Princesses and how they will react to being brought out of cryo.”

“So, what else do we need to do to defend this system?” asked Reynolds, changing the subject. “What did we learn in the recent battles?”

Everyone looked at Admiral Cleemorl.

“Our fleets need to be bigger,” replied Cleemorl, placing his right hand on the conference table. “We need to practice our formations more, as well as our targeting. There were times in the battle nearly all our ships were targeting different Druin warships. Our ship captains need to learn to fight together. Two or three ships against one Druin. It will reduce our losses and will increase theirs.”

“Sounds reasonable,” replied Reynolds. “Anything else?”

“We need to bring the rest of our warships out of stasis,” suggested Rear Admiral Leeson. “That will allow us to increase the size of our fleets to the size we’ll need to free the Human Empire.”

Reynolds nodded. “I’ll inform the council. It will take us nearly three months to bring the rest of the ships out of stasis and nearly six months to get the necessary crews trained.”

“So, when do we launch our attack to free the Empire?” asked Rear Admiral Collison.

Admiral Reynolds took in a deep breath. “I’ll recommend we launch our first attacks in four months. We dare not wait too long after what happened with the Destiny in the Confederation and the battle we just fought here. Right now, the Confederation will be uncertain about what we’ll do next. For all they know, we built up this fleet and fortified this system to protect Earth from them. They may not suspect we’re getting ready to launch a full-scale assault to free the Empire.”

“One more thing,” said Admiral Cleemorl. “It became evident to me the attack interceptors performed much better than expected. They could be useful in our fleet battles. Can we build some type of carrier platform so we can take large numbers of interceptors with us?”

“We have already discussed that,” answered Reynolds. “We’ll also look at building some mobile shipyards so we can repair battle damage without the ships having to return to the Solar System.”

“How soon can we do all that?”

The mobile shipyards will be built in orbit around Pallas,” answered Reynolds. “We’re hoping to start construction by the end of the month. The same for the carrier ships. Once construction starts, we’ll see how fast it goes. With our construction robots, it should go rather quickly.”

-

The meeting lasted for another hour as they discussed fleet deployments and if any of the defenses around Earth, Mars, Pallas, the inhabited asteroids, or the moons of Jupiter and Saturn needed to be increased. Some minor adjustments were decided upon, particularly as far as how the attack interceptors were deployed. One of the suggestions from some of the rear admirals was to build several bases in the system where at least one thousand of the sleek and deadly attack interceptors could be based. They were easy to build, and already several construction lines were in place on Earth. That way they could respond to threats anywhere in the Solar System.

-

Andrew and Kala were in a cabin in the Rocky Mountains on Earth. They had just arrived earlier in the day. For the time being, they did not have a ship and had been given leave until a new ship became available. They’d heard rumors they were getting a modern dreadnought.

They were on the porch, watching the sun set behind the snow-covered mountains. They sat on a porch swing, wrapped in a heavy blanket.

“I hope it snows while we’re here,” said Kala, snuggling closer to Andrew.

Andrew knew Kala liked the snow. “I checked the weather forecasts, and we have a good chance of snow the day after tomorrow. It may snow several feet.”

Kala giggled. “Maybe we’ll get snowed in.”

Andrew smiled. Spending time alone with Kala was something he really enjoyed. “Will you be part of the crew on our new ship?”

Kala nodded her head. “Yes, there is so much about the Human Empire I want to know about. Besides, we should be quite safe on a dreadnought, shouldn’t we?”

“Maybe,” replied Andrew. “We’ll be in the Command Center, in the center of the ship. It’s the safest spot to be.”

Andrew didn’t mention that, if an antimatter warhead detonated against the hull of the ship, nowhere would be safe. He did have a few misgivings about Kala being part of the crew. One was that he would worry about her and bad things could always happen in space combat. In some ways he wished she would stay at Pallas. It was the safest place in the Solar System. However, if he was going into battle, it wasn’t fair for him to object to Kala doing the same thing.

-

They sat, watching the sunset, and then they both went inside. A fire burned in the fireplace, and the cabin was nice and cozy.

“How much time do you think we’ll have?”

Andrew looked at Kala. They were sitting on a couch, facing the fireplace. “At least a week, maybe two. The entire crew is on leave. It just depends on how soon our ship is ready.”

“Good, I want to go see my father while we’re here on Earth. I understand he is working on a dig site in South America.”

Andrew laughed. “I don’t know if your father will ever retire. He’s what? Over 130 now?”

“Yes, the Imperial life-extension drugs have worked very well for him. He says he still feels like he’s in his fifties.”

“I guess we better go see my parents as well.” They were getting up in years now, even with the drugs. Besides, once Andrew and Kala returned to Pallas, he didn’t know when they would have an opportunity to come back to Earth.

“Are you excited about seeing more of the Empire?” Kala asked Andrew.

“Yes, I’ve heard about it all my life. My parents used to show me books of what life in the Empire was like before the Druins attacked. I’ve spoken to several members of the crew who used to live on Golan Four. They’ve described the palace and some of the grand events that happened there, like the Imperial Balls held several times a year.”

Kala smiled. “I bet that came from Ensign Allert.”

Andrew nodded. “Yes, she seems to know a lot about the palace and what went on there.”

“I bet she got much of it from the two Princesses. They must have spent weeks together on board the Destiny before arriving at Pallas.”

“I’ve spoken some to Captain Masters. He feels certain they will rebuild the palace, once we free Golan Four.”

Kala nodded. “I would love to see it restored to its past glory. From what I’ve seen in the historical records, it was an awesome place and open to the public.”

Standing, Andrew warmed himself by the fire and then turned toward Kala. “How does pasta sound for supper?”

“Great! Not only is he smart, he can actually cook.”

Andrew laughed. “Pasta it is. Do you want to help with the garlic bread?”

Kala stood and, stepping forward, kissed Andrew gently on the lips. “I think I can handle the garlic bread and the oven.”

They both made their way to the small kitchen. They had at least a week to themselves, and they were going to take advantage of every blissful moment of it.

-

Captain Masters had been called to Admiral Reynolds’s office. He had no idea what the admiral could want, as Derrick had already gone through a thorough debriefing over the events in the search of the Confederation worlds and about the battle that had occurred afterward. Stepping inside, he saw both Admiral Reynolds and Head Councilor Drew Tristan.

“Sit down, Captain,” said Admiral Reynolds with a smile. “We have several things to discuss today.”

Derrick sat, curious to find out what was going on.

Admiral Reynolds slid a small blue box across his desk, as well as a sheet of paper.

Curious, Derrick opened the box, and his eyes grew wide when he saw the set of rear admiral pins and insignia. He looked up at Admiral Reynolds, who was smiling broadly.

“You’ve been promoted to the rank of rear admiral effective immediately. That piece of paper is signed by Head Councilor Tristan as the council has to approve all appointments of rear admirals or higher.”

“You’re well deserving of the promotion,” added Councilor Tristan.

Derrick didn’t know what to say. He had hoped someday to become a rear admiral, but he had not expected it so soon in his military career. “Thank you,” he finally said. “I won’t let you down.”

Councilor Tristan looked directly at Derrick. “One more thing of importance we need to discuss. It’s time to awaken the Princesses.”

“Layla and Krista?” Derrick felt a thrill of excitement run through him.

Councilor Tristan nodded. “We need to get them ready to return to the Empire. We want both of them to do some prepared speeches that we will broadcast across all of Human space.”

Derrick looked at both Pallas Councilor Tristan and Admiral Reynolds. “Are we reestablishing the Royal Line?” Derrick hoped they were or the Princesses would be very disappointed.

“It seemed to work fine for the Human Empire for a very long time,” replied Councilor Tristan. “So we’ll reestablish it with a few minor modifications.”

“What kind of modifications?” Derrick was concerned they wanted to restrict the power of the Royal Family.

“We’ll add an Imperial Council, like we currently have here. The council will be responsible for carrying out the King or Queen’s commands, as well as putting forth suggestions from the House of Worlds. The council will also have the authority to override a command of the King or Queen with a two-thirds majority vote.”

Derrick didn’t see anything wrong with that. Even in the past the High King or Queen had advisors to guide them with ruling the Empire. “Anything else?”

“Just some changes in the military to make it more efficient,” replied Admiral Reynolds.

Derrick now asked the question that had his heart racing. “When do we awaken the Princesses?”

Admiral Reynolds smiled. “Tomorrow. We have their Royal Quarters ready for them, as well as some Imperials who have been in cryo from the very beginning. Some have served as attendants in the Imperial Palace in the past and will be made available to cater to the needs of the Princesses.”

Derrick laughed. “I think you will find both High Princess Layla and Princess Krista to be very independent.”

“One other thing,” said Councilor Tristan. “We would like you to be there when they awaken.”

Derrick was both surprised and pleased by the suggestion. “May I request that Ensign Allert be present as well? She helped both of the Princesses considerably on our trip from Golan Four to Pallas.”

Councilor Tristan nodded. “That sounds reasonable. We’ll call you when it’s time to bring the two out of cryo.”

-

There was a lightness in Derrick’s steps as he left the admiral’s office. Finally the Princesses would be awakened. He could hardly contain his excitement.

-

The next day Derrick and Brenda waited outside the Royal Cryo Chamber, waiting to be called in. Inside a team of doctors and medical technicians were making the preparation to awaken the Princesses.

“You have a gleam in your eyes I haven’t seen in a while,” commented Brenda, with a knowing smile. She knew Derrick had a thing for the High Princess. The big question was, how did the High Princess feel about Derrick? Perhaps they were both about to find out.

Derrick looked startled and faced Brenda. “Does it show that much?” He had tried to hide his feelings for the High Princess. After hearing Brenda’s comment, he knew he hadn’t succeeded.

Brenda smiled. “Only a few of us know. Don’t worry. Your secret won’t get out.”

Derrick was about to say something else when one of the medical technicians opened the door. “The two of you can come in. We’re about to start the awakening process.”

Derrick and Brenda went inside and saw the two chambers that held the Princesses. Both were still frosted over, obscuring the view of the two.

“Procedure is starting,” Dr. Porter said. Porter was the leading specialist in cryogenic suspension on Pallas.

Derrick could hear a low hum coming from both cryo chambers. The frost on the top of the glass cases slowly evaporated. In just a few minutes the two Princesses were visible. Both wore delicate white robes, which were almost see-through. Derrick had to fight hard to keep his eyes from wandering.

-

Several more minutes passed as the doctors and the medical technicians made minor adjustments to the cryo chambers. Occasionally Dr. Porter would step over and look at his two patients.

“They’re almost awake,” Porter said, as he studied the readings on the small computer panel on each case. He reached out and pressed a green button on each cryo chamber. Instantly the lids slid open, allowing some coldness to filter into the room.

Derrick’s gaze was now focused on High Princess Layla’s face. He waited for her eyes to open. He knew at first she would feel disoriented. Over one thousand years had passed since she went into cryo. Most of the people she knew were long gone. The Empire she cherished and loved was only a weak facsimile of what it once was. She had gone into cryo with the hope of someday restoring the Empire to its former glory. Now that time had finally arrived.

-

High Princess Layla Starguard felt extremely disoriented and cold. She shivered and tried to open her eyes. Everything was blurry, and she heard voices talking. She tried to remember where she was, and then, in a rush, it all came back. Her brother? Where was her brother? “Where’s Aiden? Is he safe?” she managed to whisper. Her throat felt so parched she could barely speak.

“Just relax, Princess,” spoke a familiar voice. “You’ve been in cryo, and we’re just now waking up you and Princess Krista. Listen to Dr. Porter, and he will help you through this.”

Why was that voice so familiar? Suddenly her eyes cleared, and she noted she was inside a glass case in a medical facility. Layla tried to sit up but found she was too weak. A steadying hand from one of the female medical technicians helped her into a sitting position.

“Drink this,” instructed the lab tech. “It will help to restore your strength. You’ve been in cryo for a very long time.”

Layla slowly drank the warm concoction in the cup. Almost immediately she felt her strength start to return. She handed the cup back to the medical technician and looked around the room. The first people she saw that she recognized were Captain Masters and Ensign Allert. She felt relieved and strangely safe knowing they were here.

“How long?” she asked, looking at Captain Masters. Her eyes widened when she realized he wore the insignia of a rear admiral.

“Over one thousand years, Princess,” answered Masters softly.

“Help me out of this chamber,” ordered Layla. She had spent enough time slumbering. It was time to resume her duties as High Princess of the Empire.

Two of the medical technicians rushed to help Princess Layla from the chamber. She stood, shivering and swaying slightly. The two medical technicians kept a steadying hold on her arms. She looked down and realized she wore a very thin and almost see-through white robe. “I need some appropriate clothes.”

“They’re in the next room, Princess,” said Ensign Allert. “If you will come with me, I will help you get dressed.”

Layla nodded. She was glad Brenda was here. Standing tall and proud, Layla walked with Brenda to a door and through it. She would not allow the fact she was standing in front of Rear Admiral Masters and others nearly naked bother her.

As they entered the small dressing room, Layla saw some of the clothes she had brought on board the Destiny laid out for her.

“I hope you don’t mind,” said Brenda. “I picked out an outfit for you that I thought would be appropriate. We put your clothes in stasis. The rest are in the Royal Chambers we’ve prepared for you here inside Pallas. A shower is through that door, if you want to freshen up. I know that I did, when I was brought out of cryo.”

Layla nodded. She was anxious to ask some questions, but first she needed to prepare herself. A shower sounded very enticing at the moment. “The shower first,” she said, nodding to Brenda. “Are they waking Krista up now?”

Brenda nodded. “She should be joining us shortly. I have her clothes ready as well.”

Layla smiled. “You would make a fine Royal Attendant, Brenda. Maybe you should consider it. It has many privileges I believe you would enjoy.”

“Maybe sometime in the future. But now is the time for war.”

Layla nodded. She understood Brenda’s dedication to Rear Admiral Masters and to returning the Empire to its former glory. Layla planned on playing a very big role in that as well.

-

Derrick watched as Princess Krista was awakened. As soon as she was out of the chamber, she looked at Derrick and turned slightly red.

“This doesn’t cover much up,” she said, forcing a smile.

Derrick laughed. “You’re beautiful no matter what you’re wearing, Princess. High Princess Layla is waiting for you in the next room. Your clothes are there as well.”

“Thank the Empire,” said Krista, relieved. “I was hoping I wouldn’t have to walk through Pallas like this.”

Two of the medical techs took Krista by the arm and led her into the next room.

“Things will change a lot now, won’t they?” said Dr. Porter, watching as Krista vanished through the door. “The council has been used to running things for over a thousand years.”

“High Princess Layla is the rightful ruler of the Human Empire, including all the Imperials here on Pallas,” replied Derrick. “The council will realize who is in charge as soon as they meet her.”

“What’s the High Princess like?”

Derrick smiled, recalling the weeks he had spent with her on the Destiny and here on Pallas. “She’s strong spirited and intelligent. She’s also very compassionate toward the people of the Empire. Not much will get past her. She knows how to use her Imperial influence to get what she wants.”

Dr. Porter laughed. “I’m curious to see what happens when she meets the council.”

“I can promise you this. Before she leaves the council chamber, she will be running things. She’s been trained all her life on how to take control and how to get people to do her bidding.”

Derrick could hardly wait to see how all this played out. A number of people currently awake were Imperials from the Empire. They would rally around the High Princess at just a word from her.

Taking a deep breath, Derrick knew one thing for certain. With the two Princesses awake, the war to free the Empire would soon be in full swing. The next few weeks would be very interesting.

Chapter Eleven

Derrick was headed to the council meeting with High Princess Layla and Princess Krista. It had been two days since the two Princesses had been awakened, and a busy two days it had been. Derrick had given both girls a complete and in-depth tour of Pallas. They had gone on board a docked battlecruiser and a dreadnought. In both instances, the captains had been expected to explain in detail the capabilities of their ships. Derrick had been surprised at how knowledgeable Princess Layla was. She later explained she had gone on board her brother’s dreadnought several times.

Both Princesses had listened spellbound as Derrick explained what had happened to the Destiny and the terrible secret that had been discovered about the millions of humans taken to the Confederation every year.

Earlier in The Day

“Eaten?” uttered High Princess Layla, her face showing her shock. “How could such an advanced race be so barbaric?” Layla had to sit down, as she digested the terrible secret she had just learned.

Derrick shrugged his shoulders. He didn’t know the answer to that question. “They consider Humans to be an exotic food.”

High Princess Layla stood and took several steps around her quarters before she turned to face Derrick. “We must bring this travesty to a stop. Every day we delay the attack on the Druins to free the Empire, more of our people are being harvested to become food. I will not allow that to continue. How soon can we launch a major attack?”

“The attack is planned four months from now. We need to finish some defenses here in the Solar System and building several new types of ships. Also we have a computer programmer from Earth who has developed a computer virus she says will shut down the Confederation warships.”

“A virus?” said Krista, looking stunned. “Aren’t computer viruses outlawed in the Confederation and upon all worlds that we know of?”

Derrick nodded. “Yes, they are. We feel fairly certain the Confederation has firewalls to prevent the use of any computer viruses there. But, as of now, their ships are not equipped with those protective firewalls. Linda Martin—she’s the computer programmer from Earth—believes, once we use this virus, the Confederation will quickly place the necessary firewalls on all their warships to protect them.”

High Princess Layla looked thoughtful. “So this is a weapon we can only use once or twice before it becomes ineffective.”

“Yes, Princess,” replied Derrick.

“What if we use our fleets to infect the entire Druin fleet in the Empire at the same time? Is that possible?”

Derrick was surprised at the question. “I suppose it’s possible. It would take some coordination. Once word of the first virus attack reaches the Confederation, they will send the necessary firewalls to the ships using hyperlight transmission.”

High Princess Layla slowly nodded her head. “If we can destroy the Druin ships currently in the Empire, we will bring the harvest of our people to an instant stop. Once I tell them of the horrible injustice that has been done to the people of the Empire, they will rally to our cause and will become part of the war effort. In time we will make the entire Confederation pay for what they have orchestrated.”

The Princess squared her shoulders and looked directly at Derrick. “For the time being, you are my military advisor. Can you make arrangements for me to address the Imperial Council this afternoon?”

“Yes, High Princess,” replied Derrick.

High Princess Layla looked startled. “In private, I want you to call me Layla, and I’ll call you Derrick. Is that permissible?”

Derrick nodded. “Yes.” Derrick knew it would take him a while to actually use her first name. “I’ll make the arrangements for you to meet the council.” One other thing Derrick would make sure of. The viewing stands would be packed with Imperials from the Human Empire who had been in cryo since they arrived on Pallas over one thousand years ago. They would know how a Royal Princess should be treated.

Later That Afternoon

Derrick and the two Princesses headed to the council meeting. Six Imperial Guards who had been in cryo acted as escorts and wore the correct uniforms as well as the purple capes that designated their esteemed duty to the protection of the Royal Family. Even Derrick wore a cape, as he would be acting as High Princess Layla’s military advisor.

“How do you think they’ll react?” asked Layla.

“Not well, Princess,” replied Derrick. “They have been in charge for a very long time, though their terms of service are limited to five years.”

Layla smiled. “I’ll try to let them down gently.”

They reached the ornate entrance of the council chamber with the large starburst on a background of stars on the doors, the insignia of the Human Empire. High Princess Layla looked approvingly at the insignia. She hoped it was a good sign for what was ahead.

Captain Averson, the captain in charge of the Imperial guard detail, opened the door and paused. He waited until he had the full attention of everyone in the room. Then he spoke in a loud and commanding voice. “High Princess Layla Starguard, the hereditary ruler of the Human Empire, and her cousin, the Princess Krista Starguard, second in line to the throne.”

Immediately in the background, the Imperial March, the anthem for the Human Empire, began playing. All of the Imperials in the viewing stands instantly stood, as well as two of the councilors who were original Imperials and who had been in stasis for over one thousand years. The other councilors looked around in surprise and slowly stood as well.

Princess Layla made her entrance and paused. She looked around the council chambers and smiled at the Imperials in the viewing stands. She then turned to Captain Averson. “I don’t see an appropriate chair for myself and Princess Krista.” Both Princesses wore gowns with a short train, as was appropriate wear for the Imperial Court.

The captain nodded and spoke briefly to two Imperial guards. This had been expected. The guards left and returned quickly with two large high-backed chairs with purple cushions on the seats. The chairs were quickly taken and placed behind Head Councilor Drew Tristan.

Princess Layla and her entourage than moved to the newly placed chairs, with Princess Layla sitting down, and everyone else still standing.

“You may sit down,” she said in a pleasant but firm voice.

Everyone took a seat, unsure of what would happen next. Head Councilor Drew Tristan had to turn around to see the Princess.

High Princess Layla took a moment to allow her gaze to drift over the council. She took another moment to smile at the Imperials in the viewing stands. “I am the High Princess Layla Starguard, hereditary ruler of the Human Empire and all its citizens. With me today is my cousin, Krista Starguard, who is second in line to the throne. Rear Admiral Derrick Masters will be acting as my military advisor, and Captain Averson is in charge of the Royal Guards.” Layla then nodded to Derrick. They had rehearsed how all this would go. It was vital that everyone realized early on that High Princess Layla was now in charge.

“I am acting as the High Princess’s military advisor. I have already informed her of what has happened in the Human Empire, as well as our foray into the Confederation. I have shown her videos of what is happening to the Humans who are being taken to the Confederation, as well as the battle with the Druins that occurred in this star system. She has also been made aware of our current fleet strength, as well as what our future plans are to free the Empire from the Druins and the Confederation.” Derrick then returned to the right side of Princess Layla.

“I am pleased with what has been accomplished here at Pallas,” began Layla. “Project Exodus was my brother’s plan to ensure that, if our Empire was to fall, that someday it could be restored. I also want to take this time to recognize Earth as an independent Human world, not under the rule of the Empire. At a future time, if Earth so desires, it will be allowed to petition to join. There are many benefits to being a member world of the Human Empire. I would now like the Imperial Council to brief me on what is currently occurring in this Solar System and what its plans are for the war. Head Councilor Tristan, if you would begin.” Just like that High Princess Layla Starguard had laid her claim to absolute authority over the Imperials in the Solar System.

Head Councilor Tristan stood and bowed to the High Princess. He knew a new era had begun with the awakening of the last two survivors of the Royal Line. He also knew the High Princess had been trained all her life to take command over the entire Human Empire. He strongly suspected it would be wise of him to recognize that.

-

For the next several hours the various councilors explained to the High Princess what had occurred in the past in the Solar System and what their ultimate plans were. Occasionally Layla would stop them and request more detailed information. In the past she had sat in on many of her father’s meetings in the Royal Court and with his military advisors, so she knew the types of questions that needed to be asked and clarified.

Finally Layla felt she had heard enough for today. She stood and addressed the council and the Imperials in the viewing stands. “I want to thank everyone for your patience today in explaining what has been occurring on Pallas and in the Solar System. It sounds as if everyone has done a fine job of preparing this system for war against the Druins and the Confederation. One thing I would caution you about. Don’t underestimate the Confederation and their reaction when they realize the true threat this star system represents. My father and his advisors made that mistake, and it resulted in the fall of the Empire. I do not intend to allow that to happen a second time.” Layla then nodded at Captain Averson.

“This meeting of the Royal Court is now over,” announced Captain Averson. “Feel free to stay and to discuss items of interest among yourselves. The High Princess will be available tomorrow, if anyone has questions for her to answer.”

With that, the Royal Guards and Rear Admiral Masters escorted High Princess Layla and Princess Krista out of the council chambers, shutting the doors behind them.

“How do you think I did?” asked Layla, looking at Derrick. “Did I come on too strong?”

Derrick shook his head. “No, if we want to reestablish the Royal Line as the true rulers of the Empire, you did just fine. It helps that we have two original Imperials actually on the council.”

Layla nodded. She had tried not to lay it on too thick. “Would you like to join Krista and me for the evening meal?”

Derrick was surprised by the offer. “I would be delighted to.”

“Informal,” added Krista, grinning. “I don’t like sitting around all the time in these gowns.”

-

Later Layla and Krista were in their quarters. They were quite lavish and very similar to what they had enjoyed back in the Royal Palace. Also several former Palace attendants were in quarters next door, who could be called upon when needed. Layla was quite impressed by what had been done for the two Princesses.

“Did you see the videos of what the Imperial Palace looks like now?” asked Krista. She sat on a comfortable couch, sipping an iced tea.

Layla nodded. “It was depressing seeing how much it has fallen into ruin. Once we free the Empire, it needs to be rebuilt to its former glory. The Palace is a house of the people of the Empire and represents our freedom and power.”

“What did you think of the Imperial Council?”

Layla laughed, as she sat across from Krista. “They seemed decent enough. It’s just been a long time since any of them had to answer to a member of the Royal Family. I actually think the council can be very useful. We had a number of councils made up of members of the House of Worlds that served various useful purposes. We must remember that, while the Royal Family is a constitutional monarchy, we serve the will of the people.”

A sly smile crossed Krista’s face. “What do you think of Rear Admiral Masters?”

Layla’s face turned a little bit red. She really liked the dashing fleet officer. His dark hair and tan features reminded her a lot of Aiden. “He seems very talented and has been very supportive of us. I enjoy being in his company.”

“He’s good-looking too,” said Krista, grinning. “I suspect we’ll see a lot of him.”

“Maybe,” replied Layla. She knew Krista was very good at reading her innermost feelings.

Krista stood and looked at Layla. “What should we have for the evening meal? Do you want something simple or lavish?”

“In between,” replied Layla. “No fancy china or anything like that is necessary. I just want a nice relaxing evening, where we don’t have to act like Princesses.”

Krista nodded. “I can relate to that. I’ll go speak to the attendants and see what I can arrange. Do you want them to serve the meal, or should we?”

“We will,” answered Layla. “I don’t want it to appear we can’t do anything on our own.”

-

Rear Admiral Derrick Masters had just finished dressing for his expected evening meal with the Princesses. He wore a simple admiral’s uniform, such as he would wear on board ship. A knock came on his door, and, opening it, he found Ensign Allert standing there, a big smile on her face.

“Big plans for tonight?”

Derrick indicated for Brenda to come in. “Evening meal with the Princesses.”

Brenda stopped and examined Derrick’s uniform approvingly. “You’re dressed right. Nothing fancy and not too many medals.”

Derrick sat and looked at Brenda. “How well do you think the Princesses are settling in?”

“Fine,” answered Brenda. “They’re adapting very quickly. I watched the council meeting today. It was broadcast throughout all of Pallas. The Princesses seem to be very popular.”

“That’s good. Our people are used to the Imperial Council ruling. It’ll be a little different with the Princesses.”

Brenda laughed. “I can’t wait for the first Royal Ball.”

Derrick sighed. “I guess I better brush up on my dance moves.”

“If you need someone to help you, I’m available. I used to be a pretty good dancer.”

Smiling, Derrick nodded. “I’ll keep that in mind.”

“Does Princess Layla know how you feel about her?”

Derrick was startled by the question and then slowly shook his head. “No, I’ll just wait and see what happens. She may never consider me for such a relationship.”

“She’s a fool if she doesn’t,” replied Brenda as she stood. “I better get going. I have a date tonight with a certain Lieutenant off the battlecruiser Centauri.”

Derrick had to smile. Brenda was someone who was very outgoing and always laughing. “Have fun.”

Brenda paused as she prepared to leave. “Any word on our new ship yet?”

“Not yet. I’m meeting with Admiral Reynolds tomorrow afternoon to discuss it. Maybe I’ll know more then.”

-

Layla had just finished dressing for the evening meal. She had decided on a simple sundress as appropriate. Nothing fancy but still comfortable. It showed just a slight amount of cleavage but not enough to be too revealing.

“That looks nice,” commented Krista. She was dressed similarly, except her dress was much shorter. Krista had always been the more risqué dresser.

“Is the food ready?”

Krista nodded. “It’s in the warmer. We can serve it whenever.”

“What do we have to drink?”

“I choose an Earth wine. They have several that taste very nice and are similar to what we had on Golan Four.”

A thoughtful look passed over Layla’s face. “We need to plan a trip to Earth to meet their leaders. Particularly since they will be involved in the war.”

“That can wait. We need to establish ourselves here first before we make the trip to Earth. I have to admit though, being out in the open, where you can see the blue sky, sounds wonderful.”

“I saw some pictures of Earth. It’s 70 percent water with huge oceans. It looks very similar to Golan Four.”

Krista grinned. “When we go, we’ll have to arrange for a tour of the planet. I would love to walk in the sand next to an ocean. I used to love hearing the ocean waves on the shoreline.”

Layla looked at the time. It was nearly time for Rear Admiral Masters to arrive. Layla hoped everything went well tonight. She owed a lot to the rear admiral. She also very much enjoyed his company.

-

Derrick arrived at the Royal Quarters, where an Imperial Guard stood. Upon seeing Derrick, he knocked on the door and announced his presence. The guard then opened the door and indicated for Derrick to enter. Going inside, he found Krista waiting for him.

“You look beautiful as usual,” Derrick said, with a slight bow.

Krista giggled and smiled. “I’m so glad we can be ourselves around you. You have no idea how hard it is to be a Princess and to do everything expected of us.”

“I can imagine.”

“If you will come with me, Layla is waiting in the dining room. She’s busy getting the food out of the warmer. I just hope she doesn’t drop anything. She seems unusually nervous.”

“Nervous? Why?”

“That you will have to figure out yourself.”

Derrick wondered what Krista meant by that remark, as they walked through the expansive Royal Quarters to the formal dining room with a large ornate table, easily capable of seating twenty people. However, for tonight, only three places were set on one end.

“You’re supposed to sit at the head of the table,” explained Krista. “This is very informal tonight, and we just want to enjoy a nice relaxing evening. After all,” Krista said with a smile, “it’s been over one thousand years since we’ve done this.”

Layla came in, carrying several dishes of food. She smiled upon seeing Derrick. “I’m so glad you’re here. Krista and I both have some questions for you about today’s proceedings in the council. We wish your advice on what to do next. We also wish to just spend some time being ourselves.”

“You have no idea,” said Krista. “Our parents expected us to be proper Princesses at all times. I’m just glad that Layla and I had each other, or I don’t know what we would have done.”

“Don’t forget about Aiden,” said Layla. “He was always getting us into trouble when we were younger.”

Krista went to get more of the prepared food, leaving Layla alone with Derrick. “I hope you don’t feel too uncomfortable being around us.”

“I feel fine. After all, we spent over four weeks together on the Destiny when we were traveling to Pallas.”

Layla sat, indicting for Derrick to do the same. “It’s just hard to accept that over one thousand years has passed. I couldn’t believe the condition of the Imperial Palace. Do you know if the Imperial Library survived?”

“I believe it did,” answered Derrick. “At least that’s what I’ve been told.”

Krista came in, carrying two more plates, heaping full of food. “I hope the two of you are hungry. I think the cook got carried away.”

“Would you pour the wine?” asked Layla.

Derrick took the bottle from the ice and opened it. He then poured modest glasses for all three of them.

“Let’s eat!” said Krista, as she sat. “I’m starving.”

Layla laughed. “You’re always hungry. I don’t see how you stay so slim.”

“Exercise,” replied Krista, as she filled her plate. “I can eat all I want as long as I follow my workout routine.”

Derrick smiled to himself. The two Princesses, when they were by themselves, seemed like any other young women.

They continued to eat their meal and to engage in small talk. Every so often all three of them would burst out laughing.

When the meal was over, Krista volunteered to clear the table. Layla led Derrick back into the living area, and both sat down on comfortable sofas across from one another.

“What was your life like before you joined the fleet?” Layla was curious to learn more about Derrick’s background.

“My father was a professor at the Imperial University on Golan Four, and my mother was involved in the legal profession. My parents said I was always starstruck, wanting to someday travel to the stars. When I got old enough, they arranged for me to take a trip to some of the nearer star systems with some other students. When I returned, I knew I would join the fleet. I transferred to the Fleet Academy on Golan Four and finished my studies there in four years and was then assigned to a light escort.”

“When did you get the Destiny?”

“Several years afterward I was assigned to the escort. I had just met your brother at a fleet seminar. I didn’t realize who he was, and the two of us spent nearly an hour discussing tactics and the Druins. A week later I was assigned to the Destiny as its captain.”

“Aiden,” murmured Layla with a sad look. “I really miss him. He would be a great help in our current situation. He was well trained in being a fleet admiral. I wonder what his life was like on Earth.”

Derrick looked thoughtful. “Would you like to find out?”

Layla’s eyes widened. “Is it possible?”

“Let me talk to Andrew Wilcox. He’s a member of my crew and an Earth Imperial. From what he’s told me, some secret history books about the Earth Imperials have details from their early years on Earth. I’m sure your brother would be mentioned.”

“Can you find out? I would greatly appreciate it.” Layla really wanted to know what had happened to her brother. She hoped he had lived a long and pleasant life on Earth.

Derrick nodded. “I’ll talk to Andrew and see what he can do.”

Krista came back into the room and sat next to Layla. “What did I miss?”

-

For the next several hours the three talked as if they had known one another for years. Finally Derrick stood. “I better be going. All three of us will probably be busy tomorrow.”

Layla walked Derrick to the door. “I really enjoyed tonight. Perhaps we can do this again.”

Derrick nodded. “I would like that.”

Layla stepped forward and gave Derrick a light hug. “Just don’t ever be a stranger.”

As Derrick left, he wondered what that light hug had meant. He decided not to read a lot into it. However, he could not prevent his mind from wandering.

-

“I saw that!” said Krista, grinning. “For a moment I thought you would kiss him.”

Layla turned slightly red. “I’m a Princess. I don’t kiss on the first date.”

Krista laughed. “I have a feeling we’re going to see a lot of Rear Admiral Masters.”

Layla shook her head. However, she hoped Krista was right. Layla had really enjoyed her time with Derrick tonight. She hoped it was only a beginning.

Chapter Twelve

Rear Admiral Cleemorl was on board his flagship, the Themis. His fleet had been greatly augmented, as had been decided in the last admiral’s meeting. They had decided the current fleets were too small to adequately respond to a Confederation attack.

“That’s better,” commented Captain Fulmar, gazing at the main tactical display, showing the 507 ships of what was now being called the First Fleet. On the tactical screen, a large grouping of friendly green icons surrounded the Themis, some 490 Imperial battlecruisers and 17 dreadnoughts.

“Now we just need to get all these captains to understand how important it is to rapidly change fleet formations,” said Dylan, knowing they had a lot of work ahead of them. The bigger the fleet, the harder it was to handle.

“We need to keep it simple,” suggested Fulmar. “This fleet is far bigger than anything we’ve handled in the past.”

Dylan nodded in agreement. “We’ll work on three basic formations to begin with. A globe formation for defense, a wedge formation for attacking, and a basic line formation which can be used for defense or offense.”

“Sounds good,” replied Fulmar. “Which do you want to do first?”

“The globe formation. We’ll make a short hyperspace jump to just outside the orbit of Mars and then see how quickly we can get into formation without crashing into one another.”

Fulmar turned toward Lieutenant Trent Newsome, who sat in front of the communications console. “Inform the fleet we’re about to make a short hyperspace jump. Coordinates will be transmitted from the Themis. As soon as the jump is complete, all ships are to move into formation G1 as quickly as possible without endangering other ships. Jump will be sometime in the next five minutes.”

Dylan leaned back in his command chair. He had plans for nearly a week of drills before the fleet would return to Pallas. He already missed Cheryl. Since moving in together, their relationship had returned to what it once was before she fled Lydol Four. It was almost as if they were on a long honeymoon.

“Stand by to make the transition into hyperspace,” said Fulmar. He looked at Navigation, now linked to all the other ships in the fleet. “Take us into hyperspace.”

Almost instantly the Themis made the transition into hyperspace, exiting a few seconds later, just beyond the orbit of Mars. Around the Themis other Imperial warships began to appear. As soon as the entire fleet was present, the ships began moving into the globe formation.

-

In space, a number of ships had emerged from hyperspace out of position. Their captains, upon seeing this, quickly tried to move back where they were supposed to be. Several vessels nearly collided, but fortunately safety measures built into the navigation system prevented any collisions, though there were several near misses. A number of crewmembers suffered minor injuries due to the sudden course corrections made to avoid other vessels.

Several captains could be heard over the comms, screaming at one another after a number of near misses. Ships seemed to be going in every direction with little semblance of order.

-

Admiral Cleemorl now stood, watching in disbelief as the fleet struggled to get into the proper formation. He winced when a battlecruiser cut right in front of a dreadnought. With a deep sigh, he realized this would be a long week.

Captain Fulmar was on Communications, directing any ship moving too slowly or in the wrong position. Several times he swore, as captains just didn’t seem to understand what he wanted. Finally the fleet was in a globe formation, but it was ragged.

“Well, that was interesting,” commented Dylan cryptically to Fulmar. “I’m just glad a Druin fleet wasn’t waiting for us, or we would have lost a lot of ships.”

Fulmar nodded in agreement. “A few of those captains need a good dressing down.”

“I’ll address the fleet, and then we’ll make a transition to the orbit of Venus and try again.”

Dylan pressed the button on his command console that allowed him to address all the fleet captains. “This is Admiral Cleemorl. I have never seen such a poor job of ships getting into a defensive globe formation in my life. If the Druins had been waiting for us, many of you would be dead. We’ll do this again and again until we get it right. Keep in mind that someday your lives may depend on this.”

Captain Fulmar gave the fleet half an hour to prepare for the next transition. During that time both he and Captain Fulmar spoke to a number of fleet captains, explaining what they had done wrong. At the end of that time Dylan gave the order to jump once again.

-

For the next week, the First Fleet made short hyperspace jumps all over the Solar System. After each jump the fleet would rapidly move into one of the three formations that Admiral Cleemorl was determined they learn. At the end of the week he was satisfied that, in most situations, the fleet would be able to perform as he wanted.

“Take us back to Pallas. We’ll let everyone have a two-day pass. Then we’ll come back and go through all this again.” He wanted these formations to become automatic with his ship captains. There could be no hesitation or doubt, or lives would be lost.

Dylan leaned back in his command chair. His gaze was focused on the tactical display, showing the entire Solar System. Numerous green icons were everywhere. Some were Imperial ships on patrol, and others were civilian cargo, passenger, and mining vessels. Once he returned to Pallas, he had a meeting scheduled with Admiral Reynolds and the other fleet admirals. Cheryl had also promised him something special upon his return. He couldn’t wait to find out what it was.

-

Rear Admiral Leeson was on patrol just outside the Kuiper Belt. His fleet was stationed in the most likely region a Confederation fleet would approach from. His fleet had also been greatly augmented. He now had 623 Imperial warships. He had 580 battlecruisers and 43 dreadnoughts. His fleet was heavy in dreadnoughts, as they would be the first to engage the enemy.

Also on board his flagship was Linda Martin and Alicia Morr, who had brought on board a new computer program to use against the Confederation.

“Explain to me again how this will work?” asked Leeson. He wanted to ensure he understood what the two wanted to do.

Linda frowned. She wished people understood computers as well as she did. “As you know, we captured several Druin warships. We managed to download a considerable amount of information from their computers. We also found out they have extremely weak firewalls protecting their computer systems. The Confederation uses highly networked ships, so they can limit their crew sizes.”

“What we want to do is take advantage of the vulnerability currently in their ships,” added Alicia. “We have constructed a new computer virus—or a worm, if you want to call it that.”

“And what will this worm do?” asked Leeson.

Linda grinned. “It will completely shut down their ships. We’ve set it up so the first thing it will do is disable communications and then weapons. After that it will work itself through the ship, shutting down all the systems one at a time, until the vessel is completely defenseless.”

Rear Admiral Leeson leaned back in his chair, looking stunned. “It will make them totally powerless.”

Alicia nodded. “It should. Or at least it has in the tests we ran.”

“However, there is a problem,” said Linda, her brown eyes narrowing.

“What’s that?” He suspected there would be a catch. There always was.

“It will probably only work once or twice,” replied Alicia. “Once the Confederation figures out what we’re doing to shut down their ships, they will install much stronger firewalls in their computers. Once they do that, our virus will no longer be effective.”

Rear Admiral Leeson looked thoughtful. “So, for one or two battles, we can annihilate whatever Confederation fleet we’re facing?”

Both girls looked at each other and nodded.

“So, why are the two of you on board my flagship?”

“Admiral Reynolds believes there is a good possibility of a second attack against the Solar System by the Confederation. We have the new virus with us. If an enemy fleet does appear, we will attempt to use a weaker form of the virus against it. Hopefully it will allow you to destroy the fleet, and the Confederation will never hear what happened. The fleet will just have vanished, for all they will know.”

“Why a weaker form?” asked Leeson. “What if it doesn’t work?”

“We want to use a weaker form, so, if the enemy fleet does manage to get the word back to the Confederation of what we’re doing, they will underestimate us. If the weaker form doesn’t work, we also have the full-strength virus with us as well. One way or another we’ll shut down the enemy fleet.”

Rear Admiral Leeson nodded. He hoped the enemy wasn’t coming again, but it looked as if Admiral Reynolds and others in command thought there was a good possibility of a second attack. One thing Leeson knew. Since the first attack by the Druin fleet had failed, the second attack would be much stronger.

Captain Phillip Newman looked at Rear Admiral Leeson after the two women left. “A virus,” he said, shaking his head. “I hope the damn thing works.”

“So do I,” replied Leeson. He looked at the closed hatch and then spoke. “I learned years ago to trust Linda Martin. Her hacking program gave us control of the eight stations of the Druin interdiction system. The woman is brilliant where computers are concerned.”

Newman nodded. “Let’s hope she is this time too. If not, we may have one hell of a battle on our hands.” Newman looked as if he would say more and then continued. “Do you think command would be willing to let us send out some battlecruisers to set up an early warning system? Ten battlecruisers placed abut twenty light-years toward the Confederation would cover a wide area of space with their sensors. Just maybe they would pick something up.”

Leeson shook his head doubtfully. “Don’t forget. Ships can’t be traced while they’re in hyperspace unless they’re very close together.”

“I know, but, just maybe, the Confederation fleet will drop out of hyperspace before attacking. If they did, we would have a decent warning that they were coming, as well as an estimate of their ship strength.”

Leeson considered Captain Newman’s suggestion. “I’ll pass on your recommendation to command and see what they say.”

Looking up at the main viewscreen, all he could see was a sea of stars. They were close to one of the battlestations, and occasionally a pair of attack interceptors would appear out on patrol. Currently Leeson had his fleet patrolling back and forth between station two and station three. It had been quiet so far, and he wondered how much longer that would last.

-

Rear Admiral Stella Barnes gazed at the largest of the many viewscreens on the front wall of the Command Center of the dreadnought Phobos. The planet Mars was in the center, and she marveled at the changes that over sixty years of terraforming had brought. Now nearly 32 percent of the planet was covered in water. The atmosphere was nearly Earth normal, and a slight atmospheric retention field surrounded the entire planet, keeping the atmosphere intact and at a reasonable pressure.

“Two hundred and twelve million people,” commented Captain Kerry Borrel. Her deep blue eyes gazed at the viewscreen. “I’ve heard they want to hold the population around three hundred million.”

Rear Admiral Barnes nodded. “Yes, they feel that’s a good-size population for Mars. Remember. It’s much smaller than Earth.”

Stella turned her gaze toward the tactical display. Her fleet was set up in ten squadrons, each patrolling above the planet at an orbit of thirty thousand kilometers. Her fleet had been augmented some. She now had three hundred battlecruisers and twelve dreadnoughts.

“Have you been to Venus recently?”

Rear Admiral Barnes shook her head. “No, but I hear it’s changing rapidly.”

“Massive rainstorms,” replied Kerry. “I heard one of the terraformers comment that some days it rains as much as twenty inches in some regions.”

Rear Admiral Barnes knew the water was coming from the massive ice asteroids being dropped into its thick atmosphere. The terraformers claimed, in another twenty years, people would be able to walk around on the surface of Venus. It would have a tropical climate and probably considerable rainfall. A special energy field was already in place around the planet to reduce the radiation from the sun.

“I wish we had another twenty years to prepare for this war,” said Captain Borrel.

“We’re ready,” replied Rear Admiral Barnes. “The battle against the Druin fleet proved it. From what I’ve been told, no Confederation fleet has ever been defeated.”

Kerry nodded. She had been raised on Pallas and knew in detail what the Druins and the Confederation had done to the Human Empire. She hoped Earth was never on the receiving end of that.

-

In the Confederation, above the planet Lamothia, a massive fleet had gathered. Nearly two thousand battlecruisers and seventy battleships were preparing to set out for the Bacchus Region and eventually the planet Earth. In the center of the fleet were six hundred large cargo vessels. These ships would bring back over twelve million Humans to serve as food in special feasts on the six Lamothian worlds. That fleet would be sent back time after time until all the Humans had been removed from their planet. There would be huge feasts for years to come. Feasts like the Lamothians had not celebrated in thousands of years.

In orbit, the Lamothian admiral pushed a control button on the panel in front of him with one of his appendages. “All ships prepare to enter hyperspace. We are ready to begin our journey to the food world of Humans. May your feasts be enjoyable and filling.”

Moments later the fleet vanished from orbit as it entered hyperspace for its four-week journey to the Human planet Earth.

-

On board Earth’s space station Gateway One, Colonel Loren Henderson had just approved the expansion of the attack interceptor facility. He would feel much more comfortable with several hundred of the interceptors to help defend the now-massive station. The station had a full-time crew of 2,200 who worked around-the-clock, servicing ships going to various destinations in the Solar System. Most ships simply stopped by to resupply and for minor repairs. Anything major was done at one of the two huge civilian shipyards in orbit around Earth.

Leaning back in his comfortable chair behind his desk, he looked across it at Major Patricia Marcus. “It’s been quiet since the Druin attack. I don’t like it.”

“I agree. It’s like waiting for the next bomb to drop. I can’t believe they won’t try again.”

Loren let out a deep breath. “Admiral Reynolds agrees with me. The Druins seriously underestimated us the first time around. They won’t make that mistake again.”

“Then what will we do?”

Loren’s eyes narrowed. “We set a trap. A computer trap. We’ll use a computer virus to try to disable the next Confederation fleet that attacks us. Immediately after that, we’ll launch our attack to free the Human Empire from underneath Confederation rule.”

Patricia’s eyes widened. “So soon?”

Loren nodded. “If we don’t, we lose the element of surprise. Also, by shifting the war to the Empire, we take the Confederation’s mind off Earth.”

Switching his gaze to the large viewscreen on the far wall, Loren could see one of the six ODPs that now orbited the space station. Construction crews were now working full-time building ODPs around all the shipyards, space stations, and inhabited planets and moons in the Solar System, preparing for a massive attack by the Confederation.

Loren let out a deep sigh. The system had now switched over to a wartime economy due to the Druin attack. The attack had served to unite the entire system. The few who had been holdouts had quickly changed their minds when they saw the Druin fleet and its wild charge to get to Earth.

Patricia stood and walked to the far wall, looking at the two paintings. They had hung on the wall for nearly seventy years. One was of the Moon, and the other was of Earth. Both were beautiful and very realistic. “What do you think will happen when we start the war in the Empire?”

Loren shook his head. “That is something a lot of people have been working toward for a very long time. There’s no way to guess how it will end. That’s one reason we are making the Solar System into a fortress. We want one place where the Human race will always be free from the Confederation.”

“Freedom,” said Patricia. “It’s something so many people take for granted. They don’t realize how many people have to die to keep them free.”

Nodding his head, Loren knew how right Patricia was. The war ahead would be long and brutal. Freedom was once more about to take a huge toll in Human lives.

-

Admiral Reynolds looked down at the green surface of Ganymede. It was the largest of the Jovian moons and the most heavily colonized. The moon now had an atmosphere and an atmospheric retention field. It also had a special energy field that magnified the radiation from the sun to warm up the frigid moon. Over twenty million Humans now lived there.

Today Admiral Reynolds was in the Imperial Dreadnought Dassault, examining the defenses that had been emplaced around the moon. Ganymede was 3,275 miles in diameter and orbited Jupiter every seven days.

“It’s hard to believe that’s Ganymede,” commented Captain Everett. “It sure has changed a lot.”

Admiral Reynolds nodded in agreement. Thirty percent of the moon was now covered in water. The moon was a little bit drier than Earth or Mars with their larger oceans. “Take us closer to the space station.”

A large space station orbited above Ganymede. It had several small repair bays to service the large number of mining ships active in this part of the system. Jupiter had a massive moon-mining operation. Many of the smaller moons that orbited the large gas giant were rich in minerals.

Reynolds’s gaze was drawn to Jupiter, the largest planet in the Solar System. The great red spot was still barely visible. Over the years it had shrunk, and most likely would vanish completely in a few more. Jupiter had over seventy-five moons. Several science stations were on one of the smaller moons. Metis was only 128,000 kilometers from the huge gas giant and was an ideal place to observe Jupiter. The small moon was only forty kilometers in diameter. Some were even smaller.

After a few minutes the space station became visible. The natives called it Ganymede Central, as it pretty much controlled the space traffic throughout the Jovian system. The station was a large tri-ringed structure with two repair bays at the bottom of the station. Numerous ships orbited the station, some waiting to unload cargoes and others waiting for shuttles to ferry the crews down to Ganymede itself.

“Busy place,” commented Captain Everett.

“They have a big mining operation going on,” answered Reynolds. “Ganymede has the largest population of the four inhabited moons. Contact Colonel Green,” ordered Reynolds. “He’s in charge of the station as well as the defenses we have placed in orbit. Inform him that I’m coming over for an inspection.” It had been several months since Reynolds’s last inspection, and the station was due for another. During his last visit, he had made a number of recommendations to improve the defenses for the station and for Ganymede.

-

Admiral Reynolds had boarded his shuttle and was on his way to Ganymede Central. As he watched through the cockpit windows, he saw several small prospector ships docking to various docking ports. The prospectors were a ragtag group and spent most of their time either in the asteroids searching for riches or out in the Kuiper Belt. Many had struck it rich, but a large number had gone bust.

“We’ll be docking shortly,” reported the pilot, as he adjusted the controls in front of him.

A few moments later the small shuttle slid into the open docking hatch and smoothly sat down. The hatch closed, and a number of dock workers swarmed out to resume their work. While the hatch had an atmospheric retention field as a safety precaution, the workers were evacuated anytime the hatch was opened. This was a safety precaution that Admiral Reynolds approved of.

A number of other shuttles were in the bay, some being loaded and others unloaded. Reynolds saw Major Gina Nelson come through a hatch and stop next to his shuttle. Going down the ramp, Reynolds greeted the major. “Hello, Major Nelson. Is the station ready for an inspection?”

Major Nelson frowned at a couple scruffy-looking asteroid prospectors and nodded. “As well as it can be.”

Reynolds had to laugh. No one cared for the prospectors, but they provided a valuable service in searching out minerals and resources for all the foundries and factories involved in the war effort. “Where’s Colonel Green?”

“He’s in docking bay seven. He’s handling a problem with several of the miners. He’ll join us as soon as he can. In the meantime I’ll be glad to show you around. I believe you’ll be impressed at what we’ve accomplished since your last inspection.”

-

Major Nelson led Admiral Reynolds through the station, explaining all the changes that had been made. Several times they had to go through security check points manned by Marines. Finally they entered a large bay filled with attack interceptors.

“Most of our interceptors are based on Ganymede. We currently have eighty on the surface and another fifteen here. Colonel Green wants two hundred based on Ganymede to better protect the entire Jovian system.”

Admiral Reynolds nodded. Everyone wanted more interceptors after the battle with the Druins. The Earth production lines were now running around-the-clock, trying to fill all the orders. He also knew four dreadnoughts and ten battlecruisers were assigned to protect the four inhabited moons as well.

The tour continued, going through Engineering, inspecting the repair docks, and the large med-bay which was fully staffed with doctors and nurses. They were set up to handle a major emergency if necessary. They were going through life support procedures when Colonel Green joined them.

“Sorry I’m late. Two of those damn miners were fighting over a claim. Both were claiming the same location on an asteroid. I sent them to the brig for twenty-four hours to cool off.”

Admiral Reynolds was glad he didn’t have to deal with those types of problems. “Let’s go to the Command Center and discuss the defenses we’ve added to the Jovian system.”

“I think you will be impressed,” replied Colonel Green.

They made their way through several busy corridors and then took a turbolift to the command level. A few moments later they were inside the large Command Center, which was a beehive of activity as the officers operating the consoles were responsible for all ship traffic throughout the Jovian system. Three officers manned a very large tactical console. Several banks of viewscreens showed views from all over the Jovian system. Hundreds of small observation and sensor-collecting satellites were in orbit around the gas giant and its moons.

Admiral Reynolds’s gaze noted the one showing Europa. This moon was an oddball in the Solar System. It was the only place besides Earth where life had developed. Since the terraforming, the moon was now covered by 80 percent water with most of the landmass being large islands. It only had a population of six hundred thousand, with many of those being research people studying the strange life-forms in the deep oceans of the moon.

“Give me a rundown on your current defenses.”

Colonel Green nodded. “We have four ODPs circling Ganymede as well as two hundred defensive satellites. On Ganymede itself we have eighty attack interceptors on the surface and fifteen in one of the bays of this station. The station itself is heavily armed with fusion energy beam turrets and twenty missile launch tubes. We also have a powerful energy shield that can be used to protect the station if need be. Two hundred Marines are assigned to the station, and we have several large assault shuttles available for them, if the need ever arises. We currently have twenty-two million people living on Ganymede.”

“What about the other moons? How are they defended?”

“Europa has forty defensive satellites in orbit, and that’s it at the moment. I have requested another twenty be made available for its defense. At Callisto we have eighty defensive satellites, and I’ve requested another forty. Also one ODP is in geosynchronous orbit above the main population centers on the moon. The last population count showed we have a little over six million people living there.”

“What about Io?” Io had several large active volcanoes.

“It’s been terraformed, but, due to the volcano activity, people still live in protective domes,” replied Colonel Green. “Slightly over one million people are on Io, with most of them involved in mining operations. Only twenty defensive satellites currently orbit that moon.”

“What about the other moons?” Reynolds knew the Jovian system had around eighty moons, many of them rich in mineral deposits.

Colonel Green shook his head. “Thirty independent mining settlements are scattered about on the different moons. Some range from only a few hundred people to several thousand. We have interceptor patrols that check on them daily.”

“I’ll see about assigning more attack interceptors to you as soon as possible,” said Reynolds, realizing Colonel Green’s resources were really stretched. “I’ll get you more satellites and another ODP for Callisto. I want those people protected.”

“Thank you, Admiral,” replied Colonel Green, looking relieved.

-

Admiral Reynolds spent a few more minutes talking to the colonel and the major before heading back to his shuttle. His next stop would be Saturn and its large number of moons. Fortunately only Titan had been heavily colonized, although a number of small mining colonies existed on a large number of Saturn’s other moons. Titan had a population of over seven million, with many of them involved in mining operations of some sort.

Letting out a deep breath as he climbed on board his shuttle, Reynolds wondered what defenses Colonel Edwards would want added to the Saturn system. Everyone wanted more of everything, and, for now, the wants were far greater than the production. When he returned to Pallas, it would be necessary to see what could be done to speed up or to increase production of some of the needed military hardware. Reynolds just hoped he could get everything done before the next Confederation attack, which could occur any day.

Chapter Thirteen

Admiral Cleemorl was back on Pallas, which was now busier than ever as the center for the defense for the Solar System. In orbit around the asteroid were six ODPs, covering all the possible approaches. Also a large number of defensive satellites and missile platforms were in orbit. On the surface large defensive installations could provide more heavy weapons fire, if needed. Overall, Pallas was a veritable fortress.

Dylan had given the crews on his ships a two-day leave. The crews would rotate, allowing only a fraction of them to be on leave at a time so as not to overwhelm the facilities on the asteroid. Dylan currently stood in one of the large landing bays, watching as several thousand crewmembers disembarked from shuttles to begin their leaves.

“I’m glad you’re back.”

Dylan turned toward the pleasant female voice behind him, seeing Cheryl standing there. Without hesitation he took her into his arms and kissed her. Immediately a chorus of wolf whistles broke out from some of the crewmembers passing by.

Cheryl turned red and giggled. “I guess I still have it.”

“You definitely do,” replied Dylan, smiling. “Let’s go get something to eat before all these fleet personnel overwhelm the restaurants.”

“No problem,” answered Cheryl. “I’ve already made reservations.”

Dylan noted with satisfaction that several of his officers were controlling the disembarking crews. “Let’s go.” Dylan was ready to spend some alone time with Cheryl. Next time he took his fleet out, he had two weeks’ worth of maneuvers planned. If the Druins returned or another Confederation fleet, Dylan planned on being prepared. The drills the past week had shown him what his fleet needed to work on.

It didn’t take Dylan and Cheryl long to make their way through the numerous corridors to the main turbolift junction. From there they entered a turbolift that took them deep beneath the asteroid to the civilian sections. In the last sixty years, these had been greatly expanded. Now nearly one million people were inside Pallas, working on the war effort.

The restaurant Cheryl had selected was a small eating place with dim lighting and candles on the tables. Inside, Dylan saw it was full of mostly couples, enjoying a romantic meal together. “I hope this is a good indication of what’ll transpire later.”

Cheryl laughed. “I have a special night planned. I can’t wait to show you what I’ve done while you’ve been gone.”

Dylan nodded. He had a suspicion Cheryl wasn’t talking about a romantic evening but something else. He wondered what she had been up to now.

-

Admiral Reynolds stood in the underground Command Center, gazing at several of the tactical displays, currently for Mars and for Earth, so he could study the defenses they had operational to date.

“We’re getting stronger every day,” commented Colonel Bryson, standing next to the admiral.

“But is it enough?” Reynolds was worried what would happen if a massive Confederation fleet showed up. He wasn’t as confident in the new virus as Linda Martin was. “In another year, we’ll be there. Right now I feel we’re still vulnerable.”

“You think they’ll attack us again?”

Reynolds nodded. “That’s what I would do. Some of the Druin fleet escaped. They took back a lot of data on our defenses. It’s only logical that, after studying that data, they would send a much more powerful fleet to attack us. One they feel could win.”

Colonel Bryson looked at the tactical displays. “We’ve taken nearly 70 percent of our ships in stasis and put them on active duty. We still have a number of crews to train before we can take out the rest. Between us, Earth, and Mars, we’re building new ships constantly that are then put into service. The Fleet Academy on the Moon has been expanded to help train all the crews that are needed. We just can’t do everything in one day.”

Reynolds let out a deep sigh. “I know. I just wish we had a little more time. I greatly fear our time is about to run out.” His gaze returned to the tactical displays, wondering what else Pallas could do to prepare for the expected attack. He wanted a decisive advantage over the attacking fleet.

-

After their romantic meal, Dylan expected Cheryl to take them back to her yacht. Dylan had almost gotten used to the luxury that Cheryl’s yacht represented. Instead she took him to one of the new residential areas, only recently constructed deep beneath Pallas. It was different as this residential area had actual homes in it. It was built in a large cavern two miles in length and nearly one mile wide. The roof covering the area was a good five hundred feet above and painted to resemble the sky as seen on Earth.

Several large residential neighborhoods had been built here, as well as a single street full of small businesses and restaurants. It was like a small city.

“Why are we here?” asked Dylan, confused.

Cheryl grinned as she flagged down a small electric taxi. “Just be patient, and I’ll show you.”

A few minutes later they pulled up to a medium-size house in one of the residential neighborhoods.

Getting out, Cheryl gestured toward the modest home. “Do you like it?”

“I’m confused. What are you showing me?”

Cheryl laughed. “Our new home. I bought it!”

Dylan looked at Cheryl in amazement. “You’re giving up your yacht?”

“Not quite, I had it put into stasis. If I ever need it, it will be there. Let’s go inside. There’s so much I want to show you.”

Dylan was nearly speechless as Cheryl led him inside. While the house wasn’t nearly as opulent as the yacht, it still possessed a large number of elements that definitely displayed Cheryl’s enjoyment of some of the better things in life. Dylan had to laugh when she showed him the small fully stocked wine cellar beneath the home. “Why did you decide to do this?”

Cheryl let out a deep sigh. “I really enjoyed living in the yacht with you, but our space was severely limited. I think and hope this will work out better for us. Do you like it?”

Dylan took Cheryl’s hand. “I think this is a great idea. Now I will have you and a real home to come back to. We can make some very good memories here.”

Cheryl smiled and kissed Dylan. “Just make sure you always come back. Now, let’s go look at the hot tub on the back porch.”

Laughing, Dylan allowed Cheryl to lead him outside. She seemed so happy with the new house. He did have to admit that this was one of her better ideas.

-

Lamothian Admiral Zahn—the nearest Human pronunciation—was in his Command Center, studying the disposition of his fleet. A large holographic display showed the current formation of the Lamothian fleet as it traveled through the Bacchus Region.

“What is the greatest danger we will face in this Human system?” inquired his second in command in a rasping voice.

“We must not underestimate our adversary, as the Druins did,” answered Admiral Zahn. “The Humans in this system have demonstrated they can be quite dangerous. That is one reason why I am bringing such a large fleet to ensure our victory.”

His second in command nodded, as much as their bodies allowed. Lamothians didn’t really have a neck. Their large head was connected directly to their torso, which was very wide. “We must be careful not to kill too many of them. This world could be a good food resource for us for many years to come.”

Another of the sluglike Lamothians waddled over to where the two officers stood. Krek, the science officer, stated, “We should destroy all their weapons and ships. Once they are helpless, we can remove whatever Humans we wish from their world. If we continue to allow them to reproduce, we could have Humans available for feasts for a very long time.”

Admiral Zahn turned toward Krek. “That would involve us keeping a large fleet presence in this system for possibly generations.”

“True,” replied Krek, “but you enjoy the taste of Human flesh as well as I do. Just imagine having an unlimited supply available for years to come.”

“You mentioned a breeding program?”

“Yes, I have discussed it with several of my colleagues. Our government has even approved the idea. While we’re in the Earth System, I’m supposed to collect data to see if a successful breeding program is possible. Just imagine breeding the Humans to where their flesh is even more succulent.”

“It will drive the bidding in the food markets to new highs,” replied Admiral Zahn. “How do we go about deciding which Humans to breed?”

“By taste,” answered Krek. “I plan on doing considerable sampling once we have secured Earth. It will be part of my research.”

“We have to conquer Earth first,” Zahn reminded Krek. “While I fully expect to do that, it may be a difficult task. Don’t get too far ahead of yourself.”

“How soon before we reach the Earth System?”

“Two more weeks,” Zahn replied. It concerned him that Krek was more concerned about how the Humans would taste rather than the dangers in this mission. While Zahn expected his fleet could suffer some serious losses while battling Earth, however, capturing a world full of Humans would be well worth the losses the fleet might incur. It opened up many possibilities for the future.

-

Pallas Admiral Reynolds had called a meeting of most of his fleet admirals. Only Rear Admiral Leeson was absent. His Second Fleet was still on patrol out near the Kuiper Belt. Admirals present were Admiral Cleemorl of First Fleet, Rear Admiral Barnes of Third Fleet, Rear Admiral Collison of Fourth Fleet, and newly promoted Rear Admiral Masters, who would be in charge of Fifth Fleet, as soon as the ships were brought out of stasis and the crews trained.

“Everyone here is familiar with what happened when the Druins attacked Earth,” Reynolds began. “While the Druins were soundly defeated, a small part of their fleet did manage to escape and no doubt took considerable tactical information back to the Confederation. We’re here today to discuss if the Confederation will attack again and, if they do, when that might be.”

“The Confederation moves very slowly most of the time,” commented Derrick. “Sometimes it takes them years to make a decision.”

Admiral Reynolds looked intensely at Rear Admiral Masters. “Are you saying it might be years before they attack Earth again?”

Derrick shook his head. “No, that decision has already been made and was why the Druins were here to begin with because of this new situation. To the best of my knowledge, no Confederation fleet has ever been defeated. They’ve lost occasional warships but never an entire fleet, like they did this time. Plus our stealthed search of the Confederation, which exposed the Lamothians’ human food auctions, was an unprecedented event as well. Both of these must have frightened the Confederation. For the first time in memory, the Confederation may feel threatened. If they do, another attack would have been launched almost as soon as they learned of the defeat of the Druin fleet.”

Admiral Reynolds leaned back in his chair and folded his arms across his chest. “So, you’re saying we could see a second attack any day now?”

Derrick nodded. “Yes, it’s very possible. I believe the second—and bigger—attack fleet has probably already been launched.”

Everyone in the room grew quiet. They had all believed a second attack was coming but not so quickly.

“What should we do?” asked Rear Admiral Collison. “All of us have crews on leave, except Rear Admiral Leeson.”

“Recall them immediately,” suggested Derrick. “We have to be ready when the Confederation shows up.”

Admiral Reynolds put up a hand. “Let’s not rush into this. Rear Admiral Masters, how large a fleet do you think we’ll be facing?”

“A much larger one. The Confederation knows we defeated the six hundred ships of the Druin fleet. I believe we’ll be facing one at least twice that size or even larger.”

A frown crossed Admiral Reynolds brow. “All of you are aware of the new virus Linda Martin has devised to make Confederation ships powerless?”

Everyone nodded.

“Unfortunately we don’t know if it will work. If Rear Admiral Leeson can intercept this inbound Confederation fleet, he will attempt to use the virus to immobilize the enemy’s ships.”

“What are the odds of it working?” asked Admiral Cleemorl.

“Fifty-fifty,” answered Reynolds. “We tried it against some of the systems on the Druin ships we captured, and it successfully shut them down. However, we have, as of yet, to try it against a fully functioning warship.”

“Interesting dilemma,” commented Admiral Cleemorl. “If it works, Rear Admiral Leeson’s fleet will easily destroy the inbound Confederation fleet. If it doesn’t, it might take all of us to stop them.”

“That’s one reason why Rear Admiral Leeson has such a large fleet,” explained Reynolds. “If the virus fails, Leeson will have to hold out until we can get reinforcements to him. I would like to keep this battle outside the main parts of the Solar System, if possible.”

-

For the next hour the admirals discussed different strategies. In the end they decided to wait another forty-eight hours before recalling all the ship crews. At that time the entire system would go to a Condition Four alert—a heightened alert level, suggesting the possibility of an attack sometime in the near future.

As they were leaving, Admiral Cleemorl stopped to talk to Rear Admiral Masters.

“It appears you may be thrown into the fire quicker than we thought,” commented Dylan.

“I don’t have much of a fleet yet. I do have a new dreadnought as a flagship and a few battlecruisers.”

Dylan nodded. “It’s a start. Have you seen the Princess?”

Derrick smiled. “I’m acting as her military advisor, so I see her and Princess Krista on a pretty regular basis. As a matter of fact, I must go report to her the results of the meeting we just had.”

“How bad do you think this next attack will be?”

Derrick hesitated and then answered. “They’re coming. The Confederation will now consider Earth to be a major threat. They’ll hit us with a massive fleet and will hope to overwhelm our defenses, and then they’ll bombard Earth and all the colonies in the Solar System out of existence. That’s what we have to stop.”

Dylan let out a deep sigh. He had suspected as much. “Let’s just hope this new virus of Linda Martin’s works. I’ve seen what a planet looks like after the Druins bombard one.” Dylan was referring to his home world of Lydol Four.

“It’s our best chance of buying more time to get the Solar System ready,” answered Derrick. “Tomorrow I’m supposed to take the Princesses to Gateway Station to meet with the military leaders of Earth, as well as several of the main political leaders. It should be interesting.”

“I imagine anything involving the Princesses will be interesting. I already understand High Princess Layla has taken control of the Imperial Council.”

Derrick laughed. “She’s a pro. It’s what she has been trained for her entire life. It also helps that she’s beautiful and highly intelligent.”

Dylan smiled. “I understand Princess Krista is as well.”

A sober look crossed Derrick’s face. “They’re lucky to have one another. They’re first cousins and have always shared a lot of things, even in the Royal Palace.”

Dylan nodded. “Guess I better go find Cheryl and explain to her why our plans for the week have to be cut short.”

Derrick laughed. “Good luck with that.”

Dylan nodded. Maybe it would be wiser to tell her in the morning. Cheryl was always more reasonable after a good night’s sleep.

-

The next day Derrick was in the Command Center of a small destroyer-size warship especially constructed to carry the two Princesses. It had light weapons, a powerful energy shield, and was extremely fast. It was also completely stealthed.

The ship had two Royal Suites, one for each of the Princesses, as well as six more lavish quarters for guests, a large conference room, and a well-stocked cafeteria. The ship had a crew of 130, numerous Royal Stewards, and a number of the Royal Guards on board.

The ship’s name was the Starburst. Derrick thought the name fit the ship well.

“This trip would be much faster if we made a short hyperspace jump,” complained Captain Orin Darlu, an Imperial from Pallas.

Derrick shook his head. “The Princesses will seldom use a hyperspace jump inside a star system. By traveling in the manner we are now, they are announcing their presence to the entire Solar System.”

Captain Darlu nodded his head in understanding. “I’ve read up on the Royal Family and what happened to them in the final days of the Empire. I guess I have a lot to learn. Maybe I should spend some time reading more about the Royal Family and my duties as the captain of their ship?”

“That might be a good idea, though I think you will find both of the Princesses to be very understanding about any lack of etiquette. Don’t forget. Prince Starguard himself set up the Sanctuary Project,” Derrick reminded the captain. “If not for him, none of us would be here today. The Princesses also know that a lot of time has passed and that things are not what they once were.”

On the tactical display, Derrick noted the four Imperial battlecruisers serving as their escort. The Princesses would never be allowed to go anywhere without proper protection.

-

Krista was in Layla’s quarters, discussing the upcoming meetings. “It’s just like we were back home. Our fathers expected us to participate in meetings all the time.”

“It was part of our learning experience,” replied Layla, as she brushed her hair. She sat in front of a large mirror so she could get every strand in its correct place. She preferred it shoulder length, while Krista’s was much shorter.

“Do you think we can get Derrick to show us around Earth while we’re there? You haven’t had any alone time with him for quite a while. Our duties have taken up too much of our time.”

Layla let out a deep sigh. “We’re the last of the Royals. We have our duties to attend to. Our time does not belong to us. It now belongs to our people.”

Krista curled up her nose and put her hands on her hips. “I still think that sometimes we should be allowed to be ourselves. Maybe we can invite Derrick for a private meal again. I know you really enjoyed the last one.”

Layla turned to face Krista. “While I like the idea, we don’t want to get any rumors flying. Too much is at stake. We must concentrate on building up this alliance with the Earth Humans. All of our energy must be focused on freeing the Empire. That’s why we were sent to Sanctuary and why we went into cryosleep.”

Krista’s shoulders drooped. “I know you’re right. This will just be so hard on both of us.”

Standing up, Layla came over and gave Krista a brief hug. “Don’t worry. I promise I’ll arrange some us time soon. I’ll include Derrick, and maybe he can bring another officer along.”

Forcing a smile, Krista nodded. “I don’t know if I even remember how to act on a date, it’s been so long. At the Palace all our dates were highly supervised.”

“It’s a different time now, and, unless I’m mistaken, we’re the ones who will be making up the dating rules.”

Krista’s eyes brightened. “That’s right. For a moment I had forgotten.”

“One other thing. We’re meeting with some of Earth’s Imperial Council. They’re bringing some old history books of the early days, when the first Imperials were stranded on Earth. Maybe we can find out what happened to my brother and your parents.”

“I would like to know. I hope they were happy on Earth.”

Layla checked the time and was surprised how much had passed. “We better get ready. We’ll be meeting the Earth Humans and some of the Earth Imperial Council in a few more hours.”

Krista left to go to her quarters. Layla summoned one of the female stewards who served as her primary attendant. She wanted to make a good impression in the meeting. This alliance would be very important. She had to present herself as the rightful ruler of the Human Empire. In order to do that, she had to carry herself with confidence and poise. Something her father and mother had instilled in her from birth.

-

Several hours later the Starburst docked at Gateway Station. Colonel Henderson and Major Marcus were both there to greet the Princesses, as well as an honor guard.

Upon disembarking from the Starburst, the two Princesses gazed at the assembled honor guard as the Imperial March played in the background.

Princess Layla paused politely in front of the honor guard, nodding her approval. Then she moved to Colonel Henderson, who she knew from her briefing from Derrick was an Earth Imperial. “You honor me and the Empire with your greeting.”

“Welcome Princess to Gateway Station,” Henderson said with a slight bow. “I hope you find your stay enjoyable.”

“I’m sure I will,” replied Layla. “I believe we have a tour of the station planned before we begin our meetings.”

Colonel Henderson nodded. “Yes, I’ve arranged for a brief tour, and the main conference room is already set up for later. All the attendees are already here and should be assembled by the time we’ve finished our tour.”

“Excellent,” replied Layla. She turned and indicated for Derrick to step forward. “I believe you know Rear Admiral Masters. He is acting as my military advisor.”

“Yes, I know Rear Admiral Masters. You made a wise choice in choosing him for your advisor. He will give you sound advice and explanations on military matters.”

Derrick stepped forward and shook Colonel Henderson’s hand. “Let’s begin the tour. We have much to discuss today.”

-

For the next hour Colonel Henderson took them to some of the more interesting sections of the station, finally ending up in one of the large observation lounges that offered views into space.

“I love these views,” commented Layla, as she looked out at the stars.

“So do I,” said Krista, gazing at the Moon. “How many people live on your moon now?” Krista knew several large cities and numerous military bases were on Earth’s satellite.

“Nearly twelve million,” answered Henderson.

Krista nodded approvingly. “Humans have spread across the Solar System. That is a good thing.”

They stayed in the observation lounge for a few more minutes, enjoying the view and making small talk. Finally Princess Layla turned toward Colonel Henderson. “We should start the meeting now.”

Layla knew this would be an important meeting. While she was the High Princess to the Imperials on Pallas and to the Imperials on Earth, to the rest of the Humans in the Solar System, she was not. Part of her plans for today was to explain how the Royal Monarchy worked and the benefits of being part of the Empire. Of course much of that depended on freeing the Empire from the clutches of the Confederation.

-

Entering the large conference room, Layla smiled slightly as everyone stood. At the front of the conference table were two high-backed chairs for her and Krista. The two walked to the front of the room and then both sat at the same time. “You may be seated,” said Layla with a big smile. “I want to thank you for your attendance today. We have much to discuss.”

Brett Newcomb, the current leader of the Earth Imperial Council, stood, bowed, and smiled. “High Princess, I greet you in the name of the Earth Imperials. Let me introduce those in attendance today.”

Brett quickly went around the table, introducing the dignitaries and the military people present. Each stood individually and greeted the Princess with a slight respectful bow.

Afterward Layla stood and looked around the table. “Let me begin with a little bit of history about our Human Empire and the Constitutional Monarchy we use. I think most of you will find this interesting.”

-

For the next hour, Princess Layla explained in detail how the Empire worked and the benefits of being a member. At the end she paused and asked if there were any questions.

“What if Earth does not want to join?” asked President Vince Hughes of the North American Union.

“That would not be a problem,” answered Layla. “It took many years for all the colonized worlds in the Empire to decide to join. I realize, right now, with the Confederation in charge of the Empire, the benefits seem small, but, once we succeed in freeing the Empire, all that will change.”

“If we succeed in freeing the Empire, will the Human worlds there add to the war effort against the Confederation?” asked General Stern, who was responsible for the combined Earth military.

Layla nodded. “Yes, almost immediately. Shipyards and space stations still remain in orbit around most worlds. It will not take long to convert them to the war effort.”

“Will the Confederation surrender?” asked President Chen of China.

Layla looked at Derrick and indicated for him to answer.

“No, they will not surrender,” answered Derrick. “What we hope to accomplish is to free all of the Human Empire and then see if we can force the Confederation into some agreeable truce. None of that will be easy.”

General Stern looked at Princess Layla and spoke. “Will the Human worlds in the former Empire accept you as the High Princess?”

“Yes, General. The groundwork has already been laid. As you may know, numerous secret Imperial bases are scattered throughout the worlds of the Empire. For the last sixty years they have been spreading rumors that one of the Imperial Princesses escaped the attack of the Druins and would someday return to free the Empire. Princess Krista and I are already recording messages that will be broadcast throughout the Empire, once we launch our attack. One of the main items we will be pointing out is what the Lamothians are doing to our people taken from our planets to serve in the Confederation. I can guarantee you that no Human in the Empire will be pleased to hear our young people are used as food.”

General Stern nodded. “I can imagine. I must say that all of the General Staff of Earth’s militaries has condemned the actions of the Confederation and particularly the Lamothians. I am also pleased to inform you that the General Staff has approved an eventual full military strike against the Lamothian worlds to ensure such barbarism never occurs again.”

Layla was both surprised and pleased to hear this. “All in good time. The first thing we must do is free the Empire, and that’s what I would like to discuss now.”

-

For the next two hours there were heated discussions as to the best way to free the Empire. The problem was twofold. First, they needed to keep sufficient forces in the Solar System to ensure its safety. Second, they needed to send a large-enough fleet to the Empire that could drive out the Druins and any other Confederation forces.

Finally Princess Layla stood. “I think any decision can still wait for a few more weeks. From what I understand, we are still constructing the carrier ships needed to hold the attack interceptors. We are also in the process of building two mobile shipyards, needed to repair ship damage suffered in battles in the Empire. Let’s agree to meet again, once those vessels are finished and have undergone their shakedown cruises.”

General Stern looked surprised at the High Princess’s knowledge and then nodded. “A wise decision. In the meantime, we can continue beefing up the defenses in the Solar System We still have a few areas we need to work on.”

With that, Layla called the meeting to an end, thanking everyone who had attended and for their participation. Every attendee left, except Colonel Henderson and Brett Newcomb.

Princess Layla motioned for one of her attendants to come forward, who quickly served everyone a glass of Carlish. She also had ice water placed on the conference table. Layla then looked at Brett Newcomb. “Did you find out anything about my brother and Princess Krista’s parents?” Layla could feel her heart beating in her chest. It would mean so much to her if she knew Aiden had lived out a good and long life after being stranded on Earth.

“More than you could hope,” Brett replied, as he opened his briefcase and took out a very old book. He opened it and read about what being banished to Earth had been like for the Imperials. He told of them building a new town, beginning to farm, gathering animals. He spoke of a few deaths of those who just weren’t suited to this life and never could adjust. He spoke of how the Imperials had struggled to keep their knowledge intact and how they had eventually gone out to help advance the world.

“One thing I believe you will find very interesting. There is much about Prince Starguard in the early years of them being on Earth. He married a member of his crew, a Lieutenant Maya Breams. They had several children, and both lived very happy and long lives.”

“Maya,” said Layla, tears in her eyes. “I knew her. She was a very qualified officer.”

“She was pretty too,” added Krista. “What about my parents?”

Brett turned to some other pages he had marked. “Both were very constructive in building the new community. I am sure you will be pleased to know they lived a very long time. They also passed away within a week of one another, with your father going first.”

Krista nodded, wiping the tears from her eyes. “That does not surprise me. That’s how they both would have wanted it. They were so much in love that they would not want to live without the other.”

Brett smiled and took two folded pieces of paper from inside the book. They were written on a very special paper made in the Empire that was supposed to last for ages. “I have letters for both of you. One from Prince Starguard and the other is from Princess Krista’s parents.” Brett handed them the two letters. “I also have a copy of this book for both of you.” He reached into his briefcase, handing them both a copy. “Now I believe it’s best we leave the two of you alone to read those letters and to examine the history books.”

Everyone left the room, including Derrick, the attendants, and the Imperial Guards.

Layla looked at Krista and then, with a shaking hand, opened the folded letter.

Dear Layla, I really miss you. I wish things could have ended differently. I want you to know I am happy here and have married Lieutenant Maya Breams. We are expecting our first child in another few months. Earth is a beautiful world, and we have already made contact with a few villages close by.

The letter went on to express the confidence Aiden had in Layla and Krista to carry on the Royal Line. He also offered a few words of advice. When Layla finished reading, she put the letter in her copy of the history book and looked at Krista. She wasn’t surprised to see Krista crying.

“We’re Princesses,” Layla softly reminded Krista. “All of this occurred over one thousand years ago. All we can do is carry on, as our families would have wanted us to.”

Krista nodded. “I know. At least we know now what happened. It will give us some closure.”

Layla stood. “It’s time for us to go. Someday we will make the Druins and the Confederation pay for what they did to our families. The name Starguard will become a word feared throughout the Confederation.”

“To the Empire,” replied Krista, standing and gazing at Layla.

“To the Empire,” answered Layla. “Now let’s gather everyone and head back to our ship. We’ve had a long day, and both of us could use some rest. We can take our time and read these history books later. The war is still a few weeks in our future, and we must be prepared to lead.”

Chapter Fourteen

Princess Layla was in her quarters, reading the history book from the Earth Imperials. She was amazed at the very detailed descriptions of life on Earth and what the marooned Imperials had faced in those early years. There were many comments about her brother and his leadership in keeping the colony flourishing.

During the past week she had read nearly every page in the book during her spare time. The sections relating to Aiden she had read over and over again. She could just picture her brother directing the others in building a new community. She wished she could have been a part of it, but her destiny and Aiden’s were not to be the same. His was to sow the seeds for a future technological civilization on Earth, and hers was to retake the Empire from the Confederation. She wasn’t sure which would be harder. Aiden had accomplished his goal, and Layla was just beginning to work on hers.

-

Rear Admiral Derrick Masters was on board his flagship, named the Destiny after his old ship. It had taken a few days to get used to the massive size of the dreadnought. The ship was 1,400 meters long and covered with weapon turrets, missile tubes, communication antennas, and sensor arrays. Derrick was currently in the Command Center, reviewing the new battlecruisers added to his fleet. He now had thirty-four of the one-thousand-meter-long warships.

“Our fleet’s growing,” commented newly promoted Captain Audrey Banora.

Derrick nodded. “They’re taking more ships out of stasis next week. We’re just waiting for the crews to be trained.”

“I understand the Fleet Academy on the Moon is hard-pressed to keep up with the demand for crews, both for civilian ships as well as military.”

“There are discussions about expanding it or adding a second academy on Mars.” Derrick was in favor of doing both.

Audrey sat at her command console, examining some of the screens. “How are the Princesses?”

“Doing well. They’re still adjusting to all the time that’s passed and what has happened in the Empire. The news about what the Lamothians have been doing with our people was shocking to them.”

“And the Confederation considers themselves to be civilized. In many ways they seem barbaric.”

Derrick nodded in agreement. “That’s because none of the seven races are fully humanoid. They don’t look at life as we do.”

“Admiral,” interrupted Andrew from Communications. “We’ve just been ordered to go to Condition Three.”

“Condition Three?” said Audrey, confused. “Why? Nothing is on the long-range sensors.”

“Pallas Admiral Reynolds is about to make an announcement to explain,” added Andrew.

Derrick leaned back in his command chair. “Put it on the shipwide speakers. Let’s hear what’s going on.” Derrick was curious to hear what Admiral Reynolds had to say and why he had ordered the fleet to Condition Three.

“Attention all fleet units, this is Admiral Reynolds. An hour ago we received a message from General Livingston on Lydol Four. They have intercepted hyperlight messages indicating the Confederation has launched a large fleet toward Earth. Supposedly this fleet is composed of warships from the Lamothian worlds. This is the Confederate race that has been consuming Humans as a food source.”

Admiral Reynolds paused, allowing everyone to think over his words. “As near as we can tell, this fleet is about one week out. We have no idea how large it is, other than it is rumored to be much larger than the one the Druins hit us with. All commands need to be prepared to respond as soon as the inbound enemy fleet is detected. We’re still hoping the new virus we’ve developed will give us a decisive advantage in the coming battle. Keep in mind that the freedom of Earth, Mars, Pallas, and the rest of the Solar System rides on your shoulders. I know you will give your all.”

Derrick briefly closed his eyes. In a way he was glad the Lamothians were coming. The rage humanity felt over what they did to the captive Humans from the Empire still simmered.

“Admiral,” spoke Andrew, “Admiral Reynolds would like to speak to you.”

Reaching forward, Derrick activated the comm button on his command console. “Yes, Admiral.”

“Derrick, I’m pulling in some of the patrol vessels to add to your fleet. I’m also giving you two more dreadnoughts. As soon as all the ships arrive here at Pallas, I want you to take your fleet and reinforce Rear Admiral Leeson. I want to keep this battle out of the Solar System, if I can.”

“I understand, Admiral,” replied Derrick. “Can you have someone send a list of those ships being reassigned?”

“Affirmative. I’ll have Colonel Bryson contact you shortly with that ship list. I wish I could give you a full fleet, but the ships and crews just aren’t ready yet.”

“I understand, Admiral. We’ll make do with what we’ve got.”

After speaking to the admiral, Derrick stood and headed toward the hatch. “I’m going to see the Princesses and inform them of what’s going on. I’ll be back as soon as I can.”

Audrey grinned knowingly. “Take your time. It’ll take a while for all those ships to get here. Only the ones on the other side of the Solar System are using hyperspace jumps.”

Derrick nodded. Most of his command crew knew how he felt about Princess Layla. Trouble was, he wasn’t sure how the Princess felt about him.

-

In deep space, the Lamothian fleet was on a course for Earth. Arrival time was still a good six days away. Admiral Zahn spent much of his spare time examining the battle footage from Druin Admiral Kreen’s fleet.

“Some of this is disturbing,” commented Krek, as he watched a Druin battleship being destroyed on the main viewscreen. “Never have we faced a race that possessed both fusion energy beams as well as antimatter weapons.”

“Because we banned such weapons’ research and development outside of the Confederation,” answered Admiral Zahn. “What concerns me is whether they have weapons we have not yet seen. For example, how did they overcome the Druin interdiction system? The AIs in charge of that system should have detected any approaching enemy, and those stations were armed with weapons which should have destroyed them.”

“A mystery,” conceded Krek. “We know they have advanced stealth capability. They may have approached the stations with a stealth craft and then boarded them. Those stations were not designed to repel boarders.”

“Perhaps,” replied Zahn, shifting his massive weight upon his four legs. “Nevertheless, when we arrive at the Human’s star system, we must remain vigilant.”

“Agreed,” said Krek. “I have been working on several different methods to serve Humans. Once we have some captives, you must come to my lab and see which is your favorite. It will be part of my research.”

Admiral Zahn did not reply. While he enjoyed the flesh of Humans, he was more concerned at the moment with what had happened to the Druin interdiction system. Something just didn’t add up, and he was determined to figure out what it was.

-

Derrick was inside Princess Layla’s quarters, waiting for her to exit her dressing room. Two of her attendants were helping her get dressed. Derrick shook his head. He knew this was how the Royals were treated. Layla had even gone to extremes in keeping her Royal Staff down to a minimum, but some were necessary to remind everyone of the importance of the Royal Line.

Princess Krista came in through the adjoining door and came to a halt when she saw Derrick sitting on the sofa. “I hope I’m not interrupting anything.”

Derrick laughed. “No, not unless you want to help Layla get dressed. Even in here I can hear her arguing with the two ladies helping her to pick out the appropriate clothes.”

Krista laughed. She wore a comfortable sundress, as she did not expect to be doing anything official today. She just wanted to be comfortable. “It’s been like that all our lives. Our parents always insisted we wear the proper clothes, and we were very seldom allowed to pick out what we wanted to wear. I absolutely hated some of the outfits we were expected to wear at certain Court functions. I know Layla feels the same way.”

Finally Layla came out of her dressing room, wearing a longer skirt and a white frilly blouse. “Don’t either of you laugh,” she threatened, as she came over and sat near Derrick. The two female attendants came out of the dressing room, nodded their approval and then left.

“You look nice, Princess,” said Derrick, smiling.

Layla blushed slightly and turned her attention to Derrick. “Krista and I have discussed what our personal life will be like. We have decided we want to have a personal life, but it will be severely limited, due to our duties in the coming war.”

Derrick nodded. “I understand that.” He wondered what Layla was trying to say.

Layla took a deep breath. “As the only two members of the Royal Line still living, both Krista and I have to be extremely careful in everything we say and do. The only time we can really be ourselves is in our private quarters. In public, we have to be Royals.”

“We want to date,” blurted out Krista. “Layla wants to date you, and I want you to find an officer who I can go out with.”

“Krista!” cried out Layla, her face turning red.

Derrick smiled at both women and then nodded at Krista. “I believe I can find a suitable young officer for you.”

Layla drew in a deep breath. “What about me?” Her gaze met Derrick’s.

“Let’s take it slow so as not to cause any rumors. I would like to spend more time with you, and I realize your duties as Royals will strictly limit that. Fortunately I was around your brother enough to have an idea of what all is involved.”

Layla looked relieved. “I want to arrange for us to eat out somewhere.”

Derrick frowned. “That might be difficult. Wherever you go, you’ll cause a commotion.”

Smiling, Layla nodded. “Both Krista and I are used to that. If you wish, I would suggest bringing Ensign Allert along. That way it wouldn’t look as if we were out on a date and should help to keep the rumors down.”

Derrick laughed. “I suspect Brenda would enjoy being our chaperone, especially if she can get a free meal out of it.”

“I think she actually enjoys the attention.”

Nodding, Derrick had to agree. “I believe Brenda even went to a Royal Ball once at the Imperial Palace.”

“Really?” said Krista. “Brenda is full of surprises.”

Layla looked at Derrick. She was very conscious of how close they were on the sofa. “Is there a particular reason you came by today, other than to allow Krista to embarrass me?”

The look on Derrick’s face became more serious. “Yes, we received a message from General Livingston on Lydol Four. A Lamothian fleet is headed toward us and should be here in about a week. Admiral Reynolds is already preparing to deploy our fleets to meet it. The plans, for now, are to meet the Lamothians in battle just outside the Solar System.”

“So, the Confederation is coming for us,” said Layla, with a look of concern. “Can we stop them?”

“We’ll try the virus first. With a little luck it will give us a tactical advantage. If not, then it will be a fleet battle. We have the ships. We just can’t afford to lose them at this juncture in our preparation to free the Empire.”

Krista looked alarmed. “If these are Lamothians, I can guarantee you they plan on capturing a large number of Humans to take back with them as food. That’s also probably why it’s the Lamothians who are coming. They see this as an opportunity to fill their larders.”

Derrick frowned. He realized Krista was probably right. The fleet must ensure that any Lamothian cargo ship was destroyed. No Humans from the Solar System would be used to feed the perverted Lamothians. As soon as he left the Princesses’ quarters, he would inform Admiral Reynolds of this worrisome possibility.

-

After Derrick left, Layla spun around to face Krista. She put her hands on her hips, frowning at her younger cousin. “I can’t believe you told Derrick that I wanted to go out with him.”

“Well, don’t you want to?” asked Krista defiantly.

Layla let out a deep breath and slowly nodded her head. “Yes, but I would have preferred to be the one to tell him.”

“But you might not have,” pointed out Krista. “You are so dedicated to your Royal duties that you might have let this opportunity slip by. Besides, Derrick is a handsome man, and I’m certain your parents would have approved. Your brother certainly liked him, or he wouldn’t have placed Derrick in charge of the Destiny and our safety.”

Layla knew Krista was right. “Okay, at least now it’s out in the open, but we have other matters to attend to. I need to make an appointment to see Admiral Reynolds and Head Councilor Tristan. I must talk to them about this coming attack.”

“What are you planning?” Krista knew Layla well enough to recognize that look in her eyes.

“I want to be in the Pallas Command Center when the battle with the Lamothians begins.”

Krista’s eyes widened. This sounded like something that Layla’s father would say. It was also the right of the High Princess. “I’m sure that can be arranged. I would suggest that you have Derrick recommend another officer to aid us while he’s gone with his fleet.”

Layla nodded. That sounded like a good idea. “I’ll contact him as soon as I speak to the admiral and the councilor.”

“Make sure he’s young,” suggested Krista, a dangerous gleam in her eyes.

Shaking her head, Layla turned and made her way to the small comm unit in her quarters. It was time to make some arrangements and to once more remind everyone she was the High Princess of the Human Empire.

-

Derrick had returned to the Destiny, after making arrangements for another officer to be on call if either of the Princesses needed him. It had been tempting to assign a female officer; however, Derrick had gone out of his way to choose a younger male officer who he thought Krista might like. He knew he was matchmaking, but Krista was the one who had originally suggested it.

“How was your visit with the Princesses?” asked Ensign Allert, as Derrick settled back in his command chair.

“They seem to be adjusting to their new world very well.”

“And how was Princess Layla?” asked Brenda, a twinkle in her eyes.

Derrick had to grin. “Things might be progressing there.”

This seemed to please Brenda, as she turned and went over to her duty station.

“Seventeen battlecruisers and both of the dreadnoughts arrived while you were gone,” reported Captain Banora. “All the other battlecruisers should be arriving over the next four hours.”

Derrick nodded. “Make sure all the ships have sufficient supplies and missiles for the upcoming battle. Requisition anything we need from Pallas.”

“Admiral Cleemorl has already jumped his fleet out,” reported Audrey. “They left about an hour ago.”

“Where did they go?”

“Out past the orbit of Jupiter. They’ll wait there and see what the virus does to the Lamothians.”

“Let’s just hope this virus works, or we’ll lose a lot of valuable crews and ships.”

-

Over the next four hours the rest of the battlecruisers arrived. All the ships had sufficient supplies and missiles for the upcoming battle.

“All ships prepare to jump,” ordered Derrick over the ship-to-ship comm network. “We’ll go to the battlestation nearest Rear Admiral Leeson, acting as his backup once the Lamothians arrive. We’ll enter hyperspace in five minutes.”

Derrick leaned back in his command chair, as Lieutenant Viktor transmitted the jump coordinates. All the ships would jump at the same time. Derrick wished he had the time to work on some fleet maneuvers before entering hyperspace, but he wanted his fleet in position as soon as possible. Once they arrived at the station, then they could run some drills.

The five minutes passed, and suddenly the Destiny made the transition into hyperspace. A few seconds later the ship emerged close to the battlestation with the other ships in Derrick’s Fifth Fleet dropping out around the flagship.

“Hyperspace jump complete,” reported Captain Banora. “The battlestation is four hundred kilometers distant.”

Derrick nodded. “Andrew, contact the battlestation and inform them we’ll be staying in their immediate vicinity for the foreseeable future. We’ll also be running some battle drills over the next few days. I don’t want them to panic when we begin jumping around and attacking a few of these ice rocks out here.”

The message was sent, and Derrick could well imagine the relief of the commander of the battlestation at having an Imperial fleet nearby.

-

For the next several days Derrick put the Fifth Fleet through numerous drills. Because his fleet wasn’t up to full strength, he varied his formations, based on the reduced numbers of his ships. His fleet could best be used as a quick strike force. Jumping in, firing its weapons and launching a missile barrage, and then jumping back out.

For days they jumped around the Kuiper Belt, attacking various targets. Finally Derrick pulled the fleet back to the battlestation. They expected the Lamothian fleet to arrive soon.

“We’re as ready as we can be,” said Captain Banora. “Those last few drills went very smoothly.”

Derrick had to agree. They had spent days practicing certain maneuvers. “Let’s make sure everyone gets plenty of rest over the next twenty-four hours. Once this battle starts, who knows how long it will last.” Derrick knew this battle against the Lamothians would make the one against the Druins look like a minor engagement.

-

Andrew and Kala were in the officers’ cafeteria, eating a light meal. Both had been very busy, learning what life on a dreadnought was like.

“This is a lot different than what it was like on the original Destiny,” commented Kala, as she ate a dish of chocolate ice cream. She had already finished off a tuna sandwich.

“At least we’re together,” replied Andrew. He was really enjoying his job as the ship’s communications officer.

Kala took a bite of her ice cream and smiled. “I’ve always had a weakness for chocolate. I’ve been thinking. When we get back to Pallas, why don’t we move in together?”

Andrew put down his fork and frowned. “While I like the idea, it might prevent us from serving on this ship together. So far Rear Admiral Masters has been kind enough to overlook our relationship.”

Kala nodded. “I know, and I appreciate it. However, I don’t believe I’m cut out to be on a warship during a time of war. It’s been bearable since you’re on board, but I would really like to continue my research, and I can best do it on Pallas.”

Andrew understood where Kala was coming from. After all, she was not an Imperial. It would also be very hard on her being away from her aging father for months at a time, once the war in the Human Empire began. “I do like the idea of coming home and having you there waiting for me. They are building some nice homes inside the new habitats in Pallas. We could purchase one of those.”

Kala smiled. “That’s sounds wonderful. Can we do that as soon as we get back?”

Andrew nodded. “Yes, we’ll look at some as soon as the Destiny returns to Pallas.”

The two finished their meal. They would now go on separate paths, but they would always be there for one another, and their lives would now be joined by the new home they would create together.

Chapter Fifteen

Admiral Zahn was nearly to the Human star system. After considerable thought, he had finally adapted a strategy he believed would address the question as to exactly what weapons the Humans might possess. Already on the tactical display, a large Human fleet was showing up just outside their star system. Obviously the word of his fleet’s arrival had preceded it. No doubt some of their hyperlight communications had been intercepted. He would test this fleet to see how they handled his strategy; then he would continue into the system and secure the main Human world as a future food source for the Lamothians.

-

Deep beneath Pallas, in the underground Command Center, alarms began sounding, and red lights started flashing. The center was a beehive of activity as everyone prepared for the expected fleet battle. The huge hatch allowing admittance was sealed shut, with four heavily armed Marines standing guard on each side. Throughout Pallas, emergency hatches were shutting, sealing off the different sections. Several thousand Marines fanned out, taking up guard positions in all the primary corridors and junctions.

“All commands are going to Condition One,” reported Colonel Bryson. “All the defensive grids around Earth, the Moon, Mars, and the colonized moons of Jupiter and Saturn have been activated. Gateway Station has taken over the defense of the Earth-Moon System.”

“We may have a problem,” reported Major Denise Fields from her sensor console. “If I’m reading this correctly, the Lamothian fleet has divided into two sections. The first section is heading directly toward Rear Admiral Leeson’s Second Fleet. The second section of the Lamothian fleet has slowed down considerably.”

“Damn!” uttered Admiral Reynolds, his gaze focused on the tactical display. “We weren’t expecting this.”

“Will this be a problem?” asked Princess Layla, who was standing close to the admiral. She had hurried to the Pallas Command Center as soon as she heard that the Lamothian fleet had been detected.

Reynolds shrugged his shoulders. “Don’t know. We were to use the virus on the entire fleet. Now that might not be possible.”

Layla frowned and then spoke. “Won’t using the virus against this first fleet of the Lamothians substantially weaken their total force?”

Admiral Reynolds looked with surprise at the Princess. “Yes, it would. I guess the question is, do we use it against this first section or the second one?”

“The first,” said Princess Layla decisively. “My father always said, if you have an advantage, don’t wait to use it, or it may be too late.”

Reynolds smiled. “Your father was a wise man. Who am I to argue with the former King of the Human Empire? Captain Moore, send a message to Rear Admiral Leeson. He’s to use the virus against the first section of the Lamothian fleet.”

It took a moment, and then Captain Adrian Moore turned her head toward the admiral. “Message sent.”

“Good, contact Admiral Cleemorl. As soon as the second section drops out of hyperspace, he is to take First Fleet to reinforce Second Fleet. Send the same message to Rear Admiral Masters.”

“Now what?” asked Layla, watching the large tactical displays, which showed the inbound Lamothian fleets and the waiting Human fleets.

“We wait,” replied Admiral Reynolds. “We wait and see if the virus is effective and then hope we can handle the second Lamothian force without them making it into the Solar System.”

About that time Head Councilor Drew Tristan came into the Command Center, after being cleared by the guards. His face was flushed, and he was breathing hard. “What’s going on?”

Layla had to smile. She had beaten the councilor to the Command Center and still managed to look regal. It was a moral victory.

-

Rear Admiral Leeson had his fleet in a globe formation, as he had no idea where the Lamothians would drop out of hyperspace. “How many ships in the first formation?”

“Seven hundred and twelve,” reported Lieutenant Marvin Stewart. “From what I can tell on the sensors, seven hundred of them are battlecruisers and the remaining twelve are battleships.”

Leeson looked at Linda Martin, who sat at the computer station. “Is your virus ready?”

Linda nodded. “Just give me the signal.”

“How long after we transmit until the Lamothian ships are disabled?”

“In just a few seconds. Their energy screens and weapons will go down first, followed by their communications. In about a minute the entire fleet should be powerless.”

“Let’s hope it works that way,” said Captain Newman. He wasn’t that confident in the virus.

-

Admiral Zahn grew impatient. His eyestalks were weary from gazing nonstop at the tactical displays. The long-range sensors had detected several more fleets of Human ships in the Human star system.

“I don’t like this,” commented his second officer. “There are far more Human ships than we expected, more than were reported by the Druins. Not only that but the defenses around their planets and moons have been greatly added to.”

“Are you saying we don’t have the fleet units necessary to take this system?”

“No, I am merely pointing out the resistance in this system will be far greater than we expected.”

“We need the Humans as a food source,” pointed out Krek. “My research depends on us acquiring a large number of different specimens.”

Admiral Zahn turned toward his science officer. “We will acquire your precious specimens. Now go to your lab until I summon you.” Zahn was growing aggravated at Krek’s constant jabbering about the Human recipes he had concocted.

“The first section of our fleet is about to drop out of hyperspace,” reported Vormalt who was the first officer.

“Make sure we keep hyperlight communications open constantly. I want to know of any strange weapons being used by the Humans.” Zahn still felt he was missing some data. Perhaps soon he would know what that was.

-

Deep beneath Pallas, Princess Layla gazed at the tactical displays. She knew which fleet was Derrick’s, and she kept an eye on it. So far Fifth Fleet was staying at the battlestation nearest Rear Admiral Leeson’s location.

“Lamothian fleet should be dropping out of hyperspace at any moment,” reported Colonel Bryson.

There was intense activity in the Pallas Command Center as the situation in the entire Solar System was being monitored. The status of all the system’s defenses, as well as warships, were displayed on various screens and monitors. Constant communication was ongoing with all defensive commands.

“Lamothian fleet is dropping out of hyperspace,” confirmed Captain Adrian Moore. “They are within engagement range of Second Fleet.”

Admiral Reynolds folded his arms across his chest, watching the main tactical display intently. “Now we will find out if the virus works.”

Layla could feel her heart beating faster. However, she was the High Princess of the Empire and could not look worried or afraid. She just hoped Derrick came through this battle okay.

-

“Contact!” called out Lieutenant Stewart from his sensor console. “Lamothian ships are dropping out of hyperspace.”

Rear Admiral Leeson looked at Linda Martin.

“Not yet,” she said. “We must wait until all of them have exited hyperspace.”

Leeson nodded, watching the tactical displays and viewscreens as hundreds of red threat icons appeared.

“They are all here,” confirmed Stewart.

“Transmitting virus,” reported Linda, as she touched several icons on her computer screen.

“Standby to fire!” ordered Leeson. He would give the virus twenty seconds, and then he would order his fleet to open fire on the Lamothian vessels. His fleet was slightly outnumbered, but he had forty-three dreadnoughts to the Lamothians’ twelve battleships. That should even things up considerably. Not only that, he had other fleets he could call in, if needed.

His eyes focused on the main viewscreen, watching as the running lights on a number of the Lamothian ships started to go out.

“I’m detecting a power decrease across the Lamothian fleet,” reported Stewart excitedly. “Energy screens are coming down.”

Leeson felt relief flood through him. “Have all ships fire. I want those ships destroyed before they figure out what we did to them.”

On the viewscreens, a hail of missiles and energy beams shattered the darkness of space. Massive explosions lit up the Lamothian fleet as its ships were blown apart without mercy. Antimatter warheads turned enemy ships into drifting wrecks, and fusion energy beams riddled other Lamothian warships, leaving them ripped apart and lifeless.

In less than two minutes they had been annihilated.

-

Admiral Zahn watched in silence as his entire advance fleet was destroyed.

“How?” asked Vormalt, his eyestalks quivering uncontrollably.

“They managed to take over the fleet’s computers, causing all the systems to shut down,” reported the systems officer. “They used some computer virus to attack our systems.”

Admiral Zahn now knew how the Humans had taken over the Druin interdiction system. The Humans had just demonstrated they were much more dangerous than he had imagined.

“Impossible,” uttered Vormalt. “Those are illegal.”

“We’re not in the Confederation or even near Confederation space,” pointed out Admiral Zahn. “These Humans are not like those in the former Human Empire. These are more dangerous. Slow the fleet down, and send a hyperlight message to Lamothia. We need a more powerful level of protective firewalls for our computers. Explain to them what has happened to our advance fleet and how it was immobilized by this Human computer virus.”

Admiral Zahn considered his next move. He knew little about the Humans. Yet he still had two-thirds of his fleet, including most of his battleships. He could defeat the Humans if he could stop their computer virus from taking over his ships’ computers.

-

In the Pallas Command Center, Layla breathed out a sigh of relief. The first part of the Lamothian fleet had been destroyed.

“The second section has nearly come to a stop,” reported Major Fields. “However, they are still continuing toward Rear Admiral Leeson’s fleet.”

“What can they be up to?” asked Admiral Reynolds. “They must know we can destroy them.”

Layla could tell Admiral Reynolds still wasn’t used to hyperlight communications. “They’re contacting their homeworld and telling them what just happened. No doubt the computer scientists on their home planet will send them a new set of firewalls to use against our ships. The Confederation has very sophisticated computers, and, while computer viruses are outlawed, they are familiar with them.”

Reynolds looked at the communications officer. “Can they do that?”

Captain Moore nodded her head. “Yes, hyperlight transmitters and receivers have a tremendous range. I estimate there will only be a few minutes delay from here to their homeworld.”

“Damn!” said Reynolds. “Captain, contact Rear Admiral Leeson and inform him that we believe the Lamothians are downloading a new set of computer firewalls. The virus may no longer be effective. After you have contacted Leeson, do the same for Admiral Cleemorl and Rear Admiral Masters.”

Layla took in a deep breath. She knew the battle was far from over. It really had not yet begun.

-

Rear Admiral Leeson shook his head, after receiving the message from Pallas. “I should have known this wasn’t over.” He looked at Linda Martin. “Is there anything you can do to modify the virus?”

“I have a much stronger virus, but we’re saving that one for the attack on the Human Empire.”

Leeson nodded. “So, we’ll have to slug it out.”

“I’m afraid so, sir,” Linda replied.

“At least we have Admiral Cleemorl’s and Rear Admiral Masters’ fleets to reinforce us,” said Captain Newman. “That should give us an advantage.”

“Maybe so, but we’ll lose a lot of warships and a lot of crews. At their current speed, how soon will the Lamothian fleet be here?”

“Forty minutes,” replied Captain Newman.

Leeson nodded. “Keep us at Condition One, just in case they speed up.”

Leeson leaned back in his command chair. The main part of the battle was still ahead of them. While they had won a quick strategic victory, he still had over 1,300 enemy ships bearing down on his position.

-

Derrick was disappointed to learn the Lamothians were probably downloading new firewalls for their computers. It meant the coming battle would be difficult.

“What’s the plan?” asked Captain Banora.

“I just finished speaking to Admiral Cleemorl. As soon as the Lamothians drop out of hyperspace, he will take his fleet in to reinforce Rear Admiral Leeson’s. As soon as they engage, we’ll jump in behind the Lamothian fleet and unleash all our weapons. Once the Lamothians respond, we’ll jump back out and then return at a different location. We’ll be conducting multiple hit-and-run raids, until the battle is decided one way or another.”

Audrey laughed.

“What’s so funny?” Derrick asked, his eyes narrowing.

“Just our orders. Go in, pick out some enemy ships, shoot at them, and then run. Keep doing that until we run out of enemy ships to fire at. Isn’t that what our orders are?”

Derrick nodded. He could see the humor in that. “Yes, I guess it is. Let’s just make sure we destroy as many as possible.”

“Do you want to fire in groups?”

“Sort of. Dreadnoughts are free to pick out and attack individual targets. Their primary targets will be any Lamothian battleships within range. I want all the battlecruisers to pair up and to fire on the Lamothians’ battlecruisers. Two of our ships against one of theirs should give us a slight advantage in firepower.”

Audrey looked at the battlestation, which was up on the main viewscreen. A pair of attack interceptors were visible, flying CAP around the station. “Wish we had a couple hundred of those to take in with us.”

“Someday we will, once the carriers are completed.”

“How much more work do they need?”

Derrick tried to recall what Admiral Reynolds had told him in his last briefing. “About two months and the first ones will be ready to deploy.”

Looking at the tactical display, Derrick could see the Lamothians would soon reach Rear Admiral Leeson’s position. “We’ll attack in a double line formation. That way all ships can fire and not get in each other’s way. We’ll stay for thirty seconds and then reverse course and go back into hyperspace, jumping back here to the station. We’ll scan the enemy fleet and then jump back in again.”

“And how long will we use that strategy?”

Derrick looked at Audrey. “Until the battle is over.”

Audrey nodded. “I’ll speak to the other captains and inform them of our strategy. Let’s hope it works.”

Derrick hoped it did too; however, this would be a violent battle between large fleets of ships. He feared the Human fleets, even in victory, would suffer massive losses.

-

Admiral Zahn was ready. The new firewalls had been installed in all the computer systems of the fleet. His computer officers were confident the new firewalls would stop the Humans’ computer virus. It was time to commit his ships to battle.

“Navigation, increase speed and drop us out of hyperspace just inside the engagement range of the Human fleet. It’s time for us to test their weapons. Tactical, as soon as we exit hyperspace, target their largest warships with our antimatter missiles and fusion energy beams. I want their primary warships destroyed as soon as possible. That should also take out their fleet commanders.”

“What about our cargo ships?” asked Vormalt.

Admiral Zahn thought for a moment. “Have them drop out two million kilometers from the battle. That will keep them safe until we’re ready for them. Make sure they have a suitable escort.”

“I will assign ten battlecruisers to protect them.”

Zahn was satisfied everything was ready.

-

Rear Admiral Leeson watched the tactical display, waiting for the Lamothian fleet to drop from hyperspace.

“They’re almost here,” announced Lieutenant Stewart. “I estimate twenty seconds until they exit hyperspace.”

Rear Admiral Leeson quickly addressed the fleet. “All ships will fire as soon as they have viable targets. We may adjust our formation once we see what the enemy is doing. All ships stand by. Combat is imminent.”

Leaning back in his command chair, Leeson waited. He could feel his heart pounding in his chest and his breathing had deepened.

“Emergence!” called out Stewart.

On the main viewscreen, hundreds of Lamothian warships appeared.

“Fire!” ordered Captain Newman. “Launch the missiles, and hit them with our energy beams!”

-

Leeson’s dreadnought, the Titan, shook slightly as it launched dozens of missiles. Across the fleet, thousands of missiles hurtled toward the emerging Lamothian fleet in a massive first strike.

-

Admiral Cleemorl waited. Alarms suddenly sounded, announcing the Lamothians had finally arrived. Leaning forward, he addressed his fleet. “All ships, stand by to enter hyperspace. We will stay in our wedge formation and will attack the enemy on their right flank. That should give Rear Admiral Leeson the time he needs to adjust his fleet formation. We will jump in twenty seconds. Ship captains, you may fire as soon as you acquire a target.”

The seconds passed, and then First Fleet made the transition into hyperspace and emerged moments later near the Lamothian fleet. Almost instantly missiles were launched, and energy beams began to fire.

-

Rear Admiral Masters watched as the First and Second Fleets engaged the enemy. “Navigation, put us directly in the rear of the Lamothian ships at point-blank range. We will stay for thirty seconds and then jump back out.”

“Coordinates set,” replied Viktor.

Derrick nodded. It was time to go into battle. “Execute!”

-

Admiral Zahn staggered, barely keeping his footing as his flagship was struck by several antimatter missiles. The ship’s energy shield had barely stabilized before it was under assault.

“Shields are holding,” reported Vormalt. “Firing weapons.”

On the viewscreens, his fleet seemed to be on fire from the sheer magnitude of incoming fire. Alarms sounded as a second fleet of Human ships appeared out of hyperspace, attacking the flank of his fleet. A few seconds later another smaller fleet appeared behind his ships.

His own weapons fire was now reaching the Human ships. His eyestalks quivered as two Human battlecruisers blew apart under intense missile fire. A Human dreadnought was split in two as an antimatter missile penetrated its weakened energy shield. The Human ships were powerful, but he had the numbers.

-

In the Pallas Command Center, Princess Layla felt her heart skip a beat when Derrick’s fleet jumped into the fray. She realized her feelings for the young admiral were much stronger than she had thought.

“All ships are engaged,” reported Colonel Bryson.

“There are still too many of them,” commented Lead Councilor Tristan. “Do we have any more ships we can send?”

“Just the fleets protecting Mars and Earth,” replied Admiral Reynolds. “If we send either, we leave one of our primary worlds open to attack.”

Captain Moore turned to face Admiral Reynolds. “I just spoke to Alicia. She’s been talking to Linda Martin about modifying the virus they used earlier. It might weaken the Lamothian ships briefly.”

“How soon will it be ready?”

“In a few more minutes.”

Admiral Reynolds looked at the tactical displays. Ships on both sides were dying. The battle out there was turning into a bloodbath. “Let’s hope it works.”

-

Rear Admiral Leeson felt the Titan shake violently as an energy beam penetrated its energy screen. Glancing at the damage control console, he saw several lights turn alarmingly red.

“Lamothian energy beam penetrated through seven decks,” reported the damage control officer. “I’ve sealed off the affected compartments.”

Leeson looked back at the tactical display. His fleet was rapidly adjusting from its globe formation into a line formation, six ships high and one hundred ships long. His own dreadnought and a few others were bunched in the center, adding more firepower to the main part of the formation.

“We can’t afford to trade them ship for ship,” commented Captain Newman.

Leeson looked over where Linda Martin was frantically entering computer code on her computer. “We need to buy a few more minutes. All ships will increase their rate of fire to the maximum.”

“We could run out of missiles if we do that,” warned Newman.

“I know, but it’s a risk I’m willing to take.” Leeson hoped Linda finished quickly, or there wouldn’t be much of a fleet left to save.

-

Derrick’s fleet had just jumped out for the second time. So far he had lost seven battlecruisers in the battle.

“Admiral, look,” said Captain Banora, pointing to the long-distance tactical display.

Derrick turned, seeing a grouping of red threat icons several million kilometers away from the main battle. “What are those?”

“Cargo ships,” suggested Lieutenant Keela Nower. “From what I can tell, they’re only protected by a few battlecruisers.”

Derrick and Audrey exchanged glances. They both knew these had to be the ships waiting to take captive Humans back to the Lamothian worlds to serve as food.

“We need to destroy those cargo ships,” said Audrey.

“I agree. Lieutenant Viktor, calculate a hyperspace jump that will put us in combat range of those cargo ships.”

After a few moments, Lieutenant Viktor confirmed he was ready to jump the fleet.

“Execute,” ordered Derrick. “All ships to fire as soon as we drop out.” If he could destroy the Lamothian cargo ships, it would eliminate one of the main reasons they had come to attack the Solar System.

-

Fifth Fleet emerged from hyperspace right in front of the Lamothian cargo vessels. Intense weapons fire immediately broke out between the defending battlecruisers and the attacking Human ships.

“Ten Lamothian battlecruisers,” reported Banora. “They’re being targeted.”

“Sending virus toward the cargo ships,” added Kala. This was the old unmodified virus. She was hoping the Lamothians had not upgraded the firewalls on their cargo ships.

On the viewscreens, three of the Lamothian battlecruisers blew apart under the intense fire from the fleet. A sudden bright flash of light near the Destiny momentarily caused their viewscreens to dim.

“What was that?” asked Derrick.

“We just lost the battlecruiser Juno,” answered Audrey.

The Destiny shook slightly as a Lamothian antimatter missile struck its energy screen. On the viewscreen, the Lamothian battlecruisers were being eliminated one by one.

“The cargo ships are losing power,” confirmed Lieutenant Nower. “The virus must be working.”

“Begin shifting our weapons fire to the cargo ships,” ordered Derrick. He felt no sympathy for the Lamothians they were about to kill. Any race that fed upon another deserved no mercy.

-

Admiral Zahn was stunned when the force of the Human ships that had been attacking the rear of his formation suddenly appeared where his waiting cargo ships were. He couldn’t believe the Humans would attack defenseless ships. That was not the way civilized war was fought. Of course the Confederation applied those rules to other races, not to the Confederation itself.

He now found himself in a quandary. He had a slight tactical advantage over the two Human fleets he was currently engaged with. If he withdrew to protect the cargo ships, he might lose that advantage. However, without the cargo ships, he could not procure the Human cargo he had been sent to bring back to the Lamothian worlds.

-

“New virus is ready!” called out Linda Martin.

“What will it do?” asked Rear Admiral Leeson. He was losing too many valuable ships in this battle. Ships that would be needed when they took the war to the Empire. On the main viewscreen, he could see the shattered remains of several Imperial battlecruisers.

“It will attack just one system on their ships,” replied Linda. “It should bring down their energy shields. Be aware though, with the new firewalls the Lamothians have installed, it may only work for a few seconds.”

Leeson nodded. A few seconds was all the time they would need. “All ships, we are getting ready to broadcast a virus that should briefly bring down the enemy’s energy shields . We’re only talking about a few seconds. Make sure we’re targeting as many Lamothian ships as possible.”

Taking a deep breath, Leeson looked at Linda. “Send it!” His gaze quickly returned to the viewscreens to see if the virus would work.

For a few moments nothing happened, and then suddenly weapons fire from the Human ships struck the hulls of numerous Lamothian warships. In massive explosions of sheer energy, dozens of Lamothian battlecruisers began to die.

-

Admiral Zahn’s eyestalks quivered in frustration as his ship’s energy shield died. “What happened?” He knew somehow the Humans had to be responsible.

“A new computer virus,” replied the systems officer. “It ordered our energy shield to shut down. We should have the shield back up shortly.”

Zahn gazed in anger at the viewscreens. Many of his warships were being blown apart, as they were now vulnerable. Without having to be told, he knew he had lost his advantage.

“Shield is back up,” reported the tactical officer.

“Our other ships are reporting the same,” added the Lamothian in front of Communications.

Admiral Zahn shifted his eyestalks to the main tactical display. Those few seconds of vulnerability had cost him nearly two hundred warships, with many more damaged. The Humans now had an advantage over him.

“Take the fleet back into hyperspace and drop us out where our cargo ships are. Perhaps we can rescue some of them. This battle is over. We can no longer win.” Admiral Zahn knew he had failed. He would inform the Confederation they had a major problem with this Human system. It was obvious now this system was a threat to the entire Confederation.

-

Derrick’s fleet was rapidly annihilating the Lamothian cargo ships. Ship after ship was being blown apart, filling space with glowing wreckage.

“Admiral, the main Lamothian fleet has entered hyperspace and is heading here,” warned Lieutenant Keela Nower. Even as Nower said those words, Lamothian warships started dropping from hyperspace all around Fifth Fleet. More alarms sounded as the tactical display filled with red threat icons.

Derrick winced as several of his battlecruisers were rammed by emerging Lamothian warships. The Lamothians had jumped in right on top of his fleet.

“Lieutenant Viktor, get us out of here!” ordered Derrick. His fleet would not last long against those numbers. The Destiny shook violently as it was hit by multiple antimatter warheads. On the viewscreen, the dreadnought Vega suddenly blew apart as its shield was overloaded.

The display on the viewscreen vanished as the Destiny escaped into hyperspace. “How many ships did we lose?” Derrick knew those few seconds when his fleet had been exposed to the full firepower of the Lamothian fleet had been costly.

“The dreadnought Vega and nine battlecruisers,” answered Captain Banora breathlessly. “It could have been much worse.”

“How many of their cargo ships did we manage to destroy?”

“Four hundred and twelve.”

Derrick nodded. He strongly suspected this battle was over. “Take us back to the battlestation. We’ll wait there and see what happens next.”

-

In the underground Command Center inside of Pallas, Princess Layla nearly fainted when the entire surviving Lamothian fleet had appeared around Derrick’s warships. For a brief moment she had thought he could not escape. Then the Destiny and its surviving fleet had made the transition into hyperspace and to safety.

“The battle appears to be over,” said Admiral Reynolds, as he studied the tactical displays. “The Lamothians have lost too many ships to reengage our fleets.”

“What do we do now?” asked Councilor Tristan, who had stayed quiet during most of the battle.

“Rear Admiral Leeson and Admiral Cleemorl will remain where they are, until the Lamothian fleet enters hyperspace and until we confirm they are heading back to the Confederation.”

“How many ships did we lose?” asked Layla. She could see on the tactical display that all three Human fleets had lost a substantial number of warships.

“More than we could afford,” answered Admiral Reynolds, shaking his head. “We’ll be getting the battle assessments shortly.”

Layla nodded. It appeared this battle with the Confederation was over, and the Solar System had won. The next battle would be one for the possession of the Human Empire, and that was a battle they could not afford to lose.

Chapter Sixteen

Princess Layla and Princess Krista were attending a meeting of the Pallas Imperial Council. In addition to the council, the five fleet admirals were there, as well as Brett Newcomb, in charge of Earth’s Imperial Council; General Stern, NAU military representative; Colonel Henderson, Earth Imperial in command of Earth’s space station; General Weston, in charge of Earth’s main military space shipyard; and a number of others in the military and from the various colonies in the Solar System.

Admiral Reynolds currently was addressing the Pallas council and visitors. “Examining the data from the battle with the Lamothians, we can comfortably say we destroyed around 1,214 of their warships as well as 412 of their cargo ships.”

“What about our own losses?” asked General Stern.

“They were heavy,” answered Reynolds solemnly. “We lost 7 dreadnoughts and 304 battlecruisers.”

“How soon can we replace those losses?” asked Princess Layla. She and Krista sat at the front of the large conference table on special high-backed chairs, specially designed from videos of what had once been in the Royal Court in the Imperial Palace.

“Fortunately we still have a large number of ships in stasis here at Pallas. We can completely replace our losses, plus finish filling out Fifth Fleet. We do need to complete our training of some crews, but that should be finished in another month.”

“We’re also building new warships in the shipyards above Earth, the Moon, and Mars,” added General Weston.

“The same goes for Pallas,” Councilor Tristan added. “All our construction bays are operating around-the-clock.”

Layla nodded. “How much longer until the carriers and the mobile shipyards are ready?”

“Slightly less than two months,” answered Reynolds. “Each fleet will be assigned two carriers. Each carrier will be capable of carrying 120 of our attack interceptors.”

Princess Layla asked, “And do we have enough pilots for all those interceptors?”

General Weston nodded with a smile. “We have more than enough gifted pilots, all clamoring to pilot an interceptor.”

“What about defensive satellites and missile platforms?” asked Admiral Cleemorl. “If we can free the Mall Star Cluster from the Druins, we will need to fortify all the inhabited worlds, particularly Golan Four.”

“We need another month to finish the defensive grids here in the Solar System, and then, after that, all production of defensive satellites and missile platforms will be for the defenses of the Empire.”

Rear Admiral Masters spoke up. “Sixteen heavily populated star systems are in the Mall Star Cluster, as well as some smaller colonies. All of those sixteen worlds have heavy industry and the capability of building spacecraft. I suggest we concentrate on freeing the Mall Star Cluster first and then fortifying it, before we move out into the rest of the Empire.”

Princess Layla nodded. “We’ll take your suggestion under advisement. Admiral Reynolds, do you have anything else?”

Reynolds nodded. “Linda Martin and Alicia Morr feel confident the more powerful computer virus they have developed will take down the systems on the Confederation ships currently in the Empire. However, they feel it will not take the Confederation long to institute countermeasures to neutralize that advantage.”

“What are you suggesting?” asked Layla.

“We send in numerous scout craft and locate all the main Confederation fleets in the Empire. We strike them all simultaneously with the virus and then destroy them. With a little luck, it will force the Confederation to briefly pull completely out of Empire space. We know the resistance has hundreds of bases scattered throughout the Empire. At that time they can become active. If it takes time for the Confederation to respond to our attacks in the Empire, we may free a large part of it before they can counter us.”

Layla nodded. “Even in our time the Confederation moved very slowly. We may, indeed, have several months to prepare before the Confederation makes a countermove.” At least Layla hoped that would be the case.

“How soon do we begin broadcasting the propaganda videos?” asked General Stern. These were the videos that both Princess Layla and Princess Krista had made, explaining who they were and what the Lamothians had done to the young Humans taken to the Confederation.

Layla looked toward Derrick and Dylan to answer. They were both familiar with the Empire and were military.

“We have made several sets of videos,” explained Derrick. “The first set introduces the Princesses and talks about the Lamothians. The second set informs the Empire that a new war has begun to free all the Human worlds. I would suggest we begin broadcasting the first set of videos twenty-four hours before our attack. We can broadcast the second set of videos as soon as we’ve used the virus against the Confederation fleets in the Empire.”

“Now for the big question. How many fleets can we afford to send to free the Empire and still keep the Solar System safe?” asked Layla.

“I believe we can safely send three of our fleets,” said Admiral Reynolds. “We have made the Solar System into a fortress with all the defensive systems we’ve installed. Don’t forget. We also have nearly six thousand attack interceptors that can be used to protect the system as well.”

Princess Layla listened carefully. Sometimes it was best to allow the military leaders to talk and to arrive at a consensus.

Admiral Cleemorl looked around the table and then spoke. “We need to decide which three fleets we’ll commit and when we’ll launch the attack.”

“I think the three fleets to send are fairly obvious,” said Admiral Reynolds. “First Fleet, Second Fleet, and Fifth Fleet.”

Everyone around the table nodded in agreement.

“I’m glad that’s settled,” said Princess Layla. “Now, when do we launch our attack?” Layla was growing impatient to drive the Confederation out of the Empire. She also knew they couldn’t move too soon and risk failure.

“Three months from today,” suggested Derrick. “That will ensure we have the necessary defensive satellites and missile platforms to take with us. It will also give us the time needed to organize the other ships we’ll need.”

“Other ships?” said Councilor Tristan, looking confused. “What other ships?”

“A supply train,” explained Admiral Cleemorl. “We’ll need cargo ships with extra missiles, and capable of deploying the defensive grids around the Imperial planets. We may even need Marines to help keep the Human populations on some of the Imperial planets under control, until they fully understand what is happening.”

“I would suggest we take firm control of the Imperial Palace and the surrounding grounds,” said Princess Layla. “We should also consider rebuilding the Palace and the House of Worlds as soon as possible. The sooner we can reestablish the government seat in the Empire, the sooner we’ll be ready to take the war to the Confederation. As powerful as Earth and the rest of the Solar System has become, it is still only one star system, and the Confederation consists of tens of thousands.”

General Stern decided to speak. “We could use the Marines to secure the Palace grounds and the site of the former House of Worlds. However, I suggest we use local labor to rebuild the structures. It will make the people feel as if the Palace and the House of Worlds belongs to them and not to outsiders.”

“That should not be difficult,” said Princess Layla. “I’m sure the people of the Empire are ready to be free of the Confederation. There will be no shortage of volunteers to help rebuild the necessary government structures.”

-

The meeting lasted for another two hours, with schedules and deadlines being set. When it was over, Princess Layla and Princess Krista returned to Layla’s quarters.

“We’re actually doing it!” exclaimed Krista, when the two of them were alone. “We’re going back to the Empire.”

Layla nodded. “You realize when we do that our lives will change significantly. We will be in charge of an Empire and responsible for reestablishing the Monarchy as well as the House of Worlds. It won’t be an easy task.”

“We’ll have help,” replied Krista. “Derrick will be there and others.”

“That’s true, but we are the ones who will be responsible, at least at first. We’ll have to make many decisions that could affect millions if not billions of people.”

A knock came on the door, and the head female steward entered. “Rear Admiral Masters has requested the presence of the Princesses for the evening meal. Ensign Allert will be joining you as well.”

Layla felt a thrill run through her. Finally Derrick had made a move. “Find out where and what time we need to be there.”

“Ensign Allert will come by to escort you to the restaurant Rear Admiral Masters has chosen. She will be here at 6:00 p.m. I have already informed Captain Averson. He is making arrangements for two of the Royal Guards to accompany you as a security escort.”

Layla nodded. “Thank you, Emira. You are doing a fine job of looking after Princess Krista and me. My father would have been very pleased.”

Emira smiled, bowed slightly, and then left.

“I wish she would let us pick out our own clothes,” muttered Krista. “I wonder what she’ll choose for tonight?”

Layla laughed. “Emira is very knowledgeable about the proper etiquette and dress of the Royal Family. We just need to tolerate some of her eccentricities. Even back in the Palace we were not pleased with some of the clothes we were forced to wear.”

Krista nodded, recalling some of those. Several times her mother had sat and patiently explained the importance of looking and acting like a Princess. “It just seems, the older we get, the more cumbersome the clothes become.”

“Maybe, once we get the Monarchy reestablished, we can modify the clothing rules for the Imperial Family as well as the Royal Court.”

Krista’s eyes suddenly lit up. “I wonder if Derrick is bringing another officer?”

“Still want that first date?”

Krista nodded. “I won’t meet any men if I stay cooped up in my quarters.”

“Just don’t do anything foolish. Everyone will be watching us, and you know how rumors used to fly around the Royal Court.”

“I’ll be careful,” promised Krista. “I think I’ll go to my quarters and pick out several outfits for tonight. Maybe Emira will let me wear one of them.”

Layla shook her head. “If your skirts are above the knee, she won’t allow you to go out in public.”

Krista let out a deep sigh. “I know. But I still want to wear something I’ll feel comfortable in.”

Layla watched as Krista left to go to her quarters. She wouldn’t tell Krista that she had told Emira to be more strict in what Krista wore out in public. After all, Layla was the High Princess and had to look out for the only other remaining member of the Royal Family, and Krista had always been the more daring of the two.

-

Layla was dressed and waiting for Brenda to come take her and Krista to the restaurant Derrick had picked out. She wore a long blue dress with short sleeves. It was a little low cut but didn’t show any Royal cleavage. Emira had made sure of that.

There was a knock at her door, and Captain Averson stepped inside with Brenda. “Are you ready, milady?”

Layla nodded. “Good evening, Captain. Good evening, Brenda. How are you?”

Benda smiled. “I’m feeling pretty good and looking forward to a night out away from the Destiny. Rear Admiral Masters and Captain Barkley are waiting for us.”

“Who is Captain Barkley?” Layla knew this must be the officer Derrick had picked out as Krista’s date.

“Captain Barkley is an attack interceptor pilot. He’s been assigned as a squadron commander on board one of the new carriers. He only arrived on Pallas a few weeks ago.”

“Let’s go. I’m curious to meet this Captain Barkley.”

Stepping out into the corridor, Layla noticed Captain Everson had been joined by two Imperial Guards as they walked to Krista’s quarters, and soon the entire group was on their way to the chosen restaurant in the civilian sector. Layla had to smile at herself. Krista’s dress was a fraction shorter than hers. She knew Krista must have done a lot of talking and made a lot of promises to get Emira to allow her to wear this particular dress.

-

They went down several busy corridors to the main bank of turbolifts. Several minutes later they were in one of the new civilian habitats and had taken an automated vehicle to reach the restaurant.

As they got out of the vehicle, Layla noticed the small restaurant. Once inside, they were ushered to a table, where Derrick and a good-looking fleet officer sat. The area around the table had been roped off, so no one would bother them while they were dining.

“Princess,” said Derrick, as he stood and bowed slightly.

Captain Barkley did the same.

As everyone took a seat, Derrick introduced Captain Barkley.

Layla noticed that Krista had a big approving smile on her face. Looking around the small intimate restaurant, Layla noticed other couples were enjoying their meals. Very few stared at them. The lighting wasn’t too bright, and the aromas from the cooking food smelled great.

“I like this place,” commented Krista, as she sat down next to Captain Barkley.

Derrick smiled. “I know the owner, and she prides herself on customer service.” Derrick didn’t explain that Cheryl Bannon was the owner. Over the last few months she had opened a number of restaurants and entertainment bars in the new civilian habitats.

Krista looked at Captain Barkley. “So tell me. What’s it like to fly one of the new interceptors?”

For the next few minutes Mathew explained what he liked about flying and the closeness of his crew.

“Why did you volunteer to go on board one of the new carriers?”

“It’s time for us to take the war to the Confederation. It’s why I joined up, and, after the last battle, I feel certain the action will now shift over to the Human Empire.”

-

Derrick listened to Captain Barkley speaking with Layla and Krista. He seemed to be very comfortable around the two Princesses. Derrick noticed that Layla sat very close to him, her leg slightly touching his. He wondered if she did that on purpose or if it was merely a coincidence.

“What would you recommend?” Layla asked Derrick.

Derrick picked up the menu, looking at it. “The steaks are supposed to be good, as well as the Cornish game hens. There is also a good selection of seafood.”

“I’ll have the lobster tail with extra butter,” announced Krista. “It’s similar to the Karlen’s we had on Golan Four.” She was looking at the picture in the menu.

Layla nodded. “That sounds delicious. I think I’ll have the same.”

“A steak for me,” said Derrick. Mathew agreed.

Brenda took a few moments to study the menu and then said she was having prime rib with a baked potato. She looked at Derrick and laughed. “Remember. You’re paying.”

Nodding, Derrick smiled. “Eat whatever you want.”

“What do we want to drink?” asked Layla. Most of the drinks on the menu she wasn’t familiar with.

“Carlish,” suggested Brenda. “It’s a weak alcoholic drink that tastes like fresh strawberries.”

The server came over and took their orders, as she placed crystal glasses full of ice water on the table. Soft music played in the background, and the atmosphere in the restaurant was quite relaxing.

“I understand you want to rebuild the Imperial Palace once we free Golan Four?” Mathew asked the High Princess.

Layla nodded. “Yes, as soon as we have the orbital defenses in place and feel the planet’s secure.”

“I saw videos of what the Palace once looked like. It was a magnificent structure.”

“I loved the gardens,” said Krista, recalling her time at the Palace. “We had plants, trees, and flowers from across the entire Empire. I really miss that.”

“All of that can be replaced,” said Mathew. “It’ll just take time.”

Derrick took a sip of his ice water just as the server returned with crystal wineglasses filled with Carlish.

“We also have some very nice weak alcoholic wines that you might be interested in,” she said politely.

“I want to try some,” said Krista excitedly. “Can you recommend one or two that would go well with the lobster?”

The server nodded. “I have one in mind that I think you would enjoy. I’ll bring it along with your meal.”

The five sat here, talking about their future plans. After a few minutes the server returned with their house salads. She also brought a small wineglass filled with a Chardonnay from California on Earth.

Krista tasted the wine and then smiled. “That’s perfect. It’s just like what we had on Golan Four in the Imperial Court.”

“I’ll bring glasses for all of you with your meal,” said the server with a pleased smile on her face.

Mathew looked at Krista. “How soon after we launch our attack on the Empire will the two of you be returning to Golan Four?”

“Almost immediately,” replied Krista. “We will be a symbol for our people to rally around and to rebuild the Empire.”

“The two of you have many responsibilities as Princesses. It must leave you very little free time.”

“More than you would think,” answered Layla. “One of the things our fathers taught us was how to delegate authority. We will depend on the House of Worlds to actually set the laws in the Empire, though the Imperial Council here on Pallas has suggested setting up a council that would be the go-between for the Palace and the House of Worlds. It is something Krista and I will discuss when the time is appropriate.”

“What about you, Derrick?” asked Mathew. Derrick had told Mathew to address him by his first name while they were at the restaurant. “You’re the Princesses’ primary military advisor. Are you staying on Golan Four as well?”

Derrick nodded. “It’s my homeworld. I will do whatever is necessary to serve the Royal Family.”

Two servers returned this time, carrying trays of steaming food and a bottle of Chardonnay wine. They carefully placed the plates of food on the table and then poured each person a wineglass three-fourths full of the wine.

“Enjoy,” said the head server as she turned to leave.

Layla picked up her glass and took a cautious sip, and then her face broke into a smile. “I like this. It should go well with the lobster.”

Krista took a cautious bite of her lobster, after dipping it in butter. She smiled and nodded. “This is good. I could eat two of these.”

Everyone laughed and started eating.

-

For the next hour, the five of them sat at their table, talking and laughing. Even Brenda, without a date, was having a good time. “I guess I’ll have to invite someone to join me next time, if we do this very often,” she said.

“It’s nice to get out of our quarters,” affirmed Layla. Her left hand was under the table and entwined in Derrick’s.

“Let’s have dessert,” suggested Krista. “Something rich in chocolate.”

Layla laughed. This was the best time she had experienced since coming out of cryosleep. “You’ll turn into chocolate as much as you consume. Emira will have you working out half the day tomorrow to get rid of all the calories you consumed tonight.”

Krista frowned. “Well, maybe just half a piece of that red velvet cake.”

Brenda grinned. “I like chocolate too. Why don’t we order a full piece, and we can split it.”

Krista nodded. “Sounds like a winner to me.”

-

After eating dessert, they left the restaurant. Captain Averson and the two Imperial Guards were waiting outside the restaurant’s entrance to escort them back to their Royal Quarters.

Layla was also pleased to see no crowd had gathered outside the restaurant. This was so much different than what it had been like back home.

Upon reaching the Royal Quarters, they found Stewardess Emira waiting impatiently at Layla’s door.

“There she is,” said Layla in a soft voice. “As people on Earth would say, she’s just like a mother hen.”

“She’s only looking after you and Krista,” said Derrick. “If you ask me, she’s doing a great job.”

Layla smiled and nodded. “I really enjoyed tonight. We will have to do this again sometime.”

“I enjoyed myself too. I need to return to my ship and check how my fleet’s coming along. I’ll see you again as soon as I can.”

Layla nodded and, leaning forward, gave Derrick a gentle kiss on the cheek. “That’s all for now, especially with Emira watching.”

Derrick grinned, backed away, and gave Layla a slight bow. He then went to get Captain Barkley and Ensign Allert, who were waiting in front of Krista’s quarters.

-

On the way back to the ship, Brenda looked at Derrick. “Well, I thought that went well.”

Derrick nodded. “Yes, it did, and thank you for sacrificing your night.”

Brenda laughed. “This was not a sacrifice. I’ll take a good meal and good company anytime.”

“What did you think about Captain Barkley?”

Brenda nodded approvingly. “I think he’s a good pick for Krista. They’re both young and energetic.”

Derrick was pleased with the way the night had gone. He had been a little surprised when Layla had reached under the table to hold his hand. Overall, he could not have planned a better evening. With a deep sigh, he knew that tomorrow would be time to get back to planning the war. The Confederation was about to learn what war with a fully prepared Human star system was like.

Chapter Seventeen

In the Confederation, the Great Council had called a meeting. Admiral Zahn was present, making his report of his unsuccessful attack against the Human star system.

“I have never seen a system so heavily defended. Even if we had defeated the fleets that we encountered, I doubt if we could have reached the Humans’ home planet.”

“We have analyzed your data from the battle,” spoke Ardon Reull in a calm and steady voice, as the head of the Great Council and a Lormallian. “It is evident the Humans of Earth are very dependent on using computer viruses to disable our ships. That’s what the evidence indicates happened to the Druin interdiction system and then to your fleets. They used two different versions of the same virus to disable your warships. After studying the viruses they used, we can easily defeat them with a new series of advanced firewalls.”

“They have violated one of the main edicts of the Articles of Confederation,” rasped Ralor Corr, the Zynth council member. “No race is allowed to develop any computer viruses. It could seriously damage the economies of too many worlds. These Humans must be punished.”

“These Humans are not like the ones in the former Human Empire,” proclaimed Admiral Zahn. “They are much more violent and dangerous.”

“What are we to do?” spoke Klug, the Morphene council member through his voice translator.

Reull looked at his fellow council members. “We must update the firewalls on our ships and in our computer systems throughout the Confederation. It is also obvious we must construct a larger fleet to deal with this renegade Human star system.”

“What if they come here?” asked Councilor Clun of the Druins.

“I don’t believe they would dare penetrate our space a second time,” answered Councilor Reull. “I feel the first time they did so was to find out what was happening to the Humans we have been taking from the former Human Empire. Now that we are aware of the Humans of Earth, I don’t believe they will dare risk such an action a second time. I believe they will be satisfied to stay in their system, behind their defenses, as they hope we don’t come and destroy them.”

“Which we will when we have produced a larger fleet,” said Clun. “We must destroy these Humans, yet still maintain the necessary fleet strength to hold the Confederation.”

“How long?” asked Councilor Klug.

Councilor Reull spent a moment consulting a computer terminal that connected him to several Lormallian AIs. “Six to eight months. At that time we can easily destroy the Humans without weakening our own defenses.”

“Then it is decided,” said Admiral Zahn. “I request to be part of that expedition. The Lamothians would still like to have possession of Earth to use as a future food source for our race.”

Councilor Reull nodded. “I believe that can be arranged, once we have destroyed their space fleets and any ground-based resistance.”

This satisfied Admiral Zahn. His people wanted a massive feast, and, for that, they needed tens of millions of Humans. The Humans of Earth would provide for that grand feast.

-

Two months had passed since the Lamothian attack. Admiral Cleemorl was in Cheryl’s new business office in the same habitat where they had established their home. “You are keeping everything legal?” he asked, as he gazed at Cheryl’s cleavage.

Cheryl saw where Dylan’s eyes were focused and casually buttoned another button on her blouse, cutting off his view. “Let’s keep our minds on the subject at hand,” she said, grinning. “You can check out my assets when we get home.”

Dylan sighed and nodded. “How many restaurants and entertainment bars have you opened?”

“Six family restaurants and ten bars,” Cheryl answered. “The men and women of the fleet need someplace to blow off some steam when they’re on leave, and I’m more than glad to provide it. It also pays very well.”

“Everything’s legal?” Dylan asked again, almost afraid of the answer. He was very familiar with Cheryl’s pirating past.

Cheryl laughed. “The restaurants are completely on the up-and-up. The bars are as well—as long as the profits stay good.”

Cheryl made him feel a little uncomfortable. “Let’s keep the profits up then. You’re not providing any male or female companionship, are you?”

A big grin crossed Cheryl’s face. “And what if I am? There’s a big demand for it.”

“I would prefer you didn’t indulge in that type of business activity.”

Cheryl let out a deep sigh. “I have to admit it was tempting, but I want to leave that part of my life behind, so I’m keeping everything legal. Does that make you happy?”

Dylan reached across Cheryl’s desk and undid the top button on her blouse. He smiled. “Now I’m happy.”

“You are in a mood,” said Cheryl, grinning. “Is there something going on that I don’t know about?”

Dylan leaned back in his chair. “I guess I just realized that, in a few more weeks, I’ll be setting out for the Empire. I don’t know when I’ll be coming back.”

“Don’t forget. I still have my yacht. If necessary, I can always come to the Empire to visit. Besides, I really need to check up on some of my business ventures.”

Dylan looked seriously at Cheryl. “I don’t know if I feel comfortable with you doing that. It might not be safe.”

Cheryl smiled. “Don’t worry. My two escort ships are still in stasis as well. If I come to the Empire, I’ll make sure I have plenty of protection. Besides, I imagine, once the war starts in earnest, convoys of ships will be going back and forth all the time. I could always join one of them.”

Cheryl was a very strong-willed and independent woman, and Dylan knew better than to argue with her. “Just make sure you’re careful when you do, and let me know when you’re coming.”

“I will. Now get back to organizing your fleet, and I’ll see you at home tonight. How does a home-cooked meal sound?”

Grinning, Dylan nodded. Cheryl was a very good cook. “I’ll make sure I’m home on time. What are you planning for dessert?”

Cheryl laughed. “You will just have to wait and find out,” she said teasingly.

-

Princess Layla was on board the Destiny, visiting Rear Admiral Masters. Over the past few months their time together had been severely limited to a few meals and military briefings. She found that, whenever she was on board the Destiny, the crew tended to make sure they had some alone time. She wondered if the entire crew knew about her and Derrick.

They were currently in Derrick’s quarters, enjoying a glass of Carlish. Brenda was with them, as Derrick felt it best to have someone present anytime he had Layla in his personal quarters. Layla and Derrick sat together on the couch, and Brenda sat across from them.

“The battlecarriers are ready,” Derrick said, as he took a sip of his Carlish. “Each fleet will be assigned three, since we still have another month before we set out for the Empire.”

Layla nodded. “The mobile shipyards are finished also. Admiral Reynolds took me on a tour of one of them yesterday. They’re quite impressive.”

“How soon will you be coming to the Empire?” asked Brenda. She enjoyed playing chaperone to the two.

“Almost immediately,” answered Layla. “We want to establish a Royal presence as soon as possible, so we can bring some stability to the Human worlds in the Empire. I’m afraid it’ll be a long and difficult process.”

“We’ll get it done,” promised Derrick. “This was your brother’s plan, and we’ll see it through.”

Layla nodded. “Someday I need to trace what happened to my brother and Maya’s children. I’m curious to learn if they have any descendants living today.”

Brenda nodded. “That would be interesting, indeed. I wonder if the Earth Imperials have such detailed records?”

“I don’t know,” replied Layla.

Brenda looked at Derrick. “Andrew might know. Maybe we should ask him.”

“He might,” replied Derrick. “Or he would at least know who to contact.”

“I’ll ask him,” volunteered Brenda. “We’re pretty close.”

Layla set down her drink and took Derrick’s hand. “I better go. Krista and I have to attend a function several of the Imperial Councilors are holding.” Layla stood, and Derrick stood also. Brenda got up and walked over to the door, purposely not watching.

With a smile, Derrick took Layla into his arms and gently kissed her on the lips. “Now go play Princess, and I’ll see you as soon as I can. I’m taking my fleet out for a week’s worth of drills.”

Stepping from Derrick’s embrace, Layla nodded. “We both have our duties to perform. I will see you when you get back.”

Derrick walked Layla to the door and, opening it, saw the two Imperial Guards waiting there. Brenda and Layla stepped out together into the corridor, Brenda returning to her duty station and Layla being escorted back to Pallas by her two guards.

-

In the former Human Empire, Druin Admiral Kreen sat in the command chair in his flagship, the Avenging Light. The ship currently orbited Golan Four.

“I don’t care what the Great Council says. I’m certain the Humans are coming. They want their Empire back. It’s the only logical explanation for them being active in the Empire with their cargo ships and venturing into Confederation space. They were gathering intelligence in preparation for their attack.”

“But they would need a larger fleet,” objected First Officer Falorr.

“That’s just it,” replied Admiral Kreen. “We have no idea how large a fleet they have. I read the report from Admiral Zahn on what he faced. It was far more ships than what we encountered. I fear the Confederation might be underestimating these Humans.”

Falorr looked at the tactical display of a fleet of over four hundred Druin battlecruisers and battleships a short distance away. Falorr knew five other similar fleets were in different regions of the Human Empire. “Surely we have the ships to stop any attack.”

“Do we?” asked Admiral Kreen. “We have not yet received the latest computer firewalls to protect our ships from the viruses these new Humans use.”

Falorr was silent as he folded his powerful arms across his muscular chest. “What should we do in the meantime?”

“I want to move two of our fleets out of Human space and hold them as a reserve. We’ll use our other four fleets to see how effective they are against the Humans.”

“How large do you believe this attack will be?”

“Massive. The likes of which we’ve never experienced since the Confederation was founded. I don’t believe the Great Council truly understands the danger these new Humans represent.”

Falorr looked at the viewscreen, showing the Human homeworld. “What should we do?”

“Prepare,” replied Admiral Kreen. “The Humans will think they have an advantage with their computer viruses. We will show them that isn’t so and what the true power of the Confederation is. I must send a hyperlight message to the Great Council. Plans must be made, and resources committed.”

-

Captain Barkley was on board the battlecarrier Orion, checking out the large flight bay that contained some of the carrier’s attack interceptors. With a smile, his gaze wandered down the long twin rows of interceptors.

“Looks as if they have everything figured out,” commented Lieutenant Simmins, standing next to Mathew. “I understand we’re shipping out in another few weeks.”

Mathew nodded. “That’s what I heard.”

Rod looked appraisingly at Mathew. “So, how are you and the Princess getting along?”

“She’s a Princess, so her free time is very limited. We’ve gone out to eat a few times, and we speak occasionally over the comms, but it’s hard to build a relationship when we’re getting ready to go to war.”

“Have you kissed her?”

Mathew grinned. “I’m not answering that. Princess Krista is a very special young woman. I’m just glad to be in her company upon occasion.”

“I’ve seen her,” replied Rod. “She’s really good-looking.”

Mathew nodded. “Yes, she’s very pretty, and she has a fun personality.”

Rod laughed. “You really like her. I’ve never heard you speak about a woman like this before.”

Mathew shook his head. “Let’s go check out our interceptor. I have a squadron meeting planned for tomorrow morning. If I understand it right, Rear Admiral Masters is taking Fifth Fleet out either tomorrow or the day after for a week of drills. Very few of our interceptor pilots have ever landed on a moving object like this battlecarrier will be. We have a lot of work ahead of us.”

Rod nodded his agreement. “In another month we’ll be off to war. I hope all of us make it back.”

Mathew again looked down the long line of interceptors. He knew very well that some of his pilots would not make it back. They were at war, and people died in battles. He just hoped to keep it to a minimum.

-

Two days later Derrick was in the Command Center of the Destiny. His fleet had gathered around the flagship, and he watched as three large battlecarriers left their docks. All three were three hundred meters longer than a dreadnought. They were protected by numerous energy beam turrets and some missile tubes. The battlecarriers had slightly more firepower than a battlecruiser and had a more powerful energy shield. The carriers had four landing bays for the attack interceptors they carried.

“The Confederation won’t be expecting this,” commented Captain Banora. “As far as I know, none of the Confederation races use small attack craft.”

“We just need to figure out how to use them,” replied Derrick. He had a few ideas, and he would try a few things out during the drills he had planned over the next week. “Lieutenant Viktor, as soon as the battlecarriers have joined our formation, set a course for Saturn. We’ll practice a few formations as we go.”

“What hyperspace jumps are we doing?” asked Audrey.

Derrick grinned. “I’ve got permission to make a jump to Alpha Centauri. That will give us an entire star system to play around in.”

Audrey nodded. “That way, if we screw up, no one will notice.”

“I would rather screw up there than in battle against a Confederation fleet.”

“I understand some stealthed battlecruisers are setting out for the Human Empire next week.”

“Yes,” answered Derrick. “Before we launch our attacks, we want to know just what we’re up against. We also need to know the exact locations of the Confederation fleets so we can use our computer virus against them. That attack has to be coordinated, as Linda Martin feels we’ll only have this one chance to use the biggest virus against Confederation fleets. So we want to make it count.”

-

Suddenly the Destiny moved, and all of Fifth Fleet accelerated along with the flagship. They were in a long cylindrical formation, with the battlecruisers on the outside and the battlecarriers and the dreadnoughts on the inside. For the next two hours they varied formations and tried not to collide with each other. Fortunately the computer navigation systems would initiate collision-avoidance maneuvers automatically if two warships came too close to one another.

-

“Lieutenant Viktor, jump the fleet to the orbit of Pluto on the far side of the system. Captain Banora, as soon as we exit hyperspace, I want the fleet to form up into an attacking wedge formation. We won’t give the other ship captains advance warning. We’ll announce the formation as soon as we drop out of hyperspace.” Derrick would get the fleet used to rapidly changing formations. He didn’t want to become too predictable in battle.

A minute later Derrick felt the slight wrenching sensation in his gut as the Destiny slipped into hyperspace. Twenty seconds later the flagship dropped back into normal space, her fleet appearing around her.

“All ships go to formation W1 and prepare for rapid maneuvers,” announced Captain Banora over the fleet comm channel.

Derrick leaned back in his command chair, his gaze focused on the tactical display as ships moved in every direction. In the background, he could hear Captain Banora barking out orders at ships way out of position or that didn’t seem to know what they were doing. After ten minutes the fleet was finally in its wedge formation.

“I think we all just died,” commented Derrick over the fleet comm channel. “All ships will regroup into our cylinder formation, and we will do this again. Some of you will be getting messages from myself and Captain Banora on how poorly you just performed. Don’t be so sloppy and so slow again, or you’ll be missing next week’s leave time.”

-

For the next hour Derrick and Captain Banora spoke to various ship captains, explaining what they had done wrong. At the end of the hour, Derrick looked at Audrey. “Okay, let’s try this again. Same wedge formation and let’s hope this time it looks more like a wedge than a hurriedly cut slice of pizza.”

“All ships implement formation W1 immediately,” ordered Banora over the fleet comm.

Derrick settled back in his command chair, watching the tactical display. This time the fleet managed to get into formation in a little over eight minutes, and the formation was not nearly as ragged as the first time.

“That was better,” Derrick announced over the fleet comm. “However, it was still not good enough. We need to adjust formations in less than five minutes. Also keep in mind that, while we’re adjusting formation, we may be in a battle and being fired upon. We’ll take thirty minutes before we try again. Once more, during that time, I will be contacting a few ship captains. Captain Banora will be doing the same.”

-

For the next three days Fifth Fleet practiced rapidly changing formations. Sometimes they would make a short hyperspace jump and change formations upon emergence. Overall there was steady improvement until the fleet finally getting into the correct formation well under the five minutes Derrick was demanding.

“We’re getting there,” commented Captain Banora, after the fleet finished forming up into a defensive globe formation.

Derrick nodded. “I think it’s time for us to make our trip out to Alpha Centauri. Lieutenant Viktor, set a course to drop us near Alpha Centauri’s largest asteroid field. It’s time we did some target practice.” Explorations of Alpha Centauri had revealed three large asteroid fields in the system.

The announcement was made throughout the fleet, and soon they were ready.

“Lieutenant Viktor, take us to Alpha Centauri.” Derrick leaned forward, anticipating the hyperspace jump to the Centauri system, which was 4.37 light-years distant. Alpha Centauri A and B were sunlike stars of the G and K class. Alpha Centauri C was a red dwarf, though it did have several planets.

The Destiny suddenly made the transition into hyperspace for the short journey to the neighboring star. On the tactical display, all the ships of Fifth Fleet surrounded the Destiny. Even in hyperspace, Derrick kept the fleet in a tight formation, so they wouldn’t be scattered upon exiting.

-

Twenty minutes passed, and the fleet emerged from hyperspace.

“Coordinates confirmed,” reported Lieutenant Viktor. “We are two hundred thousand kilometers from the main asteroid swarm.”

“Put the swarm up on the viewscreen,” ordered Derrick. On the screen several large asteroids appeared. “Captain Banora, launch a target drone and have it land on the largest of those two asteroids.”

A few minutes later the drone was in position.

Derrick nodded, satisfied. “Now I want to practice launching our attack interceptors. They are to make strafing runs on that asteroid, as if it were a damaged Druin battlecruiser.”

-

On board the battlecarrier Orion, the Condition One alert sounded, sending all the interceptor crews rushing to their ships.

Captain Barkley was one of the first to reach his waiting interceptor. Crawling into the cockpit, followed by Lieutenant Simmins and Lieutenant Kline, Mathew quickly closed the cockpit and went through his prelaunch checks. “I want to be launched within two minutes,” he said to the other two.

His interceptor was already lined up, facing one of the launch tubes and being hooked up for a quick launch. Only one more was ahead of his.

“All systems check out,” reported Rod.

“Weapons are a go,” added Linda.

Mathew watched as the interceptor in front of him was pulled into the launching tube. A moment later the hatch to the tube opened, and his fighter was pulled in. “Stand by.”

Suddenly the launching mechanism engaged, and the interceptor was hurled from the launch tube.

“Black Dart squadron, form up on me,” Mathew said over the squadron comm system.

Mathew flew his interceptor in a tight circle around the Orion until all of his squadron was launched and in formation. He activated a beacon, so the rest of his squadron could find his interceptor among all the rest. Looking out the cockpit window, he watched as other interceptors were launched. He knew it would take less than five minutes to clear all four landing bays of their fighter complements.

After a few minutes, all his interceptors were in formation.

“All right, everyone, listen up. From now on we will attack in pairs. Stay with your wingman and coordinate your attack runs with each other. Remember. If this were a real Druin battlecruiser, we would be facing considerable defensive fire. As a result, you’re ordered to weave and to vary your angle of approach to reduce the chance of being struck by incoming fire. The target for today’s drill is the large asteroid the Destiny has placed a target drone on.”

Mathew turned his interceptor toward the target, the rest of his squadron following. “Lieutenant Vick, you will make the first run.”

Lieutenant Vick flew toward the asteroid, followed by his wingman. The two interceptors approached rapidly, weaving a complicated pattern to escape incoming fire. When they reached the asteroid, the two interceptors flew low, firing their twin cannons. Small explosions erupted across the barren and jagged landscape, until the two interceptors pulled up.

“Not bad,” commented Mathew. “Lieutenant Gains, you’re up next.”

For the next forty minutes Mathew watched as his squadron tore up large sections of the asteroid. When he was finally satisfied with their performance, he ordered them back to the Orion.

“We’ll be doing this for the next several days, so we’ll get a lot of flying time in,” Mathew said.

“The more, the better,” replied Rod. “It won’t be that long until we’re deployed against the Confederation.”

-

Derrick nodded as the interceptor squadrons returned to the Orion. They had performed very well in the drill. He planned on staying in the Centauri System for a number of days and do considerable target practicing. All the vessels in his fleet would practice attack runs, as well as more complicated fleet maneuvers. When Fifth Fleet went to the Empire, he planned on being fully ready. He would not let down Princess Layla. He would do everything in his power to restore the Empire and the Royal Monarchy.

Chapter Eighteen

It was time. Princess Layla was in the underground Command Center at Pallas, watching the massive viewscreens. The screens showed hundreds of Imperial warships in orbit of the massive asteroid and home of the Human Imperials. Her light-blue eyes focused on one ship in particular. The flagship of the Fifth Fleet, the dreadnought Destiny.

“They will be leaving shortly,” said Admiral Reynolds.

Layla nodded. She knew three fleets would head directly for the Empire, as well as a fourth fleet comprised of the two mobile shipyards and numerous cargo ships carrying supplies and missiles for the fleet. That fleet would leave in forty-eight hours. Layla and Krista would be with that fleet on board the stealth destroyer Starburst. It was time to return home.

“Must you go so soon?” asked Admiral Reynolds. “Wouldn’t it be better for you to wait a few more days?”

“My people will expect to see me. Even in the time of the Confederation’s invasion of the Empire, my brother led the fleets. I can do no less. I will be where I am needed.”

“The Fifth Fleet is preparing to enter hyperspace,” reported Captain Moore.

On the main viewscreen, ships began to vanish. After just a few moments all of Fifth Fleet was gone. Layla felt a sudden loneliness, knowing Derrick was already far away.

“First Fleet is preparing to jump.”

More ships vanished from the viewscreen, until only Second Fleet remained.

“Second Fleet is preparing to jump.”

The remaining ships were gone, and Layla let out a deep breath. The ships to attempt to free the Empire were now on their way.

“Well, it’s started,” said Admiral Reynolds. “Let’s hope we’re successful.”

“How long will it take them to reach the Empire?” asked Councilor Tristan.

Reynolds turned to face the councilor. “A little over three weeks. They’ll need to rendezvous with the stealth battlecruisers we sent earlier to learn of the location of any Confederation fleets. Then they’ll have to coordinate a synchronous attack to take them out.”

“What if the virus is ineffective?”

“Then we’ll have a battle on our hands. We have committed nearly two thousand warships to this attack. If we ever want to free the Empire, this attack cannot fail.”

Layla knew they were taking a chance. However, if they had waited longer, they risked the chance of the Confederation sending a fleet to destroy the Solar System. This way they had moved the battle away from Earth. Now she would join Krista. It was time for them to prepare for their return to the Empire.

-

Cheryl inspected her yacht. She had taken it out of stasis and was in the process of having it updated to modern standards. The same for her two escort ships. Fortunately she was bringing in quite a bit of money from her family restaurants and the more rowdy entertainment bars for the fleet crews. She was anxious to get back to the Empire to see how some of her assets had fared over the years. She had been careful to set them up so they would survive over the long term. Some of them Dylan knew nothing about as they were not totally legit.

“How soon are you leaving?” asked Major Carter. He stood next to Cheryl, gazing at her yacht. Admiral Reynolds had sent him to check on Cheryl.

“A few weeks at least. I still need to find crews for my ships.”

“Why don’t you let the military supply you with your crews? I know some older fleet people who can’t qualify for our battlecruisers and dreadnoughts but would love the opportunity to serve in your ships.”

Cheryl looked at the major, interested. “Some things I’m involved in are not considered completely legal.”

Carter laughed. “I’m familiar with your background. I think I can find you three crews who would fit in very well with what you do. Admiral Cleemorl would want to make sure you stay safe. I have a few officers in mind who are a little unscrupulous and would complement your organization.”

Cheryl nodded. “I don’t condone violence, unless it’s absolutely necessary.”

Carter nodded. “I think you will like these officers. Why don’t I send them over to the yacht tomorrow, and you can interview them.”

“Very well, let me see what you’ve got.” Cheryl was curious as to what kind of officers Carter would send her. She wondered what Dylan would think about what she was doing. He would probably disapprove, but she wouldn’t be true to herself if she didn’t do this.

-

Admiral Cleemorl was in the Command Center of the dreadnought Themis, thinking about what would happen when they reached the Empire. They had three regions they wanted to take completely from the Confederation. The Mall Star Cluster and its sixteen heavily populated star systems, including the capital of Golan Four. The Vortex Worlds also had a number of Human worlds with heavy industry and large Human populations. Then, of course, the region around Lydol Four, which included Cleetus Three and Bratol Three.

The attack plans called for eliminating all the main Confederation fleets in the Empire with the advanced virus application and then concentrating on the three Human regions specified to bring in those Humans quickly into the war to aid the Earth Humans. Most of those Human worlds had shipyards and space stations that could be rapidly converted to the war effort.

“Still thinking about the upcoming battles?” asked Captain Fulmar.

Dylan nodded. “I wonder if we’re really ready. We have no idea what we may be facing. We have no idea how many warships the Confederation actually has.”

“What choice do we have?” replied Fulmar. “If we don’t do this now, we’ll never know if we could have freed the Empire. We also have no idea what the Confederation may think about fighting a real interstellar war. In the past they had all the advantages. That won’t be true this time. Our weapons are as powerful as theirs, and our ship crews are well trained. Plus we have the element of surprise.”

On the main viewscreen, a sea of stars was visible. Very soon they would be in range of the Empire, and the stars would begin to take on familiar patterns. The main tactical display showed the 620 battlecruisers and 30 dreadnoughts in First Fleet. It was a powerful force. Dylan just hoped it was enough.

-

Druin Admiral Kreen stood in his Command Center, studying the latest reports from around the Human Empire. There was limited unrest due to the fact the Humans knew what the punishment would be. Overall, the Empire was quiet, too quiet.

“I don’t like this,” said Kreen, looking at First Officer Falorr. “I fear the Confederation is moving too slowly in taking action against these new Humans.”

“We have the new firewalls,” replied Falorr. “They have been installed in all our ships. We’re ready for them, if they show up here.”

“I wonder,” responded Kreen. “I want battlecruisers spread out across the Empire to search for any strange or unknown ships. I want a line of battlecruisers out around the Ridge Star Cluster where Highland Station is.”

Falorr looked confused. “What good will that do? We can’t detect a ship while it’s in hyperspace, unless it’s very close.”

“No, but if the Humans of Earth are coming here, I strongly suspect they’ll send scouts first. I want to find those scouts. That will tell us an attack is imminent.”

Falorr slowly nodded his head. “Do we request more battlecruisers from the Confederation or use the ones we already have?”

“We’ll request more battlecruisers first. If we get no response, then we’ll use our own.”

Kreen had a very uneasy feeling about these new Humans. They just did not act as a civilized race should. Looking up at the main viewscreen, his fleet was still in orbit around Golan Four. If the Earth Humans did attack, they were bound to make a try for the Human Empire’s former capital. He had already positioned two of his fleets just outside of the space claimed by the former Empire. He would use those two fleets to destroy the Humans if they attempted to use another virus. He felt relatively certain his ships’ new firewalls would protect them, but he would not take any chances. Logic dictated that he consider the possibility that his ships might once more find themselves vulnerable to one of the Earth Humans’ computer weapons.

-

Across the Human Empire, twenty stealthed battlecruisers carefully surveyed the main worlds of the Empire. Locations of Druins warships were noted, and stealthed battlecruisers were assigned to track Druin fleets. The battlecruisers stayed at a safe distance to ensure they were not detected. At a given date and time, they would send hyperlight messages with the coordinates of the ships and the fleets they were tracking. Those would be passed on to the attacking fleets fast approaching the Empire.

-

Admiral Kreen grew more concerned with every passing day. The Confederation had informed him they did not feel the Earth Humans would risk attacking the Human Empire, and becoming involved in a full-scale war with the Confederation at this time.

“We may have a problem,” announced First Officer Falorr, stepping closer to the admiral. “We have several battlecruiser reports of very brief unknown contacts. Upon investigation, they found nothing. The captains of the ships feel they may only be sensor ghosts.”

Kreen stood, rising to his full eight feet. “Those may be stealthed Human ships from Earth. Order those captains to do a more thorough sweep with their sensors.” Kreen was almost certain the ship captains were detecting stealthed ships operating in the Empire. If the Earth Humans had stealthed ships scouting out the Human worlds, then their attack could be coming almost any day.

“Should we inform the Great Council?”

Admiral Kreen considered the suggestion. “No, they have decided the Earth Humans are not that big of a threat at the moment. We will have to wait until the actual attack happens, and then we will notify the council. Increase the alert level for all our ships.”

Kreen returned to his command, settling his bulky form into the chair. It seemed to groan from Kreen’s massive weight. “I want this system checked. There must be a Human ship somewhere in this star system. I want it found!” For a brief moment his emotions burst through his protective layer of logic.

-

Princess Layla and Princess Krista were on board the Starburst, preparing to leave Pallas. They were joined in orbit by ten dreadnoughts, twenty battlecruisers, two mobile shipyards, four battlecarriers, six troop carriers, and thirty large cargo ships. Their mission had been delayed, waiting for the battlecarriers to pass their brief shakedown cruises.

“We are nearly ready to leave,” reported Captain Darlu. “We’re just waiting on Admiral Reynolds to give the order.”

Both Layla and Krista were in the ship’s Command Center. They were anxious and excited about their return to the Empire.

“I wish Aiden could have seen this,” commented Layla, a tear in her eyes.

Krista nodded. “It’s why he had Sanctuary constructed. We are finishing what he started.”

“We have permission to enter hyperspace,” reported Ensign Donna Olsen from Communications. “The flagship will signal when to go.”

Layla looked at the main viewscreen, which showed the dreadnought Exeter. She waited expectantly, and then the Exeter vanished, and moments later she felt the Starburst make the transition into hyperspace.

“We’re on our way,” said Captain Darlu. “It’s a little over three weeks to Golan Four.”

“I wonder what we’ll find when we get there,” said Krista, as she gazed at the tactical display that showed a myriad of friendly green icons around the Starburst.

“Our future,” answered Layla confidently. “The beginning of a new Human Empire and one that will not tolerate the vile actions of the Confederation.”

Krista hoped Layla was right. They had so much work ahead of them. It would not be easy to restore the Empire, but, looking around her, she knew they would have plenty of help.

-

Admiral Kreen was growing frustrated. For days his ships had searched every planet, moon, asteroid, and comet in the Golan Four System for a stealthed Human ship. It had all been in vain. He wondered if he had been wrong in his assumption.

“Admiral, we’re picking up a general hyperlight message broadcasting to all the Human worlds,” reported the communications officer.

“Put it on the speaker so I can hear it,” ordered Kreen.

“To all the worlds in the Human Empire. We have discovered that all the young people the Confederation races have taken to serve them are being used as food for the Lamothians. As proof, watch this video of a Lamothian food auction featuring Humans.”

Admiral Kreen’s gaze went to the main viewscreen, which showed the video. A cold feeling passed through him. There was no doubt in his mind this video would stir up unrest throughout all the Human worlds.

“Where did that video come from?” asked First Officer Falorr.

“The Earth Humans,” replied Kreen. “Their stealth ship was detected above one of the Lamothian worlds.” Kreen leaned back in his command chair. “We should have destroyed them when we could.”

“We still can,” responded Falorr.

Kreen shook his head. “No. Don’t you see this for what it is? They’re preparing the Human worlds for their impending attack. Increase our alert level, while I notify the Great Council of this latest development. Surely now they’ll send the ships that we need.”

-

Admiral Cleemorl nodded in satisfaction after the hyperlight message and video had been transmitted. They would repeat this message every hour for the next twelve hours. Tomorrow they would begin sending out the messages about the return of the High Princess and restoring the Empire to its former glory.

“I imagine some Druins are quite upset about now,” commented Captain Fulmar. “They won’t be pleased when they hear the message.”

“No, they won’t,” agreed Dylan. “It means the end to the Confederation taking any more Humans from the Empire. If they try, they’ll face massive revolts, and they know that.”

“We’re forty hours from the border of the Empire,” commented Fulmar. “The Druins are probably expecting an attack. They’re not exactly fools.”

Dylan nodded. “They may expect an attack, but, if the virus is even partially effective, it won’t do them any good.”

“What about the Human Resistance groups among the Empire?”

“They know we’re coming and should be ready. We have no idea how many ships they have hidden, but we’ve been led to believe it’s a considerable number.”

“What about the defensive grids? Can they help with those?”

“Supposedly. They’ve had nearly one thousand years to get ready for this. Even today we’re not completely sure how many bases they have hidden. We know it’s more than four hundred but it could easily be double that.”

Fulmar shook his head. “I still don’t understand how the Confederation never discovered those bases.”

“They’re well hidden, and Confederation troops never go down to the planets, other than to collect their allotment of young Humans.”

Fulmar stood gazing at the tactical display, showing the fleet accompanying the Themis. “I still find it difficult to believe that the Lamothians consider Humans to be a delicacy. It sounds so macabre and sickening.”

Dylan nodded in agreement. “I suspect the Lamothians will be severely dealt with, once we’re successful in freeing the Empire. The Human worlds will demand it. Our five special cargo ships made available to the Human Resistance the necessary infrastructure to build fusion weapons and antimatter missiles. The resistance is ready and will come as a shock to the Druins.”

“How soon before we hear from our stealthed battlecruisers?”

“They know as soon as the first message is broadcast to contact us twenty-four hours later. We’ll broadcast another message when we’re ready to attack, and the battlecruisers will send us another hyperlight message containing the current locations of all major Druin fleets.”

Dylan thought back to all the preparations for this attack. It had been over one thousand years in the making. Nearly every original Imperial who had gone into stasis was either in the attacking fleets or working on the war effort on Pallas.

Relaxing in his command chair, Dylan wondered what Cheryl was up to. She had mentioned coming out to the Empire to check on her assets. He hoped she waited until everything settled down. However, Cheryl wasn’t known for doing things in a calm and calculated manner. It would not surprise him in the least if she were already on her way.

-

Above Pallas, Cheryl was in her yacht, the Princess Haven. Her two support ships were on the flanks of the yacht, as well as one battlecruiser. Admiral Reynolds, upon hearing that Cheryl was heading back to the Empire, had insisted on her taking at least one heavy escort.

“Where to first?” asked Captain Bryan, an older man considered too old to command an actual warship.

“Highland Station,” answered Cheryl. “I still have some assets there, and I want to check on them.”

Captain Bryan nodded and transmitted the orders to the other three ships. A short time afterward all four vessels vanished into hyperspace.

-

Admiral Kreen had not received a response from the Great Council. He was debating sending another message. Already unrest was spreading across many of the Human worlds.

“Admiral, another hyperlight message and a video are being broadcast to all the Human worlds.”

Kreen looked at the communications officer. “Put it on the speaker and the main viewscreen.”

On the screen a beautiful Human woman appeared. She was dressed in the clothes of Royalty.

“I am High Princess Layla Starguard. I have waited in cryosleep for nearly one thousand years to return and to free the Human Empire from the Confederation. The day of my return is near. We will drive all Confederation forces from the Empire and will bring back the House of Worlds. We will take our war to the Confederation for what they have done to billions of young Humans over the last one thousand years, allowing them to be food for the Lamothians. Gather your family, your friends, and your neighbors. It is time for the rebirth of the Human Empire.”

“My brother, High Prince Aiden Starguard, built a secret base in a primitive star system inhabited by Humans. Those Humans are primitive no longer. I am coming with a powerful warfleet. The Druins and the other Confederation races will pay for what they have done to our worlds. I will address you again after I have returned to Golan Four and the Imperial Palace.”

Admiral Kreen leaned back in his command chair. “Is she who she claims to be?” This could be a major problem. The Royal Line was supposed to be dead.

First Officer Falorr spent a few minutes going over the computer files on the Human Empire. Finally he turned to face Admiral Kreen. “Records indicate that Princess Layla Starguard and Princess Krista Starguard were killed in an aircar accident at the time of the attack on Golan Four. However, the woman in the video matches the photographic records we have of Princess Layla Starguard.”

“She is coming here to attempt to take back the capital. Very well, we’ll give her a battle. Order our other two fleets to enter hyperspace and come here. The same for all our battlecruisers out on patrol.” This coming battle had suddenly taken on a new meaning. If a Royal Princess were to make an appearance, all the Human worlds might rally to her. This could not be allowed.

“What about our two fleets just outside Human space?”

“Leave them there. If this battle goes badly for us, we will have a fallback position to regroup and to consider our next move.”

Admiral Kreen stood to go to his quarters. The Humans were coming to free the Human Empire. If they succeeded, a new war would erupt. A war like the Confederation had never experienced before.

Chapter Nineteen

On Lydol Four General Livingston was in the huge Human Resistance base, deep beneath the ground. He had just finished watching the latest video that had been broadcast throughout the Empire of High Princess Layla Starguard.

“All our bases report the Princess is returning to take the Empire back from the Confederation,” reported Major Klower.

“What about our fleet?” asked General Livingston.

“Ready to deploy,” reported Admiral Dom Marloo. “I’ll report to my flagship within the hour.”

“Still wish we had some dreadnoughts,” murmured General Livingston.

Marloo looked at the general. “We just didn’t have the capacity to build them. We do have a lot of battlecruisers and support vessels. If the Earth Humans and Imperials can free the Empire, we can help them hold it.”

“When do we come out in the open?” asked Major Klower.

“As soon as the Earth Humans launch their attack,” said the general. “At that time we will move to destroy any Druin warships in our star systems. We’ll let the Earth fleets handle the larger Druin formations.”

“Are the defense grids ready to go up?” Marloo asked.

Major Klower nodded. “Lydol Four, Cleetus Three, and Bratol Three will have very powerful defensive grids up within two hours of the beginning of the attack. A number of our other worlds will be doing the same. Overall, I believe we can put grids up around 114 of our planets.”

General Livingston looked around at the gathered group of officers. Some had been in cryosleep for years, waiting for this day. Others had joined the secret military in recent years. “This is it then. We cannot afford to fail. This will be the true beginning of our war with the Confederation.”

“How long will it last?” asked Major Klower.

“They’ve killed billions of our young people,” answered Admiral Marloo. “It ends when we have won. The Confederation cannot be allowed to go on as it has for these thousands of years. To them, the rest of us are either barbaric or second-class citizens with very few rights. We have to change that.”

“What about the Lamothians?” asked Major Klower.

Admiral Marloo shared a look with General Livingston, who nodded. “They inhabit six star systems. When we have the strength to do so, we will journey to those worlds, free whatever Humans are there, and then destroy them. A race that consumes other civilized races cannot be allowed to continue to exist.”

“Genocide?” uttered Major Klower in shock.

“Maybe,” replied Admiral Marloo. “We’ll decide that when the time comes. First we have to free our worlds and get our industry turned toward the war. We have a lot ahead of us and much work to do.”

-

Admiral Kreen grew more concerned by the hour. All across the Human worlds, rumors of the High Princess’s imminent return filled the airwaves. Even hyperlight messages between many of the Human worlds now mentioned Princess Layla Starguard.

He was a little relieved and pleased when one of his fleets joined his in orbit around Golan Four. It doubled the number of warships he had in the system.

“Still no evidence of an Earth fleet,” reported First Officer Falorr. “We are receiving demands from various worlds that we leave the Empire and never return.”

“From where!” demanded Kreen. Perhaps it was time to teach these barbaric Humans another lesson.

“Everywhere,” replied Falorr. “Hundreds of worlds are demanding we leave. They also say they will not turn over any more of their young people.”

Kreen looked toward the communications console. There still had been no response from the High Council. “How soon before Admiral Molk’s fleet arrives?”

“Late tomorrow,” answered Falorr.

Looking at the tactical display, a large number of Druin battleships and battlecruisers were in orbit around Golan Four. Tomorrow there would be even more. The Lamothians consuming the Humans who had been taken to the Confederation had really stirred up the Human worlds. The Great Council had always known this could be a danger, if the Humans ever found out. Now that day had arrived, and, even if the Earth fleet was defeated, the rest of the Human worlds would forever be a much bigger problem than they had been in the past.

-

Admiral Cleemorl felt strange to enter Empire space with his fleet. Hyperlight messages indicated the Druins were massing their fleets around Golan Four. “We’ll allow them time to gather all their forces,” said Dylan. “Last time there was a battle above Golan Four, the Druins were victorious in destroying the last of the Imperial Fleet. This time we will be the ones who will be victorious.”

“Should we inform our other fleets to head toward Golan Four?” asked Captain Fulmar.

Dylan nodded. “Have them meet us at Oden Six. From there we’ll scout the Golan System before launching our attack.” Oden Six was a small red dwarf with no planets seven light-years from Golan Four. “Lieutenant Viktor, how long will it take us to reach Oden Six?”

“Twenty-two hours,” replied Viktor. “From there it’s just a short jump to Golan Four.”

“How many times will we have to drop out of hyperspace before we reach Oden Six?”

Viktor turned toward his navigation computer and pressed several icons. “Two.”

Dylan nodded. There was always a small chance they might be detected when they dropped out of hyperspace. It was a risk they had to take if they wanted to coordinate their attack. Dylan knew that, all across the Empire, secret Human Resistance bases were getting ready to announce their presence.

-

Rear Admiral Masters nodded as he received the latest orders from Admiral Cleemorl. “We’re heading to the Oden Six System. From there we’ll jump into orbit around Golan Four and engage the Druin fleets gathering there.”

Captain Banora nodded. Audrey was not surprised the Druins had figured out they were coming. “I’m just surprised we’re not finding more Druin fleets.”

“We have a report from General Livingston on Lydol Four that they’ve intercepted a number of hyperlight communications between Druin Admiral Kreen and the Confederation’s Great Council. Kreen is requesting more ships, but the council has been strangely quiet. No one is quite sure what is going on. Livingston believes the Great Council doesn’t believe we would dare launch an attack.”

“They’re not used to fighting a real war,” replied Audrey, her eyes narrowing. “In the past they had all the advantages. Not this time. How far behind us is the Princess?”

“Over a week,” answered Derrick. “They were delayed, waiting for more battlecarriers to be brought into service. She’s with a pretty powerful fleet, so she should have no problems getting to Golan Four. We just need to make sure all the Druin fleets have been defeated by then.”

Audrey looked at the viewscreen, which was full of stars. “It feels strange returning to the Empire after so long to attack the Druins. I still remember the day we left Golan Four with the two Princesses.”

“It was a sad day,” replied Derrick, recalling their escape. “Druin troops in the palace, our fleet in ruins, and cities across the Empire being bombed. It’s something we must never forget.”

Audrey’s gaze moved to the tactical display, which showed the hundreds of friendly green icons surrounding the Destiny. It was time to teach the Druins and the Confederation a lesson they would never forget. They should never have attacked the Human Empire, much less eaten Humans.

-

Druin Admiral Kreen watched the tactical display as his third fleet arrived. It immediately went into orbit around Golan Four.

“Admiral, all the Human cargo and passenger ships in orbit are leaving,” reported First Officer Falorr. “Even the two shipyards and the space stations are being evacuated.”

Kreen glanced at the tactical display. Ships vanished from orbit as they made the transition into hyperspace. “They suspect something is coming.”

“The messages about the return of Princess Starguard are still being broadcast throughout the Human Empire.”

“Former Human Empire,” Kreen reminded Falorr. “They are a thousand separate star systems now.”

“Our star systems,” said Falorr.

Admiral Kreen did not reply. He knew the danger associated with the return of High Princess Layla Starguard. If anyone could reunite the former Human Empire, it was the return of the Royal Princess and what she represents. “Have the fleets combine into a globe formation. We’ll wait for the arrival of the Earth Humans. Once they show up, we’ll adjust the formation as needed.”

Kreen wondered if being in Human space for so long had changed his way of thinking. He knew the Great Council usually had long and measured discussions before committing to any major endeavor. Sometimes it took years to make a decision. However, in this instance, the safety and continuation of the Confederation itself might be at stake. He didn’t understand their lack of response.

“Send another message to the Great Council,” he ordered the communications officer. “Inform them we expect to be engaged against a large Human fleet within the next seventy hours. Victory is not guaranteed. Also inform them of the possible presence of a Royal Princess. Send them copies of all the hyperlight messages and videos we’ve been receiving.”

If this didn’t elicit a response from the Great Council, Kreen didn’t know what else to do.

-

General Livingston was in the underground Command Center on Lydol Four. They had just received a message from Admiral Cleemorl that the long-awaited attack would begin in about twenty hours. “Begin contacting our other bases. Send the coded message, Freedom Begins, countdown twenty. Then contact Admiral Marloo and give him the same message.”

“Twenty hours,” said Major Klower. “I can’t believe it’s finally here.”

“We need to get our people ready. Inform Colonel Bright to prepare his troops for deployment. It will do our people good to see military troops in Imperial uniforms among them. Also we need to be ready to interrupt all planetary communications as soon as Admiral Cleemorl launches his attack against the Druins. We’ll give our people a brief history of the Empire and the role of the Royal Family and the House of Worlds. We’ll also tell them what to do during this time of crisis.”

Major Klower laughed. “I bet half the people across the Empire don’t even know there was a Human Empire with a central government. This will come as a shock to many.”

“That’s why we’ve been spreading the true history of the Empire for years by word of mouth. The Confederation tried to erase it from our histories, and we’ve tried to keep the memory alive. All these videos being broadcast about High Princess Layla Starguard should help as well.”

-

On board the stealth destroyer Starburst, Princesses Layla and Krista were busy filming new videos to be broadcast. They showed the glory days of the Empire with views of the Royal Palace and the House of Worlds. They showed what Golan Four once looked like before the fall. Layla had brought an experienced media crew on board just to help with the filming and getting the word out, once they returned to the Palace.

“With the Palace abandoned for so long, will it be safe to even enter?” asked Krista, as the production crew filed out. Today’s media filming was finally over.

“I doubt it,” replied Layla sadly. “We’ll have some structural engineers check it out very thoroughly before anyone’s allowed to enter. Once we know how badly it’s been damaged, we’ll begin immediate reconstruction.”

“I wonder what our old rooms look like?”

Layla shook her head. “I doubt if anything remains after so much time has passed.” She looked at Krista and smiled. “Look on the bright side. We’ll get to redecorate the entire Imperial Palace.”

Krista sat and took a drink of cold water from a glass on the table. “There were so many beautiful paintings, tapestries, and statues throughout the Palace. I used to spend hours just looking at them. I guess all of those are gone now.”

“I’m sure we’ll find some that are just as wonderful,” replied Layla, coming over and pouring herself a glass of water.

“So much of our history has been lost, destroyed,” said Krista, with sadness in her eyes. “Some of those works of art were thousands of years old.”

Layla took a sip of her water. “We’ll be arriving in the Empire in a little over a week. I’m sure we’ll be in for some shocking experiences. We must remember who we are and what we represent.”

Krista laughed. “Now you sound like my mother.”

Layla smiled. She just wished their parents were still around.

-

Admiral Cleemorl breathed out a long sigh of relief as the Themis exited hyperspace in the Oden Six System. According to the sensors, no Druin ships were present. The system was completely empty of spacecraft, except for the three Human fleets now dropping from hyperspace.

“Incoming message from the battlecruiser Ark Royal,” reported Lieutenant Newsome. “The ship’s captain reports nearly 1,600 Druin warships in orbit near Golan Four. Makeup of the fleet is as follows. Battleships, 706. Battlecruisers, 923.”

“That was good timing,” commented Captain Fulmar.

“It’s on a loop, and they’ve been broadcasting for over an hour,” reported Newsome.

Dylan leaned back in his command chair. “Inform the fleets we’ll stay here for one hour. At the end of that hour we’ll enter hyperspace and go to the Golan Four System. We’ll exit twenty thousand kilometers from the Druin fleet.”

“That’s nearly in weapons range,” pointed out Captain Fulmar.

Dylan nodded. “We have to give the fleets time to get into our attack formation. Once we’ve done that, we’ll close the range. At the same time Linda Martin will begin broadcasting her virus. Whether it works or not, we’ll immediately attack the Druin fleet. We’ll have the numbers, but they have a hell of a lot of battleships.”

Captain Fulmar looked at the tactical display, currently covered in friendly green icons from the three Human fleets. He knew full well that, if this attack failed, they would never have another chance to free the Empire.

-

Druin Admiral Kreen stood in his Command Center, his gaze occasionally wandering to the tactical displays to see if any red threat icons were revealed. He had a feeling the attack was very near. He had already received reports of mysterious hyperlight messages being transmitted in a code that, so far, they could not break. Some of those messages were thought to originate very close to the Golan Four System.

“They’re coming,” said Kreen, looking at First Officer Falorr. “Has there been any response from the Great Council?”

“No, Admiral. We did receive that one message that they were evaluating our information but nothing since then.”

Suddenly alarms sounded, and, on the tactical display, hundreds of red threat icons began to appear.

“Confirmed Imperial dreadnoughts and battlecruisers,” reported the sensor officer.

“It’s the Earth Humans,” said First Officer Falorr, as his gaze went to the displays.

Admiral Kreen sat in his command chair. He could see they were still out of range. “Notify the Great Council we are under attack by a massive number of Imperial warships from Earth. I also want the fleet to change formation into a standard attacking wedge. We will show these impetuous Humans not to take Druins lightly.”

“Admiral, the Humans are changing formation as well,” reported the sensor officer. “It looks like an inverted cone formation with the apex facing us.”

Admiral Kreen studied the tactical displays intensely. He thought, with his three fleets, he might just have a little more firepower than the Humans.

It took the two fleets nearly seven minutes to adjust their formations. Once that was accomplished, the Human fleet moved toward the waiting Druins.

“Prepare to fire,” ordered Kreen in a cold and steady voice. “Target the apex of their war cone. That’s where the command ships should be.”

-

On Lydol Four, a hyperlight message was received that the attack against the Druins in the Golan Four System had begun.

“That’s it,” said General Livingston, drawing in a deep breath. He could barely believe this moment had finally arrived. “Send a hyperlight message to all commands. The attack has begun. Commence operation Empire!”

Livingston knew, as soon as that message was sent, all across the Human Empire the hidden bases would come out into the open. Imperial troops would make an appearance on hundreds of worlds, and hidden spacecraft would launch from their underground bunkers.

“Message sent,” reported the communications officer.

Livingston looked toward the large bank of viewscreens on the wall. On one, several massive hatches opened, and, from them, spacecraft launched. The ships ranged in size from powerful Imperial battlecruisers to lighter support craft. At the main spaceports on the planet, special cargo vehicles would begin delivering the satellites for the defense grid. Livingston was determined that, never again, would the Confederation attack Lydol Four.

“Admiral Marloo reports a successful launch, and he will soon be assembling his fleet in orbit.”

Livingston nodded. He knew ships from six different worlds would be coming here to join Admiral Marloo. That would give him a powerful fleet to use against the Druins, if necessary. Other fleets were forming in other parts of the Empire as well. “Begin sending the prepared hyperlight messages.” It was time to announce to the Empire in general that a new war against the Confederation had begun. A war the Empire fully intended to win.

-

Rear Admiral Leeson watched the viewscreens uneasily as the fleets neared combat range. “Is the virus ready?”

Linda Martin nodded. “Yes, I can send it when you give the order.”

“We’ll be in combat range in twenty seconds,” reported Captain Newman.

Leeson drew in a deep breath. “Very well. Send the virus.” Leeson then activated the fleet communications channel. “All ships, virus is being sent. Stand by to fire!” His gaze shifted to the viewscreens, which showed the Druin fleet in front of them.

-

Admiral Kreen was about to give the order to fire when the lights in the Command Center flickered. He looked alarmingly at First Officer Falorr. “What caused that?” He felt a coldness sweep over him.

“The Humans are trying to infiltrate our systems with a virus.”

“Are the new firewalls stopping it?”

“Energy shield is down,” shouted the tactical officer in alarm.

“Hyperdrive is down,” added the navigation officer.

“Incoming fire!” reported the sensor officer.

“What about our own weapons?”

“Still online. The Human virus hasn’t managed to shut down all of our systems. Our firewalls are slowing its advance.”

“Then return fire. We must destroy them before they destroy us.”

-

The forward sections of both fleets suddenly erupted in brilliant and massive explosions as antimatter missiles and fusion energy beams struck. In the Human fleets, the weapons merely caused the energy screens to brighten while in the Druin fleet the weapons slammed into the battle armor, protecting ship hulls. Fusion energy beams drilled deep into Druin warships, causing massive internal damage. Secondary explosions threw huge pieces of hull material off into space. Antimatter missiles blew apart other ships, leaving tangled and glowing wreckage behind. The entire front of the Druin battle wedge was under heavy attack, and ships were dying in great numbers.

-

“Virus is partially effective,” reported Linda, as her hands moved over her console as she entered more computer code. “I’ve managed to shut down their energy screens and their hyperdrives. However, they might manage to bring them back up in a few minutes. I’m trying to prevent that, but I can’t guarantee anything.”

Leeson nodded. “Then we need to take advantage of the time we have to weaken their fleet.”

On the viewscreens, the front of the Druins’ battle wedge looked like a burning furnace. Ships were being blown apart, and others riddled with fusion energy beam fire. Leeson felt his flagship shake slightly as an antimatter warhead detonated against its energy shield.

A sudden flash of brilliant light caused the viewscreens to dim.

“What was that?”

“We just lost the battlecruiser Acadia,” answered the sensor officer. “She was hit by multiple antimatter missiles.”

Leeson drew in a sharp breath. Even though they had the Druins at a tactical disadvantage for the moment, the Druin fleet was still armed and firing its weapons at the Human ships. “Continue to close the range. We need to destroy as many of them as we can while their shields are down.”

-

On the surface of Golan Four, millions of Humans looked up toward space. Even in the bright daylight, the massive battle in space was visible. Huge flashes of light indicated the detonation of antimatter weapons. Across the media stations, announcements were made that the move to free the Empire from the Druins was in progress. Many people watched their media screens as a history of the Empire was broadcast, as well as messages to remain calm from the Imperial High Princess Layla Starguard.

In homes and in the streets of the capital, people watched or listened, enthralled by what they were seeing and hearing. Large groups of people began assembling and talking about what was happening. Surprisingly a large number of soldiers dressed in Imperial uniforms had appeared. They reassured the people and proclaimed that today marked the rebirth of the Human Empire.

In the front of many businesses and private homes Imperial flags appeared. Everyone was curious and excited about what the future held. They were also concerned about what the results would be if the planned attack to free the Empire failed.

-

Derrick felt the Destiny shake violently as multiple antimatter missiles slammed into the ship’s energy screen. “Status?”

“Shield is holding,” reported Lieutenant Breen.

“We’ve lost one dreadnought and six battlecruisers,” reported Captain Banora. “Even though the Druins’ energy screens are down, their weapons are still functioning.”

Derrick’s gaze went to the main viewscreen. On the screen, a Druin battleship was being ripped in two by heavy fusion energy beam fire. His gaze roamed across the Command Center, as it was a beehive of activity. Tactical was busy targeting and firing the ship’s weapons as rapidly as possible. Sensors were keeping track of the battle and the loss of ships. Communications was constantly being updated as to the damage ships were suffering. Everyone was busy and keeping their minds on the job at hand.

“We’ve taken out nearly 20 percent of their fleet,” reported Captain Banora. Audrey was busy keeping track of the activity in the Command Center as well as the current status of the battle. “Admiral Cleemorl is ordering us to close with the Druin fleet.”

“He wants to cause as much damage as possible before they get their energy shields back up.” Derrick agreed with this. He looked at a smaller viewscreen that showed Golan Four. He wondered what the people on the surface were thinking. The battle in space should be easily visible on the planet.

-

On the surface of Golan Four huge crowds were gathering. There was much discussion of the battle in space and the expected return of the High Princess. Her return was being broadcast on every media station on the planet. For the first time in many long years people felt a new kind of hope. A hope that was generated knowing that full freedom might shortly be within reach.

-

Dylan watched in satisfaction as the front of the Druin battle wedge was being devastated. It was full of exploding ships and drifting wrecks. “Launch attack interceptors,” he ordered. “Their targets are any Druin ships. As long as their shields are down, they are vulnerable to the interceptors’ weapons.”

“Order sent,” replied Captain Fulmar. “All nine battlecarriers are launching.”

Dylan knew the nine battlecarriers in the three fleets had been waiting for this order. Now was the time to put in the killing blow to the struggling Druin fleet.

-

Captain Barkley felt exhilaration as his attack interceptor raced out of the launch tube of the battlecarrier Orion. He quickly turned on his beacon to identify his craft so the rest of his squadron could form up.

Out the cockpit window, he could see massive explosions everywhere. He put his interceptor far enough out so an antimatter missile exploding against the Orion’s energy shield would not endanger his gathering squadron. He knew some interceptors were probably being destroyed as soon as they launched.

“Everyone’s here,” reported Lieutenant Simmins. “It’s getting hot out there. Let’s not stick around too long.”

Mathew nodded. “Then let’s go kick some Druin ass!”

-

In just a few moments all the squadrons headed toward the nearby Druin fleet, spreading out to avoid incoming weapons fire. Mathew winced as he saw some of the small green icons representing interceptors on his tactical display begin to disappear as they were hit by weapons fire. “Missiles only,” he said over his squadron comm. “Each pair of interceptors is to pick out a target and hit it with all your missiles. Once your missiles have been expended, return to the Orion. We’re going in fast and getting out fast. Right now, the Druins’ energy shields are down, and we’ll take advantage of that. Everyone is now free to engage.”

“A Druin battlecruiser is off to our port,” reported Lieutenant Kline. “It looks as if it’s been damaged.”

“Then that’s our target. Lieutenant Gains, follow me in. Our target is that damaged battlecruiser off our port side.” Mathew turned his interceptor to the left and made his attack run. Lieutenant Gains was on his right side and slightly behind in his interceptor. The battlecruiser had several large holes in its side, where it had been hit by fusion energy beam fire. However, its weapons were still firing.

As they neared the Druin battlecruiser, it fired its fusion energy beams at the two interceptors. It had no real point defense for small craft. Mathew flew as erratically as possible to avoid being struck. The interceptors did have a forward shield, but Mathew wasn’t certain the shield would hold up to a massive energy bolt.

“I’ve got tone and a good lock,” reported Linda, as her hands moved over her tactical console. “Firing!”

Four small missiles left the interceptor. Each missile was armed with a fusion warhead.

Out of the corner of his eye, Mathew saw Lieutenant Gains launch his missiles as well. “Let’s get out of here,” ordered Mathew as a fusion energy bolt nearly clipped the interceptor’s left wing.

He quickly turned the interceptor just as the missiles struck the battlecruiser. Looking back, he nodded, satisfied. The battlecruiser was a glowing wreck and completely out of the battle. It was time to return to the Orion and see how the rest of the squadron had done. Around him, Mathew could see what seemed like countless small fusion explosions weaving through the Druin fleet. He also noticed more green icons vanishing as interceptors made their attack runs.

-

Druin Admiral Kreen watched as the small attack craft of the Humans tore into the front of his collapsing fleet formation. They were doing considerable damage, due to the fleet’s energy shields all being down. Even his flagship had been struck by several Human fusion energy beams. One large hole was in the side of the Avenging Light, nearly twenty meters across and extending through ten decks. Even now the Command Center had traces of smoke floating in the air from several consoles that had shorted out.

“We must find a defense for those small attack craft these Humans are so fond of using,” said First Officer Falorr.

“How long until our shields are back up?” Kreen knew if they stayed down much longer, he would not have a fleet left. Already nearly 60 percent of his ships had been annihilated. The debris and drifting wrecks in the front of his formation were helping to shield his remaining vessels.

“Another five minutes,” reported the systems officer. “We’re making progress.”

Kreen turned to face the systems officer. “In another five minutes we won’t have a fleet left. I need those shields, and I need them now.”

Kreen felt more emotional than normal. Usually he felt few emotions and was able to think very clearly. He was now convinced, more than ever, that his exposure to Humans was eroding his logic.

-

Dylan nodded in satisfaction as the attack interceptors returned to the battlecarriers. The small ships had maneuvered around all the drifting wreckage and had delivered a telling blow against the Druins. “Continue to fire. They could get their energy screens back up at any moment.”

On the main viewscreen, a Druin battleship was under heavy fire. Fusion energy beams tore glowing holes in the hull, and then two antimatter missiles struck, forming two bright stars where the battleship was. When the light faded, all that was left was some glowing debris.

“Admiral, I’m detecting energy shields appearing around some of the Druin ships,” warned Lieutenant Casella.

Dylan had expected this. “How many Druin ships are left?”

“Fewer than three hundred and many of them are heavily damaged.”

“Switch our targeting to the battleships. I want as many of them destroyed as possible.”

“What about the attack interceptors? Should we launch them again?”

Dylan shook his head. “No, they’ve done what was needed.”

On the viewscreens, the Druins were now steadily being pushed back. They were outnumbered and being easily overpowered. Ships were being blown apart across the remainder of their shattered battle wedge. Dylan knew the victory was theirs. All they needed to do was finish the killing. For the Druins, he felt no mercy.

-

Druin Admiral Kreen gazed at the viewscreens, trying to think logically. All systems had been reactivated. His ships were once more at full strength. Unfortunately he didn’t have the ships necessary to continue the battle. Shifting his gaze to the tactical display, he saw large numbers of green icons blinking out. The Humans were wiping out his fleet.

“All ships are to enter hyperspace and rendezvous with the two fleets we have outside of Human space.”

“We’ve lost?” said First Officer Falorr in disbelief.

Kreen looked coldly at his first officer. “Yes, we’ve lost. I told the Great Council these new Humans should not be taken lightly. Now I fear we have a full-scale war on our hands due to our failure to move swiftly enough. Take us into hyperspace. We’re leaving.”

Kreen was not pleased with the way this battle had gone. This marked the second time he had lost to the Earth Humans. However, he was of the Confederation, and they had thousands of warships that could be called upon. The Earth Humans had no idea the trouble they had stirred up. The seven races of the Confederation would descend upon them and would annihilate their star system, ending this revolt.

-

Admiral Cleemorl watched as the remaining Druin warships transitioned into hyperspace, fleeing the system. A few ships with damaged hyperdrives remained, and those were quickly dispatched. Taking a deep breath, he ordered the combined fleets to go into orbit. For the first time in over one thousand years, Golan Four, the birthplace of the Human race and the capital of the Human Empire, was free.

Chapter Twenty

Admiral Marloo watched the tactical displays as his fleet dropped out of hyperspace in the Malor Two System. Sensors had indicated two Druin battlecruisers were in the system. Marloo had twelve battlecruisers and thirty support ships in his fleet, which should easily handle those two Druins ships.

“Energy shields are up on all ships,” reported the first officer.

Marloo nodded. “Close with those two Druin battlecruisers. As soon as we’re in range, we’ll initiate hostilities. I want both of those vessels destroyed.”

Admiral Marloo had witnessed too many cities being bombed out of existence by the Druins. It was time for some revenge. He felt his pulse quicken, as his fleet raced toward the two Druin ships. He leaned forward in his command chair, anticipating the coming battle. This was why he had joined the secret military and had worked his way up to being an admiral.

This battle would be much different than what Admiral Cleemorl had faced when he tried to free Lydol Four many years ago. This time all of Admiral Marloo’s battlecruisers were armed with fusion energy beams and antimatter missiles. This was due to the technology the Earth Humans had made available to the Human Resistance groups.

“The two Druin battlecruisers are turning toward us,” reported the sensor officer. “We’ll be in weapons range in seven minutes.”

“I want to hit them with a full barrage of antimatter missiles,” said Marloo. “This battle should be short and sweet.” Only the battlecruisers had antimatter missiles and fusion energy beams. The support ships had fusion missiles and weaker energy beams. They would stay slightly back behind the battlecruisers.

The range between the Druins and Admiral Marloo’s fleet rapidly closed. In the Human fleet, personnel stood at their battlestations, many of them nervous and frightened. They were going to attempt to destroy two Druin battlecruisers much larger than any ship in the Human Resistance fleet. They were well aware of what the Druins had done in the past to anyone who attempted to oppose them. Most had seen the ruins of cities that had been bombed.

“Stand by to fire!” ordered Marloo. His gaze was focused sharply on the tactical display, showing the distance between his fleet and the two Druin warships. On the large viewscreen, one of the Druin warships was displayed. It looked to be heavily armed and extremely dangerous.

“We’re in range!” shouted the sensor officer excitedly.

“Fire!”

From the twelve battlecruisers in the fleet, subspace antimatter missiles blasted from the missile tubes. At the same time fusion energy beams began to fire.

While the Druin ships were powerful, the effects of being struck by over sixty antimatter missiles plus fusion energy beams at the same time were devastating. Both ships exploded in massive blasts of energy. When the explosions died down, nothing was left but a few small clouds of glowing gas.

On board the Human fleet, the crew looked at one another in shock. They had destroyed both Druin battlecruisers before either could fire a weapon in return. Throughout the fleet in all the ships, crewmembers cheered loudly. They had their first victory over the Druins.

The first officer turned toward Admiral Marloo with a big smile on his face. “Where to next?”

“The Hagen Star Cluster. I’ve received reports of several Druin battlecruisers and possibly a battleship there. We’ll be joined by another resistance fleet comprising four more battlecruisers and sixteen support ships.”

“We’ve just received a hyperlight message from the Earth Humans,” reported the communications officer excitedly. “They have defeated the Druins at Golan Four, destroying nearly 90 percent of the Confederation fleet.”

“We’re winning,” said the first officer, smiling broadly. “We’re actually driving the Confederation out of the Empire.”

Admiral Marloo looked at his first officer. “For now, but they will return. Before that happens, we must get our worlds fortified and ready for a long war. The Confederation will not give up easily.”

The first officer’s face turned grim as he realized the truth of what the admiral said.

“Leave two support ships in orbit and set a course for the Hagen Star Cluster,” ordered Marloo. “We still have more Druins to kill.”

-

A few minutes later two medium-size support ships went into orbit around Malor Two. At the same time the victorious Human Resistance fleet entered hyperspace, heading for its next target.

-

In the underground Command Center on Lydol Four, General Livingston briefed Governor Lang on the current developments. “Our Human Resistance fleets are spreading out across the Empire, eliminating all the stray Druin warships in orbit around many of our worlds. The Earth Humans have already achieved a major victory in freeing Golan Four and destroying a major portion of the Druin fleets.”

“What will the Earth Humans do next?”

“They will spread out through the Mall Star Cluster, ensuring there is no Druin presence. Sixteen heavily colonized star systems are there that will be needed for the coming war effort.”

“What are we doing here to protect Lydol Four?”

General Livingston gestured toward a tactical display that showed the orbital space around the planet. Several strings of blinking yellow lights were visible with more appearing every few seconds. “We’re putting up a very powerful defensive grid. In addition we’re arming our two space stations and installing energy shields.”

Governor Lang frowned. “That all sounds good, but is it enough?”

Livingston folded his arms across his chest. “We’ll have ships to defend us as well. However, we must not forget who we are dealing with. The Confederation has never been one to allow worlds any independence. That’s one of the reasons they conquered our Empire and have treated our worlds so harshly. There will be many battles ahead of us. Some we will win, and some we will lose, but we’ll never be subservient to the Confederation again.”

Governor Lang nodded. “I’ll leave fighting the war up to you and your officers. Just keep me informed of developments.” The governor shook General Livingston’s hand and left the Command Center.

“We’re getting reports from all over the Empire,” reported Major Klower. “Our Human Resistance fleets are now fully active and are engaging individual Druin ships over many of our worlds. The Earth Humans are checking the rest of the Mall Star Cluster and will have it completely secured in less than twenty hours.”

“And the broadcasts?”

“All over the Empire,” replied Klower. “We’re broadcasting the history of the Empire, views of the Imperial Palace as it once was, the House of Worlds, and the latest message from High Princess Starguard. There are reports of large crowds out in the streets on nearly every world, celebrating, wanting to know when the Princess will arrive.”

General Livingston nodded. “We owe much to the Earth Humans and the Imperials who went to Earth so long ago. They have returned our Empire to us, and now we must do everything in our power to keep it.”

Major Klower looked at the tactical display, showing the cargo ships putting the defensive grid in place. “What will happen now?”

“War,” answered General Livingston simply. “The Confederation will send more fleets to regain control of our worlds. For now, it is good for our people to celebrate and to know what freedom from the Confederation feels like. Once the Princess arrives, we must start preparing the people of our Empire for what comes next. The Great Council of the Confederation will be furious when they find out what has happened here. With hyperlight communication, they may already know.”

-

Rear Admiral Masters had his fleet in orbit around Golan Four. The other two fleets had gone on to other worlds in the Mall Star Cluster to search for any Druin ships that might still be present. It was essential, if their plans were to succeed, to have the entire cluster under Imperial control.

“Prepare my shuttle. I’m going down to the Imperial Palace. I want to inspect it before the Princesses get here.” Derrick was curious what the inside of the Palace looked like. He was almost afraid of what he might find.

“Take a full squad of Marines,” insisted Captain Banora, her hands on her hips. “We have no idea what it’ll be like down there.”

“I want a couple engineers who know something about structural mechanics, if we have any on board.”

Audrey spent a few moments checking the crew roster. “We’re in luck. We have an Imperial who once worked at the Palace and another who has built some large buildings on Earth. I’ll arrange for both to meet you in the flight bay.”

-

An hour later, Derrick stepped out onto the surface of Golan Four. Three shuttles from the Destiny had landed just in front of the Palace, loaded with Marines and specialists who would inspect the Palace.

“Set up a perimeter,” ordered Derrick to Sergeant Bower. “Make sure no one enters the Palace without my permission.”

Specialist Ardell Loren walked over to Derrick. “I worked in the Palace for nearly four years before we had to evacuate. I’m pretty familiar with most of it, though it’s a very large structure.”

Derrick looked up at the soaring towers that nearly reached into the clouds and the great arches that linked the towers together. “Let’s go. I’m curious to see what it looks like inside.”

“Corporal Jenkins, take your squad with the admiral,” ordered Sergeant Bower. “Be very careful inside that structure. I suspect many parts of it are unstable.”

Derrick allowed Ardell to lead, since she was probably much more familiar with the Palace than he was. As they walked toward the Palace, Derrick looked around at all the deterioration that had occurred. The Royal Gardens were infested and overgrown with weeds. There were no traces of the rare flowers and shrubs that had once graced the Palace grounds. Large cracks were in the granite and marble tiles that lined the walkway, and numerous fissures were visible in the thick walls of the Palace itself.

They reached the Grand Entrance, and Derrick was disappointed to see that part of the arch over the entrance had collapsed. One of the structural engineers stepped forward and examined it closer. “It’s safe enough to enter, but we should be very careful not to touch anything.”

“Why don’t you and Ardell go first. Don’t take any unnecessary risks. If you see it’s unsafe, we’ll turn around and go back to the shuttles.” Derrick felt devastated by what he had seen so far. He could well imagine how the Princesses would feel.

Being very careful, they made their way through the Palace, until they reached the massive doors that led to the Royal Court. The ornate doors had long since rotted away, with only a small pile of nearly petrified splinters lying on the floor. Going inside, Derrick looked around, feeling great sadness. All the paintings, statues, and tapestries were gone. More huge cracks were in the walls and even in sections of the granite and marble floor. Looking up toward the ceiling, Derrick noted several of the massive support beams were missing.

Walking to the very front of the large room, Derrick mounted the wide steps that led up to where the High King and the other members of the Royal Family and their aides sat. All the chairs were gone, and piles of rubble were everywhere. “I think I’ve seen enough. Let’s get out of here before someone gets hurt.”

Derrick let out a deep sigh. He was very disappointed in the condition of the Palace, but, after one thousand years, he should not have been surprised. He really hated the thought of Princess Layla and Princess Krista seeing what their former home looked like now. It had been a shock for Derrick, and he knew it would be a much greater shock for the two Princesses.

-

Reaching the shuttles, Derrick was surprised to see that a large crowd had gathered. Several men and women were talking to Sergeant Bower and making gestures toward the Palace.

“What’s going on here?” asked Derrick.

“You’re an admiral,” said one of the men, seeing the Imperial insignia on Derrick’s uniform.

Derrick nodded. “Yes, I’m an Imperial. Over one thousand years ago Golan Four was my home. I’ve spent a thousand years in cryosleep, waiting to return at the head of a fleet to free it from the Confederation.”

“Is it true that two of the Royal Princesses survived?” asked one of the women.

“Yes, High Princess Layla Starguard and Princess Krista Starguard both survived. They were in cryosleep waiting for the day they could return and rebuild the Empire.”

The group talked excitedly among themselves. Finally the man who had talked originally turned back toward Derrick. “When will they arrive?”

“In about a week,” answered Derrick.

“That’s not a lot of time,” the man replied, gazing at the Palace. “With your permission we would like to start rebuilding the Palace immediately. We can have construction crews here tomorrow, as well as a large number of structural engineers. I know where I can get the plans for the entire Palace. The blueprints are stored in the Imperial Library.”

“The library is still intact?” asked Derrick, surprised.

The man nodded. “Yes, many of its books, records, and files were safely hidden away. I guess the Druins didn’t realize a large section was underground. Almost everything of value was moved there.”

“Who are you?” asked Derrick, realizing he didn’t know the man’s name.

The man smiled. “I’m Governor Darl Stein. The rest of the people with me are part of my council. I’m also a member of the Human Resistance, so I knew this day was coming.”

Derrick reached out and shook the man’s hand. “If you want to start reconstruction on the Palace, go ahead. I know the Princesses will be pleased with whatever you can do.”

Governor Stein nodded. “I’ve dreamed of doing this all my life. We’ll rebuild the Palace and then start on the House of Worlds. I think you will be surprised how fast we can get this done.”

“I have a question,” said the woman who had spoken earlier. “Can you keep us safe from the Confederation?”

“Yes, I can,” replied Derrick. “My fleet will stay in orbit here, and our other two fleets are currently checking the other Human worlds in the cluster. When High Princess Starguard arrives, the ships with her are bringing a powerful defensive grid to put up around Goal Four and the other core worlds.”

“Then its war,” said Governor Stein, nodding slightly. “Us against the Confederation. Can we win?”

“Maybe,” replied Derrick truthfully. “This time we are evenly matched in weapons. We just need to buy enough time to get enough Human worlds ready for the fight.”

Governor Stein nodded. “Most Human worlds will join us. However, a few bent over backward to accommodate the Confederation. I’m not sure what they will do.”

“We’ll focus on those who want to fight first,” replied Derrick. “We’ll worry about the others later.”

Governor Stein looked at Derrick. “Where did you live when you were here?”

“In Mistral, about three hundred kilometers from the capital.”

“I’m familiar with Mistral. I’m afraid it’s changed considerably since you were last there.”

Derrick nodded. “A lot has changed, and that’s something we’ll all have to get used to. I should get back to my flagship. If you need me, contact the Destiny, and the communications officer will patch you through.”

“Will do. I must get busy, so we can start on the Palace. After all, we have two Royal Princesses returning in a week, and I want to be ready to receive them. I’ll have to look up some historical articles and videos of the Royal Court on how to act. It’s been a long time since we had to do any of that, and we’ll need the Princesses to reunite the Human Empire.”

“I’ve met both Princesses, and they are very special women. I’m sure they will be looking forward to meeting and working with you.” With that Derrick turned and entered his shuttle. It was time to return to the Destiny. There was still a war to fight.

-

Admiral Cleemorl was in the Ambary Two System, where one Druin battlecruiser was present, but it fled upon detecting the Human fleet. The Themis and the rest of First Fleet had gone into orbit, and Dylan had contacted the planetary governor, explaining the situation. It had taken a while to convince the governor that the Druins were actually gone and that three large Human fleets were available to protect the Mall Star Cluster.

“Well, that was interesting,” said Captain Fulmar. “I didn’t know if he would believe you or not.”

“It’s been over one thousand years since they were truly free. I’m not surprised they’re full of doubt. Once we have a new defensive grid orbiting the planet and a small defensive fleet assigned to this system, I’m sure they’ll come around quickly. We’ll need them in this war.”

Dylan looked at the viewscreens that showed the two massive shipyards in orbit around the planet. Also the four large space stations. The planet had a massive population, and much of its food came from other worlds. Currently over thirty large cargo ships were docked to the stations, and a steady flow of shuttles came to and from the planet.

“We’ll leave a dreadnought and six battlecruisers in orbit. The rest of the fleet will go on to the next core world.”

“If we leave ships behind in each system we visit, our fleet will shrink rapidly. What if we run into a large Confederation fleet?”

Dylan nodded. “I know, but it’s necessary for now. Once Princess Layla arrives with her fleet, we’ll use those ships to guard these systems, freeing our ships to rejoin the fleet.”

Captain Fulmar nodded. “What do we do if the Druins launch an attack in the meantime?”

“All the Druin fleets that we know of were in the Golan Four System. If they do attack us, they must first get more ships from the Confederation, and, by then, Princess Layla’s fleet should be here.”

“We can’t defend the entire Empire. It’s too large.”

“The Human Resistance groups should have a good-size fleet. We’ll defend the core worlds and a few other regions with numerous Human-inhabited worlds. Parts of the Empire will be on their own, until we can build sufficient ships to protect all the worlds.”

“That might take years,” said Fulmar worriedly.

“It might,” replied Dylan. “But it’s the best we can do.” Dylan knew that it was impossible to defend the entire Empire. They would have to pick and chose what worlds were needed the most here at the beginning. He was glad he wasn’t the one making that decision.

-

Rear Admiral Leeson visited his third core system. No Druin vessels were present, and Second Fleet was currently in orbit above Glimmerr. It was a beautiful planet from space, covered in eighty percent water, with two large continents. It also had four medium-size moons in orbit.

“I bet that planet has some beautiful views,” commented Linda Martin. “If a person could live by the seaside, that planet would be ideal.”

“The files show the planet has an abundance of seaside resorts,” said Captain Newman. “Wish we had the time to go for a visit.”

Leeson smiled. He had just finished talking to an excited governor, who was pleased to see an entire fleet of Imperial warships in orbit. She had invited the crews down, but Leeson had declined, saying they had more core worlds to visit. “We’ll leave a dreadnought and four battlecruisers in orbit, in case a stray Druin vessel comes by.”

So far everything was going very smoothly. Much smoother than he had expected. Now if it would only continue that way until the Princesses arrived.

-

Princess Layla was in the Command Center of the Starburst, listening as Captain Darlu reported the latest news from the hyperlight messages the fleet had received.

“Golan Four is free, and the fleets are currently checking on all the core systems. The Druin fleets in the Golan Four System were soundly defeated and have fled. General Livingston reports the Human Resistance has come out into the open and is active on over four hundred planets. Defense grids are being put up, and the Human Resistance fleet is combing the Empire for more Druin ships. So far, Confederation resistance has been very light.”

Layla felt relief flood over her. This was very good news. “What of Fifth Fleet?” She wanted to ensure Derrick had come through the fighting unharmed.

Captain Darlu smiled. “It’s currently in orbit around Golan Four and will remain there. They don’t want to risk the Confederation making a move to retake the capital.”

Layla nodded, pleased to hear that. She could hardly wait to arrive back home. “Keep me apprised of any new developments. I need to make a new video to broadcast across the Empire.”

Layla wanted to reassure all the people that the Earth Humans and the Human Resistance in the Empire would do everything in their power to keep the Human Empire free from the Confederation. She also wanted to mention some hard times were ahead, but they would get through them together. She would not be leaving the Empire again.

-

In the space just outside the Empire, Admiral Kreen rendezvoused with his other two fleets. Already new firewalls had been sent from the Confederation that should protect his vessels. These most recent firewalls were the most advanced the Confederation possessed.

“We are not to do anything until more ships arrive,” reported the communications officer. “The Great Council is in an emergency session, and more ships will be dispatched shortly.”

“Too little and too late,” said Kreen coldly, as he looked at the viewscreens, showing the ships which had arrived with him. Most had huge holes in their hulls, and some were little more than shattered wrecks. Many would be worthless in any future battle. They would have to be scuttled, and the crews evacuated. “I still don’t believe the council understands the danger these Earth Humans represent.”

“Perhaps not,” replied Falorr, “but we must obey the council. It is how the Confederation has survived for so long.”

“We will obey,” answered Kreen, looking at his second in command. “It is our duty as members of the Confederation.” Kreen shifted his gaze to the tactical display again. Nearly twelve hundred Druin warships were represented as friendly green icons. If the Confederation sent a decent-size fleet, Kreen could retake most of the Empire from the Earth Humans.

He strongly suspected the Humans from Earth had no idea of the true power of the Confederation. The Human Empire would not be attacked this time with just the thousand ships Admiral Kreen currently had but with ten thousand!

The Humans would learn very quickly that they should not have challenged the Confederation. Once the Human Empire was firmly back under Confederation control, it would be time to deal with Earth. What worried Admiral Kreen was that he doubted he could make the Great Council understand the real danger Earth represented or how powerful the defenses were in that single star system. The Confederation might lose a major portion of their fleet conquering the system, but it had to be done.

Chapter Twenty-One

The Great Council of the seven races met for an emergency session, and already heated discussions and much finger-pointing had been shared, from those who had fingers.

“Admiral Kreen tried to warn us,” said Councilor Clun, looking at the others. “We ignored his warnings, believing no one would dare to challenge the Confederation. Now look at what has happened. The Earth Humans have attacked the former Human Empire, forcing our ships to retreat. Not only that but a secret resistance movement has appeared, and they have a large fleet as well.”

“The Humans are an inferior race,” said Ardon Reull, the head of the Great Council and a Lormallian. “They are not ready to rule themselves. It is why we conquered their growing Empire over one thousand years ago.”

“Are they truly inferior?” asked Ralor Corr, the Zynth representative. “Sometimes I wonder if we overstate our own intelligence.”

“Our intelligence is not in doubt,” spoke Cryler, the Zang representative, in a grating whistle-like voice. The Zang were a birdlike race with very sharp beaks and wings, giving them the ability to fly. A set of arms were attached to the main part of their body with clawlike fingers. The Zang are very intelligent and very seldom speak. “We have merely underestimated this enemy because no one has really challenged us since we joined together and formed the Confederation.”

“Perhaps,” acknowledged Ardon Reull. “The question now is, what will we do about it?”

“We have lost many of our warships,” said Clun of the Druins. “We are in the process of rebuilding our fleet. We cannot send ships at this time.”

“The same for us,” said the Lamothian councilor. “It will take us several years to replace the ships we lost in the Earth Humans’ star system.”

“We will send a fleet,” stated Ralor Corr, the Zynth representative. “I recommend we order Admiral Kreen to wait until our fleet arrives before he launches his attack.”

“We will send a Lormallian fleet as well,” said Ardon Reull. “That should give Admiral Kreen sufficient ships to overwhelm the Earth Humans and to regain control of the Human worlds.”

-

The Great Council spoke for a number of additional hours. In the end arrangements were made to send four thousand warships to reinforce Admiral Kreen and to retake the Human worlds.

-

Princess Layla and Princess Krista were in the Command Center of the Starburst as it dropped out of hyperspace just twenty thousand kilometers from Golan Four.

“It’s beautiful,” said Krista as she gazed in reverence at her homeworld.

“It’s been a long time,” replied Layla. “I just want to see the Palace.”

“I spoke to Rear Admiral Masters a few minutes ago,” said Captain Darlu. “He is waiting for you on the planet’s surface. He says the planetary governors of all sixteen of the main core worlds will be there as well.”

Layla’s eyes widened. She hadn’t expected this. “I guess I better get my speech ready.”

“As if you really need one,” kidded Krista. “I’ve never known you to be at a loss for words.”

“I just didn’t expect all the governors to be there. I don’t know if that’s good or bad.”

Captain Darlu spoke briefly to someone on his comm system and then turned to the Princess. “We’ll be landing the Starburst just outside the Palace. A landing site has been prepared for us.” The Starburst, being a destroyer, could land on planets where the larger battlecruisers and dreadnoughts could not.

Layla nodded. “Krista and I need to get ready.” Layla knew, if sixteen planetary governors were there, she and Krista both needed to make a good first impression.

It didn’t take long for the two to reach their quarters. Without surprise Layla saw that Emira already had her clothes laid out. “How did you know?”

Emira smiled. “I had a feeling you would need these. I’ve already laid out Princess Krista’s clothes as well. Two attendants are to help her, and they have strict instructions not to allow the young Princess to switch to other clothes. Now let’s get you ready. We want you looking like a High Princess when you step out on Golan Four.”

Sometimes Emira sounded so much like Layla’s mother. Without hesitation she began to undress. She had a lot to do before making her first appearance in the Empire as its hereditary ruler.

-

Derrick waited near the Palace, along with the planetary governors. Four long lines of Imperial soldiers were lined up, waiting to honor the Princesses.

“I’m actually nervous,” confessed Governor Stein. “I read and watched videos on how to greet royalty. I hope I won’t screw this up.”

Derrick laughed. “You won’t. Both Princesses are very understanding.”

There was a loud noise in the air, Derrick looked skyward and saw the Starburst gently descending through the clouds. The starburst symbol of the Empire was visible on her hull, and the ship was painted a brilliant white, making it very easy to see.

The large crowd gathered here stirred expectantly. Many of the children screamed with delight at seeing a spacecraft landing so close to them. A band played the Imperial March, and everyone stood straighter.

The Starburst landed, and the crowd grew silent, except for the soft playing of the band. The main hatch opened, and a ramp slid down to touch the ground. Ten Imperial Guards led by Captain Averson, all wearing their purple capes, stepped out into the open and slowly descended. Behind them, the two Royal Princesses appeared, wearing long gowns with waist-length capes of purple. A loud cheering erupted from the gathered crowd. Behind the Princesses, a number of attendants appeared, including Emira, who kept a sharp eye on everything, including the Princesses.

Suddenly from a hidden speaker came an announcement. “I present to you, High Princess Layla Starguard, the hereditary ruler of the Human Empire, and her cousin, Princess Krista Starguard.”

As the Imperial Guards reached the ground, they spread out in two lines of five on each side of the ramp. Layla and Krista came to a stop in front of a short line of Imperial officers and the governors directly behind them.

Taking a deep breath, Derrick stepped forward and bowed. “High Princess, I welcome you to Golan Four. I would like to introduce you to the current governor of the planet, Darl Stein.”

Stein stepped forward and bowed deeply. “Your Majesty.”

“I am pleased to meet the governor of the capital of the Empire,” said Layla in a steady voice. “I assume these are the other governors of the core worlds?”

“Yes,” replied Derrick. “I will introduce them to you.”

Each governor stepped forward and bowed as they were introduced.

“I am honored all of you have come to Golan Four for my arrival.”

“We have prepared the Palace for you,” said Governor Stein. “While we still have much work to do, the Royal Court has been restored.”

Layla nodded. “Let us go there. I would like to see what you have done. The Imperial Palace was once my home, as well as Princess Krista’s.”

-

A number of groundcars waited, and the entire party loaded up in them and were soon on their way to the Palace. Layla felt excited about stepping back inside her former home. She knew much of it had been heavily damaged, and she hoped all of it could be repaired eventually. She also knew she needed to make a good impression on everybody. What she said and did today would be long remembered.

The vehicles came to a stop, and everyone exited. Derrick and Governor Stein served as escorts, with everyone else following. Layla’s gaze turned toward the Palace. She could see several crumpled towers and large cracks in some of the massive arches. She kept the tears out of her eyes. It was difficult to see her home in such a state.

-

Derrick had not seen what all had been accomplished and was stunned when they stepped into the Royal Gardens. The cracks in the tiles were gone, and the walls sealed and painted over. The overgrown gardens had been cleaned out and new flowers and shrubs planted. It had a long way to go before it looked as it once did, but it was a vast improvement since one week ago. He saw Layla nod approvingly as she stopped and bent, smelling several flowers.

“I always enjoyed coming out to the gardens,” she said in a soft voice.

“We are working on them,” replied Governor Stein, pleased that Layla had stopped to admire the gardens. “It will take us a while to get them back to what they once were, but we will accomplish it.”

Layla smiled and said, “I’m sure you will. You have already made a very good start.”

They reached the Grand Entrance to the Palace, and Derrick’s eyes widened. The great arch had been repaired, and new heavy double wooden doors with the starburst symbol of the Empire had been put up. Several of the Imperial Guards stepped forward and opened them as the Princesses, Derrick, and Governor Stein stepped through.

The long hallway that led to the Royal Court had been cleaned up and all the cracks sealed and painted over. Derrick grew curious as to what the Royal Court itself would look like. He looked ahead expectantly, noting new doors with the Imperial Crest of the Empire. The guards stepped ahead and slowly opened the large twin doors.

Stepping inside, Derrick came to a stop in shock. It looked like a scene from the history books. The floor, walls, and ceiling had been repaired. Paintings, tapestries, and statues lined the walls. A thick red carpet led to the steps, and on top of the steps were two large high-backed chairs fit for a King or a Queen.

“How?” asked Derrick, turning toward Governor Stein.

The governor smiled. “This is the capital, and we have some of the greatest architects and builders in the Empire. We worked twenty-six hours a day to get as much repaired as we could.”

Krista stepped over to one of the walls, examining a painting. “Is this the original?” It was a painting she recognized as hanging in the Royal Court during her parents’ time.

“It’s the original,” answered Governor Stein proudly. “Many of the paintings, tapestries, and statues were rescued during the first few weeks of the Druin takeover. They were hidden in the bottom levels of the Imperial Library, where they’ve waited for this day. We have many more to bring out.”

“This is amazing,” said Layla, smiling broadly. “You’ve restored my faith in the Empire.”

The party then continued down the red carpet until they reached the steps to the thrones. Only Layla, Krista, and Derrick stepped up on them, Derrick being allowed because he was the High Princess’s military advisor.

Layla and Krista sat with Derrick standing on Layla’s right side.

“Governor Stein, will you join us?” asked Layla, indicting for the governor to come up the steps and to stand on the left side of Krista. “I believe you know everyone, and that will make this easier.”

The governor came up the steps and took his place. “High Princess, I should tell you that all of this is being broadcast across the Empire. Several trillion people are watching you now.”

Layla’s eyes widened, and then she smiled, recalling some of the advice her father had given her about large crowds and how to handle them.

She stood and looked over the growing crowd coming into the Royal Court. In minutes it was packed full of people and a large number of media crews. “I want to thank everyone for this wonderful welcome and the amazing work that has been done on the Imperial Palace. The Palace is a symbol of the strength of the Human Empire, and someday it will be fully restored.”

She was interrupted by loud cheering from the crowd. Layla paused for a moment and then raised her hand, quieting the cheering. “We have much work ahead of us. If you have seen the videos we have been broadcasting, you know of the history of Earth and the Imperials who were banished there, as well as the story of Sanctuary. You should know that our military never gave up.

“For over one thousand years they worked to build a fleet of powerful warships to free the Empire from the Confederation. That day has now come, and we are here.” She was interrupted again by loud cheering that threatened to go on and on. Once again she raised her hand, quieting the crowd.

“My father was High King Bramdon Starguard the Ninth. He gave his life so others could live upon Earth. My mother died at the same time. Princess Krista’s parents and my brother, Prince Aiden Starguard, were banished to Earth to live out their lives. We know from secret journals kept by the Imperials who were banished there that they did live long and productive lives.”

Layla paused and looked out over the large crowd. “I swear to you today that I’ll never rest until the House of Worlds is rebuilt and our fleet is powerful enough to keep the entire Empire safe from the Confederation. The days of Confederation rule and intimidation are over!”

Once again loud cheering erupted, and people started calling out her name.

Layla smiled and once more got the crowd to quiet. “At this moment the destroyer Starburst is broadcasting a new speech I’ve put together to explain our goals and how we will achieve them. Thank you for coming here today. You may remain if you wish, but I need to speak to the governors about the security of our Empire. We have much work to do, and there is no better time than now to start.” With that, Layla indicated for the other governors to approach.

“Your Majesty,” said Governor Stein, “we do have one large conference room near here that is fully repaired. Refreshments are there, as well as food. We could adjoin there if you wish. We would all be much more comfortable.”

Layla nodded. “Lead the way.”

-

For the next several hours the governors and some selected military officers met behind closed doors, discussing the future of the Empire. All agreed that it was vital to the stability of the Empire to restore the Constitutional Monarchy with the two Princesses restored to the throne.

It was decided that, for the time, being the sixteen core governors would form an Imperial Council to advise the Princesses until the House of Worlds was fully restored and up and running, at which time a new Imperial Council would be voted on.

It was also decided that all the shipyards in the core systems would be immediately converted to producing warships for the Empire. Most of the governors felt the conversions could be done in less than a month.

“Many of the cargo ships that arrived with High Princess Layla contain the elements of a defensive grid,” added Derrick, as he addressed the people in the room. “We have enough energy beam satellites and missile platforms to place a powerful defensive grid around all sixteen core worlds. In addition, we will supply fleet units to guard your worlds. We’ll keep at least one major fleet in the core worlds at all times, in case of an attack by the Confederation. We feel confident, between the defensive grids and the fleet, we can push back any Confederation assault.”

“Will Earth be sending more warships?” asked Governor Bemire of Ambary Two.

Derrick nodded. “That is in the works. Our shipyards are working around-the-clock building new warships. We should have another full-size fleet available sometime next month.”

“In the meantime a steady flow of cargo ships will come to the Empire,” explained High Princess Layla. “They will bring more elements for the defensive grids, as well as attack interceptors.”

The governor of Glimmerr looked confused. “What are attack interceptors?”

Derrick looked at Governor Elaina Dreel. “A small three-person warship designed to deliver fusion missiles to a target. We have a number of ships in our fleets specifically designed to handle these small warships. We would like to base some of these on all the core worlds to add to their defense. They are very useful in mass attacks or in taking out damaged enemy warships. In the coming days I’ll be glad to arrange a demonstration of their abilities. They are also very easy to produce.”

Governor Stein looked at the Princesses. “We do not have the Royal Quarters ready yet. Besides, most of the Imperial Palace is not yet safe to even enter. It will be months before the entire structure is repaired.”

Layla nodded. “I expected that. You have already done far more than we had expected. For the time being Princess Krista and I will be staying on the Starburst. Our quarters there are very acceptable, and we have a special conference room that can be used for meetings.”

Governor Stein was relieved to hear that. “We have also set up a suite of offices for you in the capital building, where I govern from. I believe they will meet with your approval. I have also arranged for a full staff to be available. Much needs to be done, and we believe you will find everything you need there. We have also arranged for a special group of ground vehicles to be available for you around-the-clock.”

“Thank you,” replied Layla. “All of you have made this much easier than I imagined. Over the next few days Princess Krista and I will contact each of you individually to discuss your planet’s most pressing needs. Rear Admiral Masters will help in coordinating the placement of the defensive grids.”

“I’m curious,” said Governor Stein. “Earth has three major fleets in the Empire and currently all three of them are in the core worlds. What’s next?”

Derrick smiled. “Eventually we’ll place two of those fleets in the more populous regions of the Empire to ensure we can maintain control of those regions, if and when the Confederation counterattacks.”

“You expect a counterattack?” asked one of the governors.

Derrick nodded. “Yes, probably in the not-too-distant future. That’s why we want to install the defensive grids as soon as possible. We will keep two of our fleets in the core worlds until we’re satisfied all the grids are in place and are fully operational. We will also arm all the shipyards and space stations, as well as installing energy shields. We must defend those key installations, as we’ll need them to build new warships.”

Princess Layla decided the meeting for today had gone on long enough. There would be time for many more meetings in the coming days. “I want to thank everyone for coming today and making yourselves available for this meeting.”

With that, the meeting adjourned, and the two Princesses and Derrick returned to the Starburst.

-

Druin Admiral Kreen was waiting for his reinforcements. He had already carefully planned his attack on the Earth Humans who had driven him out of the Empire. He had sent in a couple scout ships, and he knew, at the moment, the three Human fleets were still in the core worlds. He was confident that, once he eliminated those, the resistance in the rest of the Human Empire would collapse.

“The other fleets will arrive in six days,” reported First Officer Falorr.

This was satisfactory. The Humans would not expect a counterattack so soon, and there was no way they could resist over five thousand Confederation warships. “How are the repairs going on our ships damaged from the battle with the Earth Humans?”

“Seventy-two are repairable, and the rest will be scuttled.”

This did not surprise Admiral Kreen. He had seen the damage the Human weapons had inflicted on his fleet. “Remove everything of use, and then we will destroy them.” The damaged ships would be stripped of everything that could be used to repair the other ships. Missiles would be off loaded as well.

Admiral Kreen returned to his command chair. He was still going through battle strategies to use against the Earth Humans. He was determined that this time the result of the battle would be far different than the last two.

-

General Livingston was meeting with Governor Lang in the underground Command Center on Lydol Four. “The defense grids above Lydol Four, Cleetus Three, and Bratol Three are nearly complete. In addition, we are installing weapons and an energy shield on our space stations. The shipyards above Cleetus Three and Bratol Three are being armed as well.” Currently no shipyard was above Lydol Four, as it had been destroyed years ago by the Druins. Plans were already underway to rebuild it. There were two space stations though.

“Can we defend ourselves against a major attack by the Confederation?” asked Governor Lang worriedly. The population of Lydol Four was only half of what it once was, due to the Druin bombardment from years ago when Admiral Cleemorl had tried to free the planet.

“I believe so,” replied General Livingston. “We have five nearby star systems that we can call on for support. We have signed a mutual defense pact, and all five planets, including Lydol Four, have provided warships for Admiral Marloo’s fleet. We all knew this would not be an easy transition, and I fear it will get worse before we see the light at the end of the tunnel.”

“How much of the Empire is now under Human control?”

“Nearly 82 percent and we expect to have full control over the rest in the next few days. The big question is, how much of that can we keep? If the Confederation hits us with a large fleet, we may be hard-pressed to keep even one-quarter of that under our immediate control, until more warships are built.”

Governor Lang nodded. “I was afraid of that. As I said before, keep me briefed.”

General Livingston watched as the governor left.

“Do you think he has any idea as to what is ahead of us?” asked Major Klower.

Livingston shook his head. “I doubt it. The military knows this war is just beginning and that we’ll face some victories as well as defeats. The Confederation will not give up easily. Everyone needs to realize this is a battle for survival, our survival.”

-

Derrick was in Princess Layla’s personal quarters, along with Princess Krista and Ensign Allert. It was the only way Emira would allow Derrick into the Princesses’ private quarters on the Starburst.

“I thought today went well,” said Layla, as she sat near Derrick.

“I can’t believe all they’ve done with the Palace,” said Krista excitedly. “I was amazed to see so many of the paintings, tapestries, and statues that we grew up with in the Royal Court. I feared they had all been lost.”

“They’re beautiful,” commented Brenda, sipping on a glass of red wine, as was Krista.

Layla reached over and took Derrick’s hand. “I’ll set up some meetings with the individual governors over the next few days. I don’t want to take up too much of their time, as they need to get back to their worlds.”

“I need to return to the Destiny,” replied Derrick, giving Layla’s hand a gentle squeeze. “The Confederation could launch a counterattack at any time.”

“We can stop them, can’t we?” Layla looked worried. Her light-blue eyes were focused intently on Derrick.

Derrick nodded. “I believe so, especially with the additional defenses we’re putting in orbit. The defensive grid around Golan Four is especially powerful. Between the defensive grid and my fleet, I believe we can stop nearly anything the Confederation throws against us.”

“I don’t want to leave again,” said Layla. “I was forced to leave before, and I won’t let that happen once more.”

“Don’t forget. You brought four more battlecarriers with you, and all four are assigned permanently to Golan Four. Not only that but we have a lot of attack interceptors on board a number of the cargo ships that came with you as well. Those will be based on the surface of the planet. The Confederation has seen us use the interceptors but not in mass formations, like we will do here if we’re attacked.”

Layla moved closer until her shoulder rested against Derrick’s. “I need to choose some aides. So much needs to be done, and, while my father taught me a lot about being a Princess, I’ll now be running the Empire. I’m not sure I’m ready.”

Derrick smiled. “I believe you’re more ready than you think. You demonstrated that today. Don’t forget. You already have an interim Imperial Council consisting of the governors of the core worlds. We also need to find a Human Resistance fleet officer to be the head of the Imperial fleet.”

Layla looked confused. “What about you or Admiral Cleemorl?”

Derrick shook his head. “We need someone who is in the Human Resistance within the Empire, not someone associated with Earth.”

“Who?” asked Krista. “We don’t know anyone.”

“I believe the Human Resistance groups have several admirals who are commanding their fleets. We just need to find the right one.”

“Someone like Admiral Vexx,” suggested Krista, turning to face Layla. “He remained loyal to your father to the very end, sacrificing his life by staying behind to face the Druins’ execution.” She bowed her head as tears filled her eyes. “How will we find someone like that?”

“I’ll help,” replied Derrick. “We don’t have to be in any hurry, but it does need to be done in the next few months. We need to show that the Imperial Palace is the seat of power in the Empire and having a Human Resistance fleet admiral will go a long way.”

“Let’s talk about something else for a while,” suggested Layla. “Let’s talk about us.”

“I think that’s our cue to go to the sitting room,” said Krista, grinning.

Both Krista and Brenda left, going into the next room, leaving Derrick and Layla alone.

Derrick put his arm around Layla, pulling her closer. He bent his head and kissed her gently on the lips.

Layla laughed. “I think we’ve known each other long enough that we can share a better kiss than that.” With that, Layla leaned forward and kissed Derrick passionately. It was a long kiss, and, when it stopped, both were breathing heavily.

“We definitely don’t want Emira walking in and catching us doing that,” teased Derrick.

“Emira knows a lot more than she lets on, and I think she approves of you.” Leaning forward, Layla kissed Derrick again. Relaxing on the sofa, she smiled. “Maybe someday we’ll do a lot more.”

Derrick grinned. “Don’t forget. You’re a Royal Princess first and foremost.”

“Maybe so, but I’m still a woman, and a woman has needs, like everyone else, even if she is a Princess.”

For the next hour or so the two sat talking about their future and what they would like to see happen in the Empire. Both had big plans, and they both realized they would do them together.

Chapter Twenty-Two

Cheryl was in her yacht, the Princess Haven, and was on her way to the Empire. With her were her two escort ships and one battlecruiser.

“You really should contact Admiral Cleemorl and tell him you’re coming,” suggested Captain Bryan. Over the last few weeks Bryan had nearly become a father figure to Cheryl. He did everything he could to look after her.

“I don’t want to worry him,” replied Cheryl. “I’ll contact him when my business in the Empire is finished. It should only take me a few days.” Cheryl knew Dylan would not be happy with this, so she would have to find some way to make it up to him. She already had a few ideas along that line of several things he really enjoyed, and she might have to do all of them to make up for this.

Captain Bryan shook his head, his hair was turning slightly gray around the edges. “He’s bound to contact you before we reach the Empire. What will you say?”

Cheryl let out a long sigh. “I know. But he will forgive me once I’m done taking care of my business.”

If everything went as expected, Cheryl could do all she needed in just a couple of days, four at the most. Then she would set a course for Golan Four to meet up with Dylan. As soon as she was on her way to the core worlds, she would contact Dylan and tell him that she would be arriving shortly.

“Where are we going first?” asked Bryan.

Taking a deep breath, she turned to face the captain. “Highland Station. I have a number of businesses there, and I left some competent people in charge. From there we have a few other star systems to travel to before we can set a course for Golan Four.”

“Highland Station,” repeated Bryan with a deep frown. “They may not be too happy to see you.”

“They’ll like my money,” replied Cheryl. “A few greased palms and we will be allowed to go anywhere we want. I once had a very nice home in the civilian sector, and I also want to collect some personnel belongings while we’re there.” Before she had left with Dylan, she had arranged for many of her possessions to be put into storage.

“It will be another two weeks before we reach the Ridge Star Cluster.”

Cheryl nodded. She was curious as to how her investments on Highland Station had fared, as well as others she had in several nearby star systems. If everything worked out as she hoped, she should be very rich. It would allow her and Dylan to do whatever they wanted anywhere in the Empire. She only hoped he would approve.

-

Admiral Cleemorl was currently in the small star cluster that contained the Vortex Worlds, named that due to the spiral shape of the cluster. Seven heavily populated worlds were in the cluster, including Jalot Four, which had bent over backward to accommodate the Confederation in sending its young people to work on Confederation worlds. Since the revelation of what had occurred to those young people, the entire government had been voted out of office.

Admiral Cleemorl was currently meeting with the new Jalot Four Governor Lindsay Littrel, discussing the future of the Empire.

“We’re a long way from the core worlds,” said Lindsay regretfully. “We have no fleet and no way to defend ourselves. We only have one resistance base, and it’s a small one.”

“If your worlds will join in the fight against the Confederation, I will keep part of my fleet here, until we can place powerful defensive grids around all seven Vortex Worlds, as well as get a Human Resistance fleet unit assigned here permanently.”

Governor Littrel nodded. “I’m sure the other governors will agree to that, particularly since we learned what has been happening to our young people. We’re still trying to deal with the horror of that revelation. I’ll speak to the other governors and let you know their decision tomorrow. One more thing. There must be tens of millions of captive Humans still in the Confederation. Is anything going to be done to bring them back before they’re all eaten?”

Dylan was afraid this question would be asked eventually. “We’re taking this one step at a time. I suspect, at some time in the future, we will demand the Confederation return all the Humans in their possession.”

“How long?”

Dylan shook his head. “We need to build new fleets in the Empire so we can speak to the Confederation with the force to back up our demands. Right now we’ll be lucky to keep the entire Empire free if the Confederation launches a major attack soon. That’s why we’re choosing some key worlds or regions across the Empire to fortify.”

“And the Vortex Worlds is one of those key areas.”

“Yes, you still have a high level of technology. Each planet has several shipyards and space stations, as well as large populations and resources. All will be needed as we continue to fight the Confederation.”

Lindsay drew in a sharp breath. “Well, I’ll say this. At least you’re honest in what you want. I like that.”

Dylan grinned. “Some say it’s a bad habit, but I prefer to tell it like it is. I need to return to my ship, and I’ll be waiting for your call.”

-

Returning to the Themis, it didn’t take Dylan long to reach the Command Center.

“How did your meeting go with the governor?” asked Captain Fulmar.

“Better than expected. Since the revelation about what the Lamothians have been doing to the Humans taken to the Confederation, a lot has changed. I think we’ll have seven star systems with massive resources to add to the worlds we can count on to take on the Confederation.”

“Where to next?”

Dylan sat in his command chair. “We’ll stay here for a few days and then head to the Lamina Stars. Four very advanced star systems there would make good additions to take on the Confederation. When we depart Jalot Four, we’ll be leaving a couple of dreadnoughts and twenty battlecruisers to defend the Vortex Worlds, until other arrangements can be made.”

Leaning back in his command chair, Dylan wondered what Cheryl was doing. He really missed her. Later, when he returned to his quarters, he would send her a personal message. It would be nice to hear from her.

“Message from Rear Admiral Masters,” reported the communications officer. “Everything is going well in the core worlds. The defensive grids should all be up in another few days. The Princesses are settling in very well and have already made a lot of progress in reuniting the core worlds.”

“That’s good news. General Livingston reports they are making considerable progress as well. He’s getting ready to pull back his fleets and form them into just four fleets to defend the star systems around Lydol Four. He’s expecting a Confederation response shortly.”

“Do you think he’s right?” asked Fulmar worriedly.

“As much as I hate to say it, he probably is. It might be smart of us, once we get through with the Lamina Stars, to pull back to the Vortex Worlds and wait and see what happens. We don’t want to spread ourselves too thin if there is a Confederation attack.”

-

Admiral Kreen nodded in satisfaction at the latest reports on the status of his fleet. All the ships that could be repaired were combat ready. The fleets from the Confederation should arrive in a few more days. He had already decided on how the coming battle would go. He would take three thousand warships and engage the Earth Humans in the core worlds. While that was going on, the other two thousand ships would sweep through the Human Empire, bringing all the other worlds back under Confederation control. This insurrection would be over shortly, and everything would be back to normal, other than dealing with Earth. That was something the Confederation would have to decide on. For now, Admiral Kreen was not going to worry about that.

-

Several days passed, and Admiral Cleemorl was now in the Lamina Stars. He was growing a little concerned. He still had not heard from Cheryl. He had finally contacted Admiral Reynolds, who had confirmed that Cheryl had left with her two escorts and a battlecruiser. This frustrated Dylan, as he had told her not to come until he contacted her and said it was safe. However, he had to admit her independence was one of the things he liked about her. At least she should be safe with a battlecruiser as part of her escort.

In the Lamina Stars, the four inhabited star systems were close together, only separated by a few light-years. When Dylan’s First Fleet arrived at Lamora Seven, he had been a little surprised to see a Human Resistance fleet there, The sensors showed 23 battlecruisers and 117 support ships. The Human Resistance was also in the process of installing a defense grid around the planet.

“An Admiral Marloo is in charge of the fleet,” reported Lieutenant Newsome from the comm console. “They have been in the Lamina Stars for six days, installing defense grids. They report they will be finished sometime tomorrow.”

Dylan felt relief flow through him. That would give them four more heavily defended star systems. “Put me through to Admiral Marloo. I want to see if he has a list of worlds they have been putting defensive grids around. It might save us a lot of time.” Dylan was pleased to see the Human Resistance had been so busy. Dylan knew they must have many more warships, he just had no idea of how many total. If all the Human Resistance groups were doing what Admiral Marloo was doing here, it would make a huge difference in any attack the Confederation might launch.

-

Admiral Marloo was surprised to see an Earth Imperial Fleet drop out of hyperspace in the Lamora Seven System. He had been busy seeing to the installation of a defense grid to protect the planet. The four star systems in the Lamina Stars group were highly civilized with large populations, and a number of subcolonies were on other planets and moons in the four systems as well.

“Look at that,” said his second in command, Captain Taggart. “Did you ever expect to see such a fleet?”

On the viewscreens were several dreadnoughts.

“We’re detecting 610 Imperial battlecruisers and 28 dreadnoughts.”

“It’s an awesome sight,” admitted Admiral Marloo, as he gazed at a viewscreen, showing one of the dreadnoughts.

“We have a message from the flagship. They are curious as to what all we’ve been doing here.”

“Tell them, and let’s find out what they want.”

-

The two admirals talked back and forth for nearly an hour. Each telling the other where they had been and what their future plans were.

“We’re trying to keep four of our five regions safe and secure,” said Admiral Marloo. “We’ve formed four fleets, about the same size as this one, and we’re hoping, along with the defensive grids we’re installing, we can stop the Confederation if they attack.”

“We’re doing the same,” replied Admiral Cleemorl. “We feel an attack is imminent, and there’s no way we can expect to retain all the worlds in the Empire without more help.”

“We agree,” answered Marloo. “We just want to hold what we can to allow us to continue to build up our fleets. Sometime in the future we hope to take the battle to the Confederation.”

“As do we,” said Admiral Cleemorl. “Is there anything we can do to assist you?”

“I think we’ve got this handled here. Thanks for the offer though.”

“Very well, we’ll be going on to the next system. If you need help, send a hyperlight message, and we’ll respond as quickly as we can.”

-

“Where to next?” asked Captain Fulmar.

“Let’s go to Vidon Seven and Helgoth,” said Dylan. “Both of those worlds have been bombarded by the Druins. I want to see what shape they’re in now.” Since the Human Resistance was taking care of the Lamina Stars, Dylan felt they had time to make one more trip.

“Two days to Vidon Seven,” said Lieutenant Trisha Marks at Helm and Navigation.

“That’s about as far out as I want to go,” replied Dylan. “If we hear of any Confederation fleets entering the Empire, we’ll have to pull back toward the Vortex Worlds.”

“You think it will be soon?”

Dylan nodded. “The Confederation can’t afford to give us too much time to prepare. I think they’ll attack, and it will be massive.”

“So, we’ll lose a lot of these worlds we’ve been fortifying?”

“Probably. We’ll try to save as many as possible, but it’ll be difficult to stretch out our three fleets.”

Dylan didn’t know what else they could do. Between the Earth Humans and the Human Resistance, a lot of worlds were being fortified. For each of those worlds the Confederation tried to retake, the battles would weaken their Confederation fleets. That was the current plan, to make the Confederation fleets bleed enough so they could be dealt with. Unfortunately there was no way to know if it would ultimately work since the Humans had no idea as to the total number of warships under the Confederation’s control.

-

Finally the Confederation’s reinforcing fleets arrived. Admiral Kreen did not care for fighting with the Lormallians; they felt they were superior and always tried to be in charge. The Zynth were a different matter. The Zynth enjoyed fighting and possessed the second-largest fleet of warships next to the Druins.

To Admiral Kreen, the solution to staying in charge was simple. He would take the Zynths and attack the core worlds, while the Lormallians attacked the rest of the Human Empire, bringing it back under Confederation control. With three thousand warships under Kreen’s control, the Earth Humans would quickly be defeated in the core worlds.

“We leave in an hour,” said Admiral Kreen to the other two admirals. “Do not make the mistake of underestimating these Earth Humans. Their weapons are as powerful as ours, and they are not afraid to use them.”

“They are still an inferior species,” commented the Lormallian admiral with distaste in his voice. “I do not understand how they have achieved what they have already done. They should have been destroyed by now.”

Admiral Kreen did not respond. It was nearly useless to argue with a Lormallian.

-

An hour later the three thousand Druin and Zynth ships set out for the Human core worlds, while the two thousand Lormallian ships headed for a group of nearby Human worlds to remind them of who controlled most of the galaxy.

-

The Lormallian ships went into orbit around Devonn Two and promptly began dropping antimatter weapons on all of its cities. The Lormallian admiral had decided that destroying several Human planets would bring this insurrection to a quick and permanent end, while leaving plenty of Humans alive elsewhere. It was the simplest and most efficient way to deal with this growing problem. Devonn Two had no defense grid, but the planet did have one large space station in orbit, and currently several dozen cargo ships and a few passenger liners were near the station. The planet had a Human population of around four hundred million.

All across the planet massive mushrooms clouds rose into the atmosphere, as buildings, roads, dams, power plants, and everything else associated with Humans were destroyed in the massive blasts and the starlike heat. Millions of Humans died, never knowing what was going on. One minute they were carrying out their lives like normal, and the next minute they were vaporized into ashes.

In space, the cargo ships and the passenger liners transitioned into hyperspace to escape the horror happening on the planet. Already hyperlight messages were being transmitted across the Empire, describing the attack.

“Let those ships escape,” ordered the Lormallian admiral. “They will spread the word of what we have done here today. It will make the rest of the Human worlds rapidly fall into line.”

The admiral turned his gaze to the viewscreens. Much of the planet was glowing from the massive amounts of energy released. The atmosphere was already turning dark. “Strike the oceans as well. I want this planet permanently uninhabitable.” The admiral felt no sympathy for the four hundred million Humans he was wiping out. After all, the Humans were far from civilized. It was about time someone reduced their barbaric civilization to a more manageable level.

-

Dylan was stunned when he heard about the Lormallian fleet and what it had done to Devonn Two. “Four hundred million people massacred? And the seven races call themselves civilized? I think a better description would be barbaric.”

“What should we do?” asked Captain Fulmar. “I don’t believe we should go on to Vidon Seven and Helgoth.”

“Set a course for the Vortex Worlds. We cannot let them fall. They’re nearly as important as the core worlds. I strongly suspect other Confederation fleets are around that we have not heard from yet. We must hold all the core worlds and keep the Vortex Worlds from being retaken by the Confederation.”

“What about this Lormallian fleet? What if it continues to destroy Human worlds?”

Dylan shook his head. “That fleet is reported to have two thousand warships. We don’t have the strength to stop it.”

“What about the Human Resistance fleets? Should we summon them as well?”

“No, they need to defend the worlds they have put defensive grids around. They may be able to keep control of some of them.”

Captain Fulmar turned toward navigation. “Set a course for the Vortex Worlds. We may have a battle to fight there.”

Dylan leaned back in his chair. They were about to fight a battle they could not afford to lose, but he had no idea how they could possibly win.

-

Layla and Krista were inside the Palace in the Royal Court. They had just been told about the tragedy at Devonn Two.

“What can we do to prevent them from destroying more worlds?” Layla asked. Derrick was with her, as well as several of the governors.

“I can think of only one thing,” replied Derrick. “We send out a hyperlight message that, for every world of ours they destroy, we will destroy two of theirs.”

Layla turned pale and stared at Derrick. “Do you think that would work?”

“It’s worth a shot.”

“I agree,” said Governor Stein. “We should send that message immediately.”

“I’ll send it,” replied Layla. “I know exactly what to say. We don’t need to scare the entire Confederation, just their Great Council.”

-

Twenty minutes later Layla, Krista, Derrick, and the governors were in the Starburst. Layla stood at the communications console, preparing to speak. Her words would be heard across all of Human space, as well as most of the Confederation.

“This is High Princess Layla Starguard of the Human Empire. A few hours ago a Confederation fleet comprised of Lormallian warships destroyed the Human world of Devonn Two. Four hundred million innocent Humans died in the attack. There was no resistance from Devonn Two, no defense grid to protect themselves with, and no fleet to drive off the attacking Lormallians. Completely innocent men, women, and children were slaughtered in this senseless attack. The seven races of the Confederation consider themselves to be the most advanced and intelligent races in the galaxy. On the contrary, they are some of the most barbaric and cruel races ever to exist.”

Layla paused gathering her breath. “If the Confederation wants to act uncivilized and barbaric, then so shall we. This is a warning to all seven races of the Confederation. From now on, anytime a Human world is destroyed, we will send a fleet and destroy two of yours. The Confederation executed my parents and many others who I knew and cared for. They exiled my brother and other members of the Royal Court to a barbaric Human world to live and to die. I have no mercy when it comes to the Confederation. If you want to trade two of your worlds for one of ours, then so be it.” Layla indicated for the communications officer to cut the transmission. “Resend that every ten minutes for the next two hours.”

Krista looked in shock at Layla. “I could never have done that. You sounded so much like your father and brother. I wonder if the Confederation will believe you.”

Layla smiled. “They’ll believe me because I am not bluffing. If they attack more civilian targets, we will do the same to them. It’s high time someone taught the Confederation a lesson.”

Krista gulped and nodded her head. “I’m glad you’re the High Princess and not me.”

“You did well, Princess,” said Derrick, nodding his head in approval. “If this works, you may have just saved billions of lives.”

“I doubt anyone has ever threatened the Confederation like this before,” said Governor Stein. “It just might work.”

“I better return to the Destiny. If a Lormallian fleet is in the outer edges of the Empire, you can bet a Druin fleet and possibly others are nearby as well. The core worlds will be their primary target.”

Governor Stein looked at the Princesses. “A deep Command Bunker is beneath the city. We’ve recently finished refurbishing it. That might be the safest place for both of you. Not only that but, with the communication systems we’ve put in there, you can keep track of what’s going on in the entire Empire.”

Layla nodded. “Make the arrangements, and Princess Krista and I will move in there until this crisis is over.”

Governor Stein smiled. “I’ll have someone pick both of you up and whoever else needs to come. I suspect some of your Royal Guards and a few of your attendants will be needed.”

Layla let out a deep sigh. “Yes, unfortunately some things I cannot change.”

Governor Stein and the other governors left as Derrick and the two Princesses headed for their quarters.

“Be careful,” Layla said to Derrick as they reached her door. “Don’t do anything rash. I don’t know if I could do this without you.”

Derrick smiled. “I promise to be careful.” He took Layla in his arms and gave her a long hug and kiss. When he let her go, he saw Emira standing a few feet away, her arms folded across her chest, frowning.

“I’m glad no one else saw that,” she said disapprovingly. Then she smiled. “If the two of you are to show such affection, it needs to be done in the Royal Quarters, where no one will notice. Perhaps later we can make an official announcement about your romance, but now is not the time.”

Layla looked flabbergasted at Emira. “You knew?”

Emira nodded. “I’ve been around young people in love enough to recognize it when I see it. I’ve known for months.”

“Emira,” said Krista, “we’ll be safer beneath the city. We may be there for a few days. Can you help us pack?”

Emira nodded. “I’ll call several more attendants to help. Does this have anything to do with the recent Lormallian attack on Devonn Two?”

Layla was surprised Emira already knew about that. “Yes, we fear the Confederation may have fleets coming here. A hidden underground bunker beneath the city is where we are going. A large number of other people will be there as well.”

“A wise decision,” said Emira approvingly. “I suggest we get busy packing and decide exactly what we need to take with us.”

“I better go now,” said Derrick. “I’ll keep you informed of what’s happening.”

Layla nodded. “Just be careful and make sure you come back to me.”

Derrick looked at Emira. “Keep them safe.”

“I will, even though sometimes they are both stubborn.”

With that, Derrick left, leaving the two Princesses with Emira.

“I will say one thing,” said Emira, eyeing Layla. “You did pick out quite a dashing young man, and he’s a fleet admiral as well.”

Layla felt embarrassed and smiled. “Let’s go pack. A war is coming, and we have to be ready.” Layla just hoped that Derrick returned to her; she could not imagine her life without him.

Chapter Twenty-Three

Derrick was back on board the Destiny and had his fleet in a defensive globe formation. The defensive grid around Golan Four was finished, and both shipyards and all four space stations were now heavily armed and protected by powerful energy shields. In addition, seven battlecarriers were in low orbit, carrying attack interceptors, and, on the surface of the planet, another four hundred interceptors were available, if needed. Rear Admiral Leeson had his fleet in orbit around Ambary Two with another three battlecarriers. Now it was just a waiting game to see what the Confederation fleets would do.

“How soon do you think we’ll see the enemy?” asked Captain Banora.

“A day or two at least,” replied Derrick. “We have no idea where other Confederation fleets may be, and no one’s reported detecting any.”

Audrey looked around the Command Center, everyone busy. “Do you think the Princess’s message will work?”

“It better, or we may find ourselves over a Confederation planet dropping antimatter missiles on their cities.”

Audrey blinked her eyes. “I hope that’s not necessary. Even though I hate the Confederation, I don’t know if I could destroy an entire planet.”

“I don’t know either,” admitted Derrick. It was something he had been forced to consider, since making the recommendation to Layla. He didn’t know what he would do if she ordered him to carry out such an attack.

-

In the Confederation, the Great Council was meeting once again in an emergency session. The hyperlight message from High Princess Layla Starguard had caused quite a reaction on many of the worlds in the Confederation.

“We must do something,” argued the Lamothian representative. “If the Humans chose to destroy a world in the Confederation, it will most likely be one of ours.”

“It is your own fault,” said Clun, the Druin representative. “You should never have started eating Humans. We have warned you ever since we formed the Confederation that someday that would be your downfall.”

“We have always eaten subintelligent species,” replied the Lamothian defensively. “It is our right as a superadvanced species.”

“The Humans would disagree with you on that,” pointed out Clun. “How many of their species have you eaten over the last thousand years? Billions?”

“That’s enough,” said Arden Reull, the head councilor, trying to restore order. “We must not argue among ourselves. We have run some calculations and believe the Earth Humans are, indeed, capable of carrying out this threat made by the High Princess.”

This caused a stirring in the council. Never had the Confederation been seriously put in jeopardy since it was formed.

“What should we do?” asked Klug, the Morphene representative.

Arden Reull looked directly at the Lamothian rep. “First the Lamothians must stop eating Humans. I propose we stop shipping all Humans to their worlds until this matter with Earth and the Human Empire is settled. It’s too dangerous.”

“What!” exploded the Lamothian. His large slug-shaped body quivered in anger, his eyestalks as well. “We must have Human flesh for our feasts!”

“Not anymore,” replied Arden Reull coldly. “If we continue to supply you with Humans, we endanger every world in the Confederation.”

The others chimed in their agreement, silencing the complaints from the Lamothian.

“What will be our response to the message from this High Princess?” asked Ralor Corr, the Zynth representative.

“It is a difficult decision,” commented Cryler, the Zang representative. “Never before have we been threatened. I fear for the safety of our worlds.”

“Our worlds must not be endangered,” uttered Klug, the Morphene representative. “We must not destroy any more Human worlds or bomb Human cities. Our targets must be military only.”

Ardon Reull looked around the table. “All throughout our history as a Confederation we have used force to control populations and to bring other civilizations under our control. If we don’t reconquer the Human Empire, it will continue to grow as a danger to us all.”

“We must be very careful in what we choose to do,” said Klug. “I would suggest we send an immediate hyperlight message to our fleets in the Human Empire to not destroy any more Human worlds and to not bomb Human cities until we have decided how to address this difficult situation.”

Ardon Reull nodded his head. “I believe that is the wise choice for now. I will have the order sent. In the meantime we will continue to debate what is to be done about the Humans.”

-

Lormallian Admiral Zador was in orbit of another Human world when he received the message not to destroy any more Human planets or to bombard any Human cities.

“Our situation just became impossible,” said Zador, as he gazed at the main viewscreen, showing the planet beneath his fleet. “We don’t have the forces to conquer each Human world individually.”

“What should we do?” asked First Officer Dabon.

Zador turned slightly to examine the tactical display. “Order the fleet to destroy both of the space stations in orbit around the planet. We will station a small force of ships here and go on to the next world. It is the only thing we can do.”

Fusion missiles suddenly leaped from the missile tubes of a dozen Lormallian warships and directed at the two large space stations in orbit. Already cargo ships and the few passenger liners present were jumping out, fleeing into hyperspace for safety. A few cargo ships were still docked to the stations, their crews frantically trying to get them disconnected from the docking ports.

The missiles arrived and, in brilliant explosions of energy, tore apart the stations. In less than a minute what had been two massive orbital constructions were little more than glowing twisted wreckage. Much of the wreckage would eventually enter the planet’s atmosphere to burn up. Only a few of the larger pieces would actually reach the ground.

Admiral Zador was pleased with the results. With a few of his warships in orbit, this planet would be isolated and technically back under Confederation control. It was now time to go on to the next world.

-

On Golan Four, High Princess Layla Starguard was in the Command Center of the massive underground bunker, listening as communications came in from across the Empire.

“We have a hyperlight message from the Confederation,” reported General Lyra Gantts. Lyra was from another core world that held a large secret Human Resistance base. She was the highest ranking military officer in the core worlds. “They have agreed to stop all attacks on civilian targets. However, military targets are still an option.”

Layla breathed out a long sigh of relief. “At least we’re protecting most of our population and ensuring they survive this war.”

General Gantts nodded. “It was a bold move, and it seems to have paid off.”

“We have reports of two large Confederation fleets inbound,” reported one of the communications officers. “One Druin and one Zynth. Both fleets should arrive in the vicinity of the core worlds within twenty-six hours. The fleets passed close by a Human Resistance support ship, which allowed them to be detected.”

“I was expecting this,” said General Gantts, not showing any surprise. “Contact Rear Admiral Masters and Rear Admiral Leeson and inform them of the incoming enemy. Also contact General Livingston on Lydol Four and inform him of the Confederation fleets, particularly the Lormallian fleet on the edge of the Empire.”

Layla was sitting in a special chair next to the general. “Are we ready?”

“As ready as we’ll be today. Rear Admiral Masters’ fleet is in orbit, and Rear Admiral Leeson’s is at Ambary Two. Both Golan Four and Ambary are vitally important to our future war effort.”

Layla bit her lip as she considered what she should do. The people of the Empire needed to be reassured. “I want to send out a hyperlight broadcast to the Empire. I want them to know what’s happening, and that we won’t abandon them.”

“It might be a good morale booster coming from you. I’ll get it set up.”

Layla leaned back and considered what she would say. This would be a very important speech, and she must say the right things.

-

Two hours later everything was ready. Video would be broadcast by hyperlight transmitters, showing her speech live. Derrick had come down from the Destiny to stand at her side. Krista would be here as well, with General Gantts next to her. Behind Layla was a large starburst, the symbol of the Empire.

“We’re ready,” reported the film crew from the Starburst, as they were very good at what they did.

Layla nodded. She watched the camera until a green light came on. “Hello, I’m High Princess Layla Starguard of Golan Four. I’m appearing in front of you today to make several announcements relating to the security of the Empire. At this moment three Confederation fleets are in the Empire. One is a Lormallian fleet in the outer regions. This fleet has already destroyed Devonn Two. We have made it clear to the Confederation that any future attacks on innocent civilians will result in them losing worlds as well. The Confederation has responded by agreeing not to attack any more nonmilitary targets.”

Layla paused and looked at Derrick. “With me today is Rear Admiral Derrick Masters, originally from Golan Four, and in command of a large fleet currently in orbit. We are also aware of two more Confederation fleets. One is a Druin fleet, and the other is a Zynth fleet. Both of these fleets are currently on a course for the core worlds.” Layla’s face took on a look of determination. “We intend to destroy both of those fleets and then drive the Lormallian fleet out of our space. Some of this may take some time, but we will do whatever is necessary to keep our worlds free.”

Layla looked to General Gantts. “Even at this very moment we have a large fleet on the way to the Confederation. If the Confederation is going to attack military targets on our worlds, then we will attack military targets on theirs as well. As citizens of the Empire, there is greatness ahead for all of humanity.” Layla stood straight and tall. “Long live the Empire!” With that, the camera died, and the transmission ceased.

-

Derrick looked at Layla with surprise spreading across his face. “What fleet do we have attacking the Confederation?”

Layla smiled. “We don’t have one, but they don’t know that. With a little luck they’ll pull one or two of their fleets back to search for it.”

“A bluff,” said General Gantts, nodding. “I like it. It can’t harm anything, and it might actually work.”

“Remind me to never play poker with you,” commented Derrick.

“Poker?”

“It’s an Earth game I learned on Gateway Station.”

“I guess now we wait and see what happens.”

Derrick nodded. “I’m heading back to the Destiny. Somehow I don’t believe the Druins will turn back.”

Layla looked at Derrick. “Be careful.”

“I will. Make sure you’re safe down here as well. There’s always the possibility the Druins will land troops and try to capture both you and Krista.”

“I’m not worried,” replied Krista. “We have a large number of Earth Marines assigned here. I’m confident they’ll protect us.”

Layla frowned. “That’s true. I just need to keep you away from them.”

“Emira is making sure of that,” replied Krista, frowning. “She’s had me reading up on some of the historical records of the Palace. Boring!”

Derrick decided it was time to leave. “I’ll come back as soon as this is over.”

Layla watched as Derrick left. She really needed to find some excuse to spend more time with him, a lot more time.

-

The next day Derrick was in the Command Center of the Destiny. The entire fleet was currently at Condition Two. “What’s the status of the defense grid?”

“It was activated thirty minutes ago,” replied Captain Banora. “All space traffic has been ordered either to jump to another core world or to go into low orbit beneath the grid. The shipyards and space stations have been partially evacuated, only essential personnel remaining. Their energy screens have been activated.”

Derrick’s gaze wandered over to one of the viewscreens where the Orion was visible. The Orion and the other six battlecarriers with her were just below the defense grid. They had an escort of ten battlecruisers to help shield them from incoming fire.

“I wish we had some ODPs.”

“Orbital Defense Platforms would be nice.” Audrey nodded in agreement. “We will shortly. All four space stations are working on them, and the first should be ready to deploy in two more weeks.”

“Have either of the two inbound fleets been detected?”

Audrey shook her head. “No, they might not exit hyperspace until they reach this system. Our best time estimate is that we have about an hour, maybe two.”

Derrick looked at the tactical display. His fleet was currently in a globe formation. “Have the fleet form up into an inverted pyramid formation. Put the Destiny in the center and back us up close to the defense grid. We’ll let the Confederation fleets come to us.”

-

Admiral Kreen was relishing this moment. His fleet and the Zynth fleet were about to drop out of hyperspace twenty thousand kilometers from Golan Four. They had orders not to target any civilian population centers, but he fully intended to put a fusion missile on top of the Palace complex. It was the seat of power for the High Princess, which, to Kreen, made it a military target.

“Hyperspace dropout in twenty minutes,” reported First Officer Falorr. “The fleet is at full battle readiness.”

Kreen was considering all the consequences of what he was about to do. No doubt he had a massive advantage in ships and firepower. He doubted, in the short time the Humans had available to them that the Earth Humans could have done much when it came to fortifying the planet. So Kreen would swoop in, destroy the defending Human fleets, bomb the Palace, and then claim victory. The other Human core worlds would swiftly fall in line. There was no doubt in his mind that, once he had control of the core worlds, the resistance across the Human Empire would collapse.

-

The final few minutes passed, and the fleet began dropping from hyperspace. In front of the Druin fleet was Golan Four and the defending Human fleet in a pyramid formation. A minute later the Zynth fleet dropped out of hyperspace.

“We have them outnumbered nearly five to one,” gloated Kreen. “This will be much easier than I thought.”

First Officer Falorr stood near the sensor console. “There may be a problem. If these scans are correct, the planet is behind a massive defensive grid, and the space stations and shipyards have been armed.”

“We still have the advantage in numbers and firepower. Put the fleet into a line formation, ten ships high and one hundred long. Have the Zynth form up on our right flank in a similar formation. We will attack the Humans and attempt to englobe their fleet.”

-

The Druin and Zynth fleets rapidly morphed into the designated formation and advanced on the Human fleet. Hatches on missile tubes slid open and weapon turrets swiveled to face the Human warships. The Druin battlecruisers were 1,400 meters long and crammed full of deadly weapons. The battleships measured 2,000 meters and were even more deadly. The Zynth ships were wedge-shaped, and were about the size of a normal Human battlecruiser, and were covered in weapon turrets and open hatches, revealing missile tubes. All of these weapons in both fleets were pointed in the direction of the vastly outnumbered Human fleet.

-

“This does not look good,” said Captain Banora, as the fleet prepared to do battle. All ships were at Condition One and waiting for the order to fire.

Derrick examined the Druin and Zynth formations on the large tactical display. He could move forward and attack the center of the formation, but then it would most likely collapse around Fifth Fleet, trapping it. If he attacked either flank it would have the same result. If he stayed where he was, the defensive grid should prevent the Confederation fleets from getting in the rear of his pyramid formation.

“All ships prepare to fire,” ordered Derrick. “The defensive grid and all stations are to fire at the same time we do.” Derrick knew that only one shipyard and one of the space stations would be in range of the Confederation fleets. The others were too far away.

“Engagement range in two minutes,” announced Lieutenant Nower.

“Targeting missiles and fusion energy turrets,” reported Lieutenant Breen. “We have hard locks on enemy targets. They are just barely out of range.”

Derrick’s gaze was now glued to the viewscreens. He could see both Druin and Zynth warships. It was a vast armada, and it was coming directly toward his fleet.

“What are your orders, Admiral?” asked Audrey, her gaze showing a hint of worry.

Derrick gripped the armrests on his command chair. “All ships are to hold position. They will fire on my order.”

The tension in the Command Center quickly mounted as everyone knew the odds of them surviving this battle were not good. Conversations were few as everyone focused on their duties or watched the viewscreens and the approaching Confederation warships.

“Ten seconds!” called out Lieutenant Nower, her voice quivering.

“Stand by to fire,” ordered Derrick over the fleet comm channel.

“Now,” said Nower.

“Fire!”

On the viewscreens, energy beams appeared as well as missiles. In just a few moments, explosions raged across the Druin and Zynth formation. However, at nearly the same time the two enemy fleets fired back. The viewscreens erupted in light from thousands of explosions.

“Get me the Orion,” ordered Derrick as two of Fifth Fleet’s battlecruisers blew apart under the bombardment of the two attacking fleets.

“This is the Orion, Captain Anderson speaking.”

“Captain, I want a full strike carried out by all the carriers and the attack interceptors based on the ground. I need you to hit the left side of the Zynth fleet before they finish their attempted englobement.”

“Give me ten minutes, and we’ll be there,” replied Captain Anderson.

Derrick leaned back in his command chair, his gaze moving from the tactical displays to the viewscreens. Space was full of explosions and dying ships. Many of those dying ships were Human. Too many.

-

Admiral Kreen felt elation flood through him as he watched a Human dreadnought crumble in on itself as it was smashed by repeated fusion energy beams, and finally an antimatter missile turned the wrecked ship into a molten mass of glowing metal.

“We’re destroying three of their vessels for every ship we lose,” reported First Officer Falorr.

At that moment the defensive grid fired as well as one of the space stations and the shipyard. The entire front of the two Confederation fleets lit up with explosions.

“You were saying?” said Kreen, gazing at his second in command.

“It’s more even now,” replied Falorr as he studied some sensor readings. On one of the viewscreens, a Zynth battlecruiser was being torn apart by energy beam fire from the defensive grid. Suddenly, in one massive explosion, the vessel blew apart, sending glowing debris in every direction. Some of the debris slammed into the energy shields of nearby ships but didn’t cause any damage.

Admiral Kreen looked coldly at the carnage. He could afford to lose the ships; the Humans could not. He would destroy this Human fleet, annihilate the defensive grid, and then take out the space stations and the shipyards. Once that was complete, he would drop a fusion missile on the Palace compound. At that time this war would be over, and the Human Empire would once more be under control of the Confederation, and his past losses would have been avenged.

“Press forward. I want that Human fleet partially englobed.”

-

Derrick winced as he saw several more of his battlecruisers die under the heavy bombardment of antimatter and fusion missiles. Both warships vanished in bright explosive fireballs.

“Attack interceptors beginning their attack run,” reported Captain Banora.

On the viewscreen, over 1,200 small green icons were on a course for the left side of the Zynth fleet. “Switch all targeting to that side of the Zynth formation. Let’s see if we can clear a path for our interceptors.” Derrick knew, if he didn’t, very few of them would return to the carriers.

-

Captain Barkley led his squadron of twenty attack interceptors toward the Zynth fleet. “We will all target the same battlecruiser. Once we’ve destroyed it, we’ll move on to the next.”

“Damn, there are a lot of explosions are out here,” said Lieutenant Simmins, looking out the cockpit window. “It looks as if you could walk on them, there are so many. How do we find our target?”

“I’m more worried about how we get to our target,” said Lieutenant Kline.

“We’re coming in from the left flank of the Zynth fleet. Just before we begin our attack runs, the fleet will shift its fire to give us a clear path. We’ll search for any damaged ships and try to take them out.”

“Missiles are ready,” reported Linda. “Do we fire all four or save two of them for later targets?”

“Fire two,” replied Mathew. “I’m hoping we can take out two battlecruisers in our attack runs.”

Linda nodded. “Will do. I’m ready whenever you are.”

In front of them the explosions suddenly died away as Fifth Fleet shifted its fire.

“Black Dart squadron, let’s begin our run. Follow me in, and stay with your wingman.”

Mathew increased his acceleration, as he wanted to go in fast and get out fast.

The twenty fighters headed in as the Zynths targeted them. The Zynth ships had no effective counter defenses for such an attack, so they were forced to use their heavy energy beams to try to take out the interceptors. Unfortunately the beams were so powerful the forward energy shields of the interceptors could not handle them.

Mathew winced as he saw two of his squadron interceptors vanish from the small tactical display. “Vary your courses more, or they’ll pick most of us off before we can launch.” He had barely said those words when his wingman was hit. The interceptor exploded in a bright fireball.

“Missile range!” called out Linda. “Firing missiles.”

Mathew felt a slight vibration as the two missiles launched. He quickly turned his interceptor around in a tight curve. Looking behind, he saw two powerful explosions erupt on the energy shield of the damaged battlecruiser, causing no additional damage. He let out a deep sigh of disappointment, but now other missiles struck the Zynth battlecruiser’s energy shield, and it began to waver. Suddenly the shield collapsed, and half a dozen of the small fusion missiles slammed into its hull. The ship vanished as unleashed fusion energy consumed it.

“That’s one down,” said Rod, grinning.

Mathew checked his tactical display as his gut clenched. Only fourteen interceptors of Black Dart squadron remained. The rest had been lost in the attack. “Searching for the next target,” he said. Looking around, he saw other fusion explosions as other squadrons made their attack runs. Portside, he saw a damaged Zynth battlecruiser. Its energy shield was down, and it should be an easy target. “We’ll hit the one portside.” Mathew quickly contacted the rest of the squadron, identifying the target to them.

Moments later he began his attack run, followed by the rest of his squadron. Looking out the cockpit window, he could see numerous fireballs in space. He knew that each one of those fireballs represented a dying interceptor. There would be a lot of empty bunks on the carriers tonight.

Mathew led his squadron in, trying to dodge the incoming defensive fire. While the targeted Zynth battlecruiser was heavily damaged, it still had many operating weapons.

“Target lock, missiles away,” said Linda.

Mathew turned his fighter just as an energy beam brushed the interceptor’s left wing. He felt the interceptor shake violently, and several red warning lights appeared on his console. The interceptor felt a little sluggish, but it seemed to still be flyable.

“That was close,” commented Rod. “Another two meters and we would have been toast.”

Checking his tactical display, Mathew saw ten more of his squadron following. That meant he had lost three more of his squadron in this attack. “All interceptors, head back to the Orion. We took out two of their battlecruisers, though we lost nearly half of the squadron. Let’s not lose anybody else.”

In Mathew’s mind he wondered who all had made it. No doubt crews he had known for months would not be answering the roll call once they returned to the battlecarrier. He just hoped the cost in lives had been worth it.

-

Derrick sat in his command chair, his fists clenched. He had watched the attack interceptors go in, weaving through the incoming fusion fire. Bright fireballs were everywhere, indicating dying interceptors.

“They’re pulling back,” reported Captain Banora. “All their missiles have been expended.”

“Were they effective in their attack?” Derrick hoped he had not sacrificed so many Human lives in vain.

“Eighty-seven confirmed kills,” reported Lieutenant Nower as she checked her sensors.

“How many interceptors did we lose?”

“Six hundred and twelve.”

Derrick blinked his eyes. That was nearly half of them. He hoped Captain Barkley had survived. “Pull us back closer to the defense grid.”

He was losing this battle, and he was rapidly running out of options. His gaze went to the main viewscreen, showing a Druin battleship under heavy attack. The ship’s energy screen wavered, and an antimatter missile slipped through. In a massive explosion, the ship blew apart.

-

Admiral Kreen watched as the Humans’ small attack ships withdrew. They had managed to take out a number of damaged Zynth warships, though the Zynth had been able to destroy a large number of the small attack ships. “Continue to press forward. I want our flanks to close in around the Human ships.”

Kreen could see no way the Humans could escape without entering hyperspace, and, with all the antimatter explosions, he didn’t believe they could even do that. He felt his flagship vibrate slightly as several energy beams struck the energy shield. On one of the viewscreens, another Human dreadnought was in trouble. He looked just in time to see the rear portion of the ship explode, sending pieces of metal flying across space. The rest of the ship tumbled and barely missed a Human battlecruiser. An antimatter missile arrived, putting an end to the tumbling as well as the rest of the ship.

“We’ll have the Humans pinned back against their defensive grid shortly, with our warships on all sides,” reported First Officer Falorr. “They won’t last much longer.”

-

In the underground bunker beneath the capital, both Lyla and Krista were in the Command Center, watching the battle.

“We’re losing,” said Krista, tears in her eyes. “I wonder if Captain Barkley is still alive. We lost a lot of attack interceptors.”

Layla didn’t reply. Her gaze was focused on the large green icon representing the Destiny. So far she didn’t think it had been damaged.

“Rear Admiral Leeson is on his way,” General Gantts informed them. “He should be here shortly.”

Layla nodded. That would help, but still a large number of Confederation ships were attacking Fifth Fleet. She should have known taking back the Empire would not be easy. She wondered if she would ever see the Palace rebuilt or have a life with Derrick.

-

Derrick was getting desperate. He was losing ships at a very fast rate. If this kept up, he would not have a fleet in a few more minutes.

“What can we do?” asked Captain Banora.

“Break formation and drop the fleet back into the defensive grid. That will help to increase our firepower and give us a little added protection.”

-

Moments later the fleet disengaged from its pyramid formation and fell back to the defensive grid. Upon seeing this, the Confederation fleet formed up directly in front of the remaining ships of the Human fleet and poured on the weapons fire. They were going in for the kill.

-

Rear Admiral Leeson’s fleet dropped out of hyperspace twenty thousand kilometers from the battle. He winced when he saw how many ships Fifth Fleet had lost. “Close and engage,” he ordered. Second Fleet quickly formed up into an open cone formation and began advancing on the enemy.

-

Admiral Kreen saw the appearance of the new Human fleet. “Have the Zynth turn and take on this other Human fleet. While they do that, we’ll finish off the one in front of us.” Admiral Kreen was determined not to allow anything to keep him from destroying this fleet and then destroying the Palace compound.

-

Derrick felt the Destiny shake violently, and, in the distance, he could hear screams and the sound of tearing metal. On the damage control console, dozens of red lights flared into being.

“Two energy beam hits amidships,” reported the damage control officer. “We have several fires, and I’m activating the fire suppression system. I’m also sealing off some compartments. We have two large holes in our hull, and we’re bleeding atmosphere.”

Derrick knew that some members of his crew had just died. He looked around the Command Center. The command crew were all busy at their stations, passing on orders and keeping the ship fighting. None showed any fear.

“Should we fall back some?” asked Audrey.

Derrick shook his head. “No, we stay here until either we win or we lose the ship.”

Audrey nodded. It was the answer she had expected.

The ship shook again, almost as if something massive had slammed into its side. Several consoles in the Command Center shorted out, sending cascades of hot sparks flying. A crewmember screamed as she was burned. A med tech hurried over to check on her injuries. The lights flickered, dimmed, and then returned to full brightness.

“I had to reroute the ship’s power,” reported the systems officer. “We’ve lost a number of power couplings.”

Audrey stepped closer to Derrick. “We won’t survive much longer. I just want to say, it’s been an honor to serve with you, sir.”

“Same here,” replied Derrick in a soft voice. Inside he felt he had let the Princess down. He was supposed to protect Golan Four, and he was very close to failing in that endeavor. He blinked his eyes, wishing he could do something else.

On the viewscreens, he saw his fleet being devastated by all the incoming fire. Battlecruisers and dreadnoughts were now dying faster than Derrick could keep track of. On the tactical display, he saw that Rear Admiral Leeson’s fleet was now heavily engaged against the Zynth. However, even with the damage that Fifth Fleet had inflicted on the Zynth, they still outnumbered Leeson by two to one.

A massive explosion rocked the Destiny. The lights in the Command Center went out, and Derrick was hurled from his command chair. His head struck a console, and everything went black.

-

In the underground Command Center, the communications officer came over and whispered something to General Gantts. She frowned and turned toward the two Princesses. “We just received word that the Destiny has been heavily damaged and is falling toward the planet. We’ve dispatched a pair of tugs from the nearest space station to stop it before it enters the atmosphere.”

Layla suddenly felt as if she couldn’t breathe. She closed her eyes briefly, trying to take a breath.

“Can we communicate with the ship?” asked Krista, her heart racing.

Gantts shook her head. “Not at the moment. Most of the power on the Destiny is out. Reports indicate the ship has broken in two.”

“What about the fleet?”

“Rear Admiral Leeson has taken over command.”

Layla looked up at the viewscreens. Fifth Fleet was a fraction of what it once was. Even now the Druins were striking the defensive grid in an attempt to make a hole in it.

“I’ve ordered the battlecarriers and their escorts to form up beneath the weakest part of the grid. The escorts and the attack interceptors can protect the surface from bombardment for a while.” General Gantts looked gravely worried as she snapped out orders.

-

Rear Admiral Leeson was in a quandary. He couldn’t get past the blocking Zynth fleet, and, even if he did, it wouldn’t do much good. His fleet was too heavily outnumbered.

“We’re taking heavy losses,” reported Captain Newman.

On the viewscreens, Leeson watched as several of his battlecruisers were ripped apart by intense fusion beam fire.

“Contacts!” yelled Lieutenant Stewart. “We have more ships dropping out of hyperspace.”

“Identify them,” ordered Leeson, as he tried to stay up with what was occurring in the battle.

“Human Resistance ships,” reported Stewart, his eyes widening. “I’m picking up sixty-seven battlecruisers and three hundred support ships.”

“Have them rendezvous with us. We’ll add their firepower to ours.” This would even up the odds some but not enough. They needed a miracle.

-

Admiral Kreen noted the arrival of the additional Human ships. His forces still vastly outnumbered the enemy, and it would save him the trouble of having to hunt them down later.

“Admiral, I’ve just received a message from the Great Council,” reported the communications officer. “We are being ordered to withdraw from the Human core worlds immediately.”

“What!” Admiral Kreen could not believe what he had just heard. “That must be incorrect.”

The communications officer shook his head. “No, I’ve confirmed it. We’re to break off our attack and to withdraw.”

“No, not until I’ve destroyed what is left of this Human fleet in front of us and annihilated the Imperial Palace.”

“Admiral, the Zynth fleet has already broken off and is entering hyperspace,” reported the sensor officer.

“They are obeying the council,” said First Officer Falorr. “We should do the same.”

Kreen looked at the tactical display. The Zynth warships were vanishing from the battle. It would soon put him in a bad strategic position. He could not afford to allow his fleet to be trapped between the defensive grid and the remaining Human ships in the fleet he had been destroying and this new Human fleet, even now beginning to head toward his ships.

“Withdraw,” he grated out, his emotions raging. Once the fleet was out of the Human core worlds, he would demand that the Great Council explain their orders. Victory had been within his reach, and now it had been taken away by a ridiculous order from the council.

Moments later the Druin fleet disengaged and entered hyperspace. The battle for Golan Four was over.

Chapter Twenty-Four

Derrick awoke to the worst headache he had ever experienced. He blinked his eyes and moaned.

“Derrick,” said a worried voice.

As his vision came into focus, he saw Layla bending over him, and he could tell she had been crying. “Where am I?” he managed to say.

“You’re in a hospital in the capital. You have a bad concussion, but the doctors say you will be fine. Does your head hurt?”

Derrick nodded. “Feels like someone slugged me.”

Layla turned and summoned the nurse standing behind her. Since Derrick had been brought into the hospital, Layla had insisted a nurse stay in his room at all times.

The nurse stepped over and ran a medical analyzer over Derrick’s head. She then turned and made an adjustment to one of the pieces of equipment near the bed, administering medications. “That should help. It will take a minute or two for the pain to subside.”

“What happened?” Derrick remembered being on the Destiny and then felt a sharp pain, followed by darkness.

“The Destiny was heavily damaged and was falling toward the planet,” explained Layla, taking Derrick’s hand. “General Gantts sent two tugs to rescue the ship before it entered the atmosphere. The Destiny had been torn in two. The two pieces were taken back to one of the space stations, where operations to rescue the crew were quickly implemented. From what I’ve been told, they managed to save about twenty percent of the ship’s crew.”

“The command crew?” Derrick hoped they had survived. Most were Imperials who had come with him from the Empire over one thousand years ago.

“Most are okay. I’ll have to check to see who they are.”

Derrick looked around the room. He noticed flowers were everywhere. “What happened in the battle?”

Layla let out a deep breath. “We’re not totally certain. The Zynth and Druin fleets suddenly withdrew and have left the core worlds.”

“That makes no sense,” said Derrick, confused. “They had us. There was no reason for them to withdraw.”

“They withdrew from here, but they control much of the Empire. Between the three Confederation fleets, they have isolated many of our worlds. Only those with powerful defensive grids or protective fleets are still under our control.”

“How much of my fleet survived?”

“Let me get someone who can answer that question.” Layla let go of Derrick’s hand and opened the door to the room. Outside were two Imperial Guards. “Have Captain Banora and Ensign Allert come in.”

Layla closed the door and returned to Derrick’s side, taking his hand again. She knew she had come very close to losing him. For the last few days Krista had been handling the business of the Empire. Occasionally she contacted Layla with questions. Layla had been at the hospital since Derrick had been brought in unconscious.

The door opened, and Audrey and Brenda came in. Both looked relieved to see that Derrick was conscious.

“Admiral, I’m glad to see you’re awake,” said Audrey.

Derrick noticed that Brenda’s eyes were red. “I’m feeling better. What about the command crew? How many of them survived?”

A sad look passed over Audrey’s face. “We lost nearly 80 percent of the ship’s crew. In the Command Center we didn’t lose anyone, though quite a few were injured. Everyone should be fully recovered in another week. Most of the injuries were some burns and a few broken bones.”

“We did lose Sergeant Bower and Corporal Jenkins,” said Brenda sadly. “They were in the flight bay when the ship broke apart.”

“What happened with the fleet?”

Audrey shook her head. “We took a lot of losses. I checked earlier, and, counting the ships that can be repaired, Fifth Fleet is down to 112 battlecruisers and 17 dreadnoughts. Fortunately all the battlecarriers survived, though we lost over half of our attack interceptors.”

“How much of the Empire do we still hold?” This concerned Derrick greatly as it would have an impact on the war.

“We have the core worlds, the Haven Nebula, the Vortex Worlds, the Lamina Stars, and the Human worlds near Lydol Four,” replied Audrey. “We also have about twenty other star systems that have substantial defensive grids that the Confederation is staying away from.”

Derrick nodded. “We need to make sure we hold all those worlds.”

“Rear Admiral Mendoza will be here late next week, and he has twenty cargo ships packed full of defensive grid elements, as well as replacement attack interceptors.”

“Okay, I think that’s enough for now,” said Layla. “Derrick needs his rest.”

Brenda grinned knowingly. “I think he has a very good nurse, and I’m not talking about the one standing behind us.”

Layla blushed. She knew the two women could not miss that she was holding Derrick’s hand possessively. Layla watched as the two filed out. She then told the nurse to leave them as well for a few minutes.

As soon as they were alone, Layla turned toward Derrick. “As soon as you’re well and the situation in the Empire has stabilized, we’ll announce our engagement.”

Derrick’s eyes widened. “What? I haven’t asked you to marry me.”

Layla grinned. “As the High Princess, I have the right to ask any man I want to join with me. You won’t object, will you? I could always have you put in chains and kept in my personal quarters.”

Derrick laughed and felt a light pain flash through his forehead. He winced slightly and then nodded. “Yes, I will marry you.”

Layla bent over and kissed Derrick deeply. When she pulled back, she had tears of happiness in her eyes. “Wait until I tell Krista. Now, why don’t you get some rest. I have a Royal Wedding to plan.”

-

Several days later Derrick was fully recovered and in the underground Command Center with Layla, Krista, General Gantts, and Governor Stein.

“We recently received a message from Admiral Marloo. We now know why the Druins and the Zynth withdrew. Evidently Admiral Marloo listened to High Princess Layla’s speech, where she said we had a fleet on the way to attack the Confederation. He sent a small task force of Human Resistance ships out past the Empire and partway to Confederation space. This fleet dropped out of hyperspace and sent a hyperlight message, asking what their targets in the Empire would be.”

Admiral Marloo replied that the targets would be decided based on how much damage the core worlds suffered. He hinted that, if necessary, the fleet would be ordered to attack several of the major worlds of the seven races. Over about twenty minutes Admiral Marloo and the commander of this small task force spoke considerably about what some of the targets might be. Evidently it caused enough concern for the Great Council to call off the attack on Golan Four.”

“How big was this fleet?” asked Derrick. He couldn’t imagine the Human Resistance having enough ships to actually attack the Confederation.

“Only a couple battlecruisers and some support ships,” replied Gantts with a grin. “It was all a big bluff, and it apparently worked.”

“So, we’ve bought some time,” said Derrick. “What’s next?”

“We’ll start deploying the first ODPs shortly. Plans call for sixty of them to be put into orbit around Golan Four. We’ll also be increasing the strength of the defense grid. We’ll fortify all the core worlds substantially to ensure we can hold them all. Then we’ll start building warships, so we can retake the rest of the Empire.”

“What’ll happen when the Confederation realizes there was no Human fleet about to attack them?”

“We hope to be even stronger before they do.” General Gantts shifted her gaze to one of the viewscreens that showed one of the large shipyards in orbit. “We’re converting several production lines on the shipyards to produce your attack interceptors. We’ll shortly be mass producing them and will deploy them on all the core worlds. We’re still several months away from being able to produce any major warships.”

Derrick took in a deep breath. “We need to contact Earth and see if they can send us another fleet. The Confederation is bound to make a move sooner rather than later. We have to be prepared for that. In the meantime we need to fortify, as much as possible, all the planets we control, including those away from the core worlds. This will not be a short-term conflict. It could last for years.”

General Gantts nodded. “All the core worlds are ramping up production of defensive grid segments. In only a few weeks we’ll start sending them to all the worlds we still control.”

“We’ll shortly be producing the attack interceptors planetside as well,” added Governor Stein. “We’re already retooling factories for that purpose, as well as to produce the necessary parts for our warships.”

Derrick turned toward Layla. “Have you decided on who to name as fleet admiral?”

Layla smiled. “I would like to name you, but, since we are to be joined, that might not be the best idea. What about Admiral Marloo? He’s well respected in the Human Resistance movement.”

“I like that choice. Why don’t we have him come to Golan Four, and you can make a public announcement. It might not be a bad idea at the same time to fill some other posts at the Palace.”

“You should,” said Governor Stein. “We must ensure everyone realizes the Imperial Palace and the House of Worlds is the seat of power for the Empire. We need to ask each of the worlds we control to send a representative.”

“How soon before the House of Worlds is reconstructed?” Layla had seen the massive building, and it was in worse shape than the Palace.

“Several more months. We’re working on it as well as the Palace around-the-clock.”

Layla nodded. “We’ll schedule the first meeting for the House of Worlds to be held in the Royal Court of the Palace. It’s big enough to hold everyone.”

Stein nodded. “That sounds like a good idea. I’ll be glad to help with the arrangements.”

They made a few more plans, and then Layla and Krista headed back to the Starburst. They had a Royal Wedding to plan.

-

Cheryl was pleased when they finally reached the Ridge Star Cluster. Her yacht, two escort ships, and the battlecruiser headed for Highland Station. She was curious to see what she would find. She had also heard from the captain of the battlecruiser that Dylan was close by at Jalot Four, one of the Vortex Worlds. Once she was finished with her business here, she would make the short trip to Jalot Four and meet up with Dylan. She thought it might be wise for her to buy something appropriate to wear that would take Dylan’s mind off her not obeying his orders. Plenty of specialty stores were on Highland Station that would have what she had in mind.

It wasn’t long before the Princess Haven and her escorts dropped out of hyperspace into the Highland Station System.

“It appears they’ve completely rebuilt everything,” commented Captain Bryan. On the viewscreens the domes had been rebuilt, and space traffic seemed to be heavy around the station.

“The domes look even larger,” commented Cheryl. “Are those weapon emplacements?” On the viewscreen, what looked like weapon turrets surrounded all the domes.

“They appear to be,” replied the sensor officer.

Cheryl spent a few minutes examining the viewscreens as they neared the station. She noticed the small destroyers that normally defended the system appeared to be much larger as well. They were twice the size of what they once were.

“We have a message from the station, saying we are not welcome and to turn around immediately,” reported the communications officer. “It appears they don’t like you.”

Cheryl laughed. “I’m not surprised. Tell them that we’ll pay double the normal docking fee and then request a landing berth.”

The communications officer sent the message and then waited. Finally he received a reply. “We’re to dock in berth 28A in dome two.”

Captain Bryan looked at Cheryl. “It appears money does talk here.”

“Yes, I knew they couldn’t resist receiving double the normal docking fee. When we report to the payment window in the terminal, I suspect a good portion of the extra fee will be pocketed by the people who run it.”

A few minutes later the Princess Haven was docked, and Cheryl exited the ship with two heavily armed guards. She was not surprised to see some of the station’s security people waiting for her.

“Cheryl Bannon, you were told never to return,” said one of the men. “Why are you here?”

“I have some business to take care of,” Cheryl replied, as she handed the security officer a one-thousand-credit note.

The officer pocketed the note and nodded. “You may proceed to the docking terminal to pay your fees. There may be other fines there as well.”

Cheryl and her two guards made it to the docking terminal, and, sure enough, she was charged a large fine for damage the station had incurred the last time she was here. Cheryl argued heatedly with the terminal manager until she got the fees lowered considerably. She then accessed a secret account she had on the station and easily paid the docking fees, as well as the penalties.

“Where to now?” asked Mark Grayson, one of her guards.

“My house,” replied Cheryl. “I want to see if it’s still there. I have most of its contents stored, and I need to make arrangements to have all of it transferred to the Princess Haven.”

It took some time and several more bribes, but Cheryl finally stood in front of her house. She could tell it was occupied, as she never had a swing set in the yard. Also a ball and several other toys lay in the grass. It made her wish she had children of her own. It was something she and Dylan had not discussed. She had just assumed that eventually they would have a kid or two.

With a deep sigh, Cheryl decided to make the necessary arrangements to get her personal items transferred to the yacht. While that was being done, she had several businesses she needed to check on.

-

Later that evening, she was in an entertainment bar with her two guards. They had just finished their meal and were relaxing, enjoying a few drinks. Cheryl was quite satisfied with what she had learned. Her business holdings had grown considerably. The bar they were in was owned by one of her companies. The president who was now in charge of her companies had been very surprised when Cheryl had shown up.

After proving who she was—and explaining her time in cryo—he had become very informative. Cheryl had a reputation of not putting up with riffraff or anyone who might double-cross her.

Relaxing at her bar was just what she needed after a day like today. Cheryl had just set down her glass of wine when she felt the table tremble slightly.

“What was that?” asked Mark, looking around worriedly.

The table shook again, only more violently.

Suddenly an alarm sounded.

“The station is being attacked,” explained Cheryl, standing up. She had experienced this several times during her time on the station. Normally it was the Confederation. Now she was not sure who it could be.

“What should we do?” asked the other guard.

“I don’t think we have time to reach the yacht. The safest areas on the station are the deep residential areas. We should go there and wait this out.” Cheryl hoped Captain Bryan had gotten her yacht to safety.

As they left the entertainment bar, they saw all the establishments were rapidly emptying, as people of all races made a rush for the lower levels.

“What’s going on?” Mark asked a nearby security guard.

“Lamothians,” the man replied. “One of their fleets has entered the system, along with a large number of cargo ships. We’ve heard rumors the Lamothians eat Humans and other intelligent species.”

“They’re not rumors,” said Cheryl, with growing concern. “We need to get below and out of sight.” She quickly turned and led her two guards toward a tunnel that ran deep beneath the surface. The tunnel had several thick metal hatches that would shut as soon as the evacuation was complete or when the danger became too severe.

-

Lamothian Admiral Zahn’s eyestalks quivered as he watched from the Command Center while his armed shuttles filled with Lamothian troops landed in the docking bays of the station. His mission was very simple. Since taking Humans from the Human Empire had been banned, he would take them from this system instead. This would be a take-all mission. Every sentient in the system, whether Human or of other races, would be taken as food.

Zahn’s fleet had already knocked down the energy shields that protected the domes and had destroyed the weapon turrets that had been firing on his fleet. He had lost two battlecruisers to the incoming weapons fire with another four receiving moderate damage.

“The system’s warcraft have formed up into one large fleet and are approaching,” reported the first officer, the oily sheen of his skin glistening in the light in the Command Center.

“How many?”

“Eighty-seven.”

On the main viewscreen, the incoming defensive ships could be seen. They were far smaller than a Lamothian battlecruiser. “Turn the fleet. We will dispose of this nuisance and then return to take over Highland Station and the other habitats in this star system.”

The station’s destroyers came in and opened fire with every weapon they had. Their missiles exploded against the powerful energy shields of the Lamothian battlecruisers to little effect. The station’s fleet sent energy beams, probing the Lamothian screens, seeking a weakness, but finding none.

The Lamothians, in turn, returned fire with antimatter missiles and fusion energy beams. Explosions spread through the attacking destroyer formation as ships were blown apart. The battle raged for less than a minute, and, when the explosions died down, all eighty-seven of the defending destroyers were gone. What remained was glowing debris and a few small fields of gas.

“Enemy destroyed,” confirmed the first officer.

“Very well, resume the attack on Highland Station. As soon as we’ve taken all the sentients, we will move on to the other habitats in the system.” Behind Admiral Zahn’s fleet, 507 large cargo ships waited. These were nearly all the cargo ships the Lamothians had left after the ones they had lost in the Earth System.

-

Cheryl and her two guards made it to one of the civilian sectors deep beneath the ground. Everywhere she looked, she saw frightened people and aliens, all wondering about what was happening. Rumors were spreading rapidly that Lamothian soldiers were landing and gathering up everyone.

Looking about, Cheryl wondered if they could hide anywhere.

“What do we do?” asked Mark, now holding his energy pistol in his right hand.

“There’s nowhere else to go,” answered Cheryl, as she looked around. “These underground habitats are designed to survive a surface bombardment, not an armed invasion by ground troops.”

In the distance, they heard an explosion, and smoke rose in the air where one of the main hatches that led to this habitat was located.

“They’ve broken in!” screamed a woman, who grabbed her child and ran in the opposite direction.

Weapons fire could be heard as the security guards tried to hold the entrance to the habitat. The fire was heavy for a few minutes and then died down. All that could be heard were buzzing noises that sounded like a hive of angry bees.

“Stunners,” said Cheryl, as she recognized the sound. “We need to find a place to hide.” She saw a house nearby with an open door. “Into the house. At least it will give us some cover from the stunners.”

The three of them hurried inside and shut the door. Outside they heard screaming, occasional weapons fire, and the sound of stunners coming closer. Cheryl peeked out the window and saw a squad of Lamothians coming down the street. She had forgotten just how hideous Lamothians were. They were sluglike creatures that stood upright on four legs and had six appendages that served as arms with three protuberances on their hands that allowed them to manipulate equipment. Their skin was pale and glistened with an oily sheen. Cheryl shuddered upon seeing them.

One of the Lamothians carried an instrument and pointed it at each house as they passed it.

“They’ve got a heat sensor,” said Cheryl, recognizing the device.

The Lamothians stopped in front of the house Cheryl and her two guards were in. The one with the sensor pointed it at the house and said something to the others. Instantly six of them came in their direction.

“Kill them!” ordered Cheryl. If they could kill this group, perhaps they could escape out the back door and find another hiding place.

Her two guards stepped up to the window and fired through it. Three of the Lamothians fell from the energy beam fire, but the rest fired their stunners. Both of Cheryl’s guards fell. Cheryl turned to run and heard another stunner buzz. Her body felt an electric shock, and then she lost consciousness.

-

Cheryl slowly opened her eyes. Every part of her body seemed to be on fire. She lay on a hard surface, and, as she tried to sit up, she groaned.

“Lean against the wall,” said Mark Grayson, who was nearby. “The pain will go away shortly.”

Cheryl did as instructed and looked at Mark. “Where are we?” From what she could see, they were in a large room filled with people—men, women, children, and even a few small babies.

“As near as I can determine, we’re on a Lamothian cargo ship.”

Dread passed through Cheryl. She knew what the Lamothians did to Humans. “We’re screwed.”

“We’re not dead yet,” replied Mark. “I’ll find a way to get us out of this mess.”

“Where’s Daryl?”

Mark shook his head. “I haven’t seen him. He may be in another cargo hold.”

Cheryl closed her eyes, thinking about Dylan. Why hadn’t she listened to him? What if she never saw him again? Cheryl didn’t know what to do; all she could do was trust Mark to get her out of this mess. At least he was an ex-Marine, with considerable military training.

Opening her eyes, she noted two Lamothian guards, standing near the hatch, heavily armed, their eyestalks constantly moving. Cheryl shivered. She had been in some bad spots in the past, but nothing like this.

Epilogue

Admiral Cleemorl was in a state of shock. He had just received word from the battlecruiser providing escort for the Princess Haven that Cheryl and possibly two of her guards had been taken by the Lamothians.

“They pretty well stripped the system of human and alien life,” reported Captain Fulmar. He had spoken to the captain of the battlecruiser over the ship’s hyperlight transmitter.

“We can go after them,” said Lieutenant Bedell from Tactical. “The entire crew would support you.”

Dylan stared hard at the viewscreens, which showed some of the other ships of First Fleet.

“I have a message from Golan Four,” reported Lieutenant Newsome. “The High Princess is giving you permission to take part of the fleet and attempt a rescue. Just leave enough ships to defend the Vortex Worlds. She also said to use your own judgment on how to punish the Lamothians. She will back whatever you decide.”

“We have permission,” said Captain Fulmar. “We can be gone within the hour.”

Dylan was torn about what to do. With the reduced ship strength they had now, the Empire could not afford for him to take a major portion of First Fleet off to the Confederation. Particularly since there was a good chance this could be a suicide mission.

“Contact Captain Manson on the Taggert and inform him that I’m leaving him in command of First Fleet. His primary orders are to keep the Vortex Worlds safe. I’ll be taking a portion of the fleet to the Confederation to attempt a rescue of the people the Lamothians have taken.”

The message was quickly sent, and Dylan explained in more detail what he wanted Manson doing while he was gone.

“How many ships are we taking?” asked Captain Fulmar.

“Double the number of Marines we have on board all the ships that will be going. They may be needed for some ground operations. We’ll take ten dreadnoughts and sixty battlecruisers. Let’s get the Marines transferred as quickly as possible.” Dylan hoped Cheryl was unharmed. If the Lamothians harmed her, they would pay for it with the loss of their worlds.

-

A little over an hour later the task group was ready to depart. Dylan sent Captain Manson a few final orders and then gave the command to get underway. It was time the Confederation, particularly the Lamothians, learned they could not kidnap Humans. Dylan just wished he could tell Cheryl that he was on the way.

-

High Princess Layla and Princess Krista were in the Royal Court. In a few more days a meeting of the House of Worlds would be held for the first time in over one thousand years. A lot of work had been done on the Palace with more work continuing. Work crews were everywhere. Great care was being done to restore the Palace to its former glory.

“We’ll announce our engagement on the same day we convene the House of Worlds,” Layla said to Derrick, as Krista joined them as they walked through the Royal Court, checking all the preparations. Each representative was allowed to bring a small delegation, so each was provided a conference table and appropriate chairs.

“What about Admiral Marloo?”

Layla nodded. “We will announce his promotion to Fleet Admiral at the meeting as well.”

Krista stopped to examine a large statue that had recently been brought into the Royal Court. “Is that your father?”

Layla paused in surprise. She hadn’t seen this statue before. “I believe it is.” She stood gazing at it, wishing her father were here.

“I spoke to Admiral Reynolds earlier today,” said Derrick. “He’s dispatching Rear Admiral Stella Barnes’s fleet to the Empire. It will be here in a little over three weeks. Also more cargo ships are coming, with additional war material as well.”

Layla was relieved to hear that. The Confederation was still busy consolidating the Human worlds they controlled. It would be several months at least before the Empire was ready to launch any attacks to begin freeing some of those planets recently retaken.

“Who will we name as Admiral Marloo’s vice admiral?” asked Krista. “We can’t name Admiral Cleemorl, since he’ll be gone.”

“We’ll wait,” replied Layla. “The vice admiral needs to be either Derrick or Admiral Cleemorl, and, since Derrick is my military advisor and will soon be my husband, it wouldn’t be wise to promote him to the vice admiral position.”

Krista had a look of deep concern on her face. “Do you believe Admiral Cleemorl can rescue Cheryl?”

“It’ll be difficult,” answered Derrick. “But, if anyone can pull it off, it will be Admiral Cleemorl.”

Layla looked at Derrick, frowning. “What do you think he will do to the Lamothians?”

Derrick let out a deep sigh. “If he can’t find Cheryl, and if he believes she’s dead, he will attempt to destroy every single Lamothian world. It’s what I would do in his place.”

Krista shuddered. “They deserve it for what they’ve done to people over the last thousand years. I can’t feel any pity for them.”

“A lot of us feel that way,” said Derrick. “However, if we destroy any Lamothian worlds, what will the rest of the Confederation do in return?”

Neither of the Princesses answered. It was a difficult question to respond to.

-

They continued their tour of the Palace, going up several flights of stairs to where the Royal Quarters once were. The majestic hallway was rebuilt and painted and new doors were on all the rooms.

Taking a deep breath, Layla opened the door that once led to her suite of rooms. Her eyes opened in surprise. The rooms had been redone and looked as pristine as they once did. The only thing lacking were the furnishings.

“I could move back in,” said Layla excitedly, as she went from room to room.

Derrick laughed. “You wouldn’t get a lot of sleep with all the work that still needs to be done.”

“I’m going to check my rooms,” said Krista, as she rushed out the door and down the corridor.

Layla stepped over to the large window that allowed sunlight into the room. From the window, she could see several of the massive towers, as well as some of the huge connecting arches. Her gaze wandered to the Royal Gardens, where several gardeners were busy cleaning, planting, and pruning.

Derrick joined her and put his hands on her waist. “What are you thinking?”

Layla turned around and put her arms around Derrick. “How long do you think this war will last?” Layla didn’t want to be known for the war but for a time of peace.

“Quite a while,” replied Derrick. “We have to free all the Empire and then make it so strong that the Confederation will leave us alone. Then comes the question as to what will we do about the seven races.”

“I’m so afraid we have some very bad times ahead of us.”

Derrick bent his head and gently kissed Layla. “Don’t be afraid. I’ll be at your side through everything. We will get through this together.”

Krista came back through the door, a pleased look on her face. “My rooms have been redone as well. Maybe in a few weeks we can move back into the Palace.”

Layla took a deep breath. “We better get back to the Starburst. We have some decisions to make about the House of Worlds, and we need to discuss our wedding plans.”

As the three left the Imperial Palace, followed by several Imperial Guards, Layla wondered what her future held. She felt Derrick take her hand and knew that, no matter what, she would not be alone.

-

Cheryl felt sick. The gruel the Lamothians fed them was horrible and almost impossible to eat. Mark forced her to eat all of her portion as she needed to keep up her strength. Thinking back over the last few years that she had been with Dylan, she realized they had been the happiest years of her life. She had been a fool to risk all that by coming to Highland Station. If she survived this, it was a lesson she would never forget.

The hatch opened, and four Lamothians came in. They paused for a moment and then grabbed a Human close to the hatch, dragging him outside. The hatch slid shut with a resounding clang.

“Where did they take him?” asked Cheryl.

“It’s best we don’t know,” answered Mark, keeping his face neutral.

Cheryl felt even sicker at the implication. She hoped Mark could figure a way out of this mess. If not, she shuddered to think what was in her future. “I’m sorry, Dylan,” she said softly.

-

Admiral Cleemorl was in the Command Center of the Themis. He figured his fleet was about two days behind the Lamothians. The only problem was, Dylan didn’t know where the Lamothian fleet was headed. After all, they lived on six worlds.

“We’ll find her,” promised Captain Fulmar. “We won’t return without her.”

Dylan nodded. He knew his crew was fully behind him. For all the warships in his task group, the crews had volunteered for this mission. “I know we will. I just hope we get there in time.” Dylan had already decided, if Cheryl was killed by the Lamothians, he would not return until he had destroyed all six of their planets, even if it cost him most or all of his task group. “I’m coming, Cheryl. Don’t give up,” Dylan said softly. He looked at the main viewscreen, showing a sea of stars.

The Lamothians didn’t know it, but the angel of death was coming for them.

The End

If you enjoyed the Forgotten Empire: Earth Ascendant please post a review with some stars. Good reviews encourage an author to write and also help sell books. Reviews can be just a few short sentences, describing what you liked about the book. If you have suggestions, please contact me at my website, link below. Thank you for reading Earth Ascendant and being so supportive.

Please read all the following.

The action increases and the tension grows in The Forgotten Empire: The Battle for Earth coming in July of 2020.

Thank You

Raymond L. Weil

For updates on current writing projects and future publications, go to my author website. Sign up for future notifications when my new books come out on Amazon.

Website: http://raymondlweil.com/

Follow on Facebook at Raymond L. Weil

.

Many of you are aware of my health problems. I am suffering from Kidney failure and am hoping for a transplant in the coming few months. The proceeds from this book and my other books will go to covering any unexpected costs associated with the surgery and future anti-rejection medications. So please give my other books a look. Every sale will help. The following two books are the first books in two of my most popular series.

The Star Cross

Admiral Kurt Vickers is on fleet maneuvers in the Newton System when a heavily damaged Earth light cruiser appears. The captain tells a horrific story. Earth has been invaded, and the defensive fleets in orbit have been annihilated.

For decades, humans have been exploring further and further away from Earth and Newton searching for signs of intelligent life. Now that intelligent life has found them and it comes as an invader.

The enemy is ruthless, powerful, and has a disdain for human life. Admiral Vickers has his small fleet taskforce and is hopelessly outnumbered. However, even in darkness there is light and Admiral Vickers will do whatever is necessary to free Earth from the invaders, even if he has to travel to the worst hellhole in the galaxy to do it.

https://www.amazon.com/dp/B017CM03GE/

Earth Fall: Invasion

The Trellixian Empire was constantly expanding, seeking new worlds for their ever-increasing population. If worlds were discovered with existing sentient populations, they were cleansed to make room for colonization. Hundreds of budding civilizations had been eliminated by Trellixian battle fleets.

On Earth years in the past, a scout ship fleeing from the Trellixians crashed. Scientists investigating the wreckage discovered what the Trellixians had done to the world the scout ship escaped from. They also discovered it was only a matter of time before the Trellixians reached Earth.

A daring plan was implemented involving the major world powers. They would prepare in secret for the coming of the alien invaders. The only question was, how could one world resist a galactic empire?

https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0795HBMDB

Turn the page for a complete list of other books written by Raymond L. Weil.

Other Books by Raymond L. Weil

Available on Amazon

Moon Wreck (The Slaver Wars Book 1)

The Slaver Wars: Alien Contact (The Slaver Wars Book 2)

Moon Wreck: Fleet Academy (The Slaver Wars Book 3)

The Slaver Wars: First Strike (The Slaver Wars Book 4)

The Slaver Wars: Retaliation (The Slaver Wars Book 5)

The Slaver Wars: Galactic Conflict (The Slaver Wars Book 6)

The Slaver Wars: Endgame (The Slaver Wars Book 7)

The Slaver Wars: Books 1-3

-

Dragon Dreams: Dragon Wars

Dragon Dreams: Gilmreth the Awakening

Dragon Dreams: Snowden the White Dragon

Dragon Dreams: Firestorm Mountain

-

Star One: Tycho City: Survival

Star One: Neutron Star

Star One: Dark Star

Star One

-

Galactic Empire Wars: Destruction (Book 1)

Galactic Empire Wars: Emergence (Book 2)

Galactic Empire Wars: Rebellion (Book 3)

Galactic Empire Wars: The Alliance (Book 4)

Galactic Empire Wars: Insurrection (Book 5)

Galactic Empire Wars: Final Conflict (Book 6)

Galactic Empire Wars: The Beginning (Books 1-3)

-

The Lost Fleet: Galactic Search (Book 1)

The Lost Fleet: Into the Darkness (Book 2)

The Lost Fleet: Oblivion’s Light (Book 3)

The Lost Fleet: Genesis (Book 4)

The Lost Fleet: Search for the Originators (Book 5)

The Lost Fleet (Books 1-5)

-

The Star Cross (Book 1)

The Star Cross: The Dark Invaders (Book 2)

The Star Cross: Galaxy in Peril (Book 3)

The Star Cross: The Forever War (Book 4)

The Star Cross: The Vorn! (Book 5)

-

The Originator Wars: Universe in Danger (Book 1)

The Originator Wars: Search for the Lost (Book 2)

The Originator Wars: Conflict Unending (Book 3)

The Originator Wars: Explorations (Book 4)

The Originator Wars Explorations: The Multiverse (Book 5)

The Originator Wars Explorations: The Lost (Book 6)

-

Earth Fall: Invasion (Book 1)

Earth Fall: To the Stars (Book 2)

Earth Fall: Empires at War (Book 3)

The Forgotten Empire: Banishment (Book 1)

The Forgotten Empire: Earth Ascendant (Book 2)

All dates are tentative.

The Forgotten Empire: The Battle for Earth (Book 3) July of 2020